H
a
l
f
o
r
d
s
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l
R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
p
e
r
i
o
d
e
n
d
e
d
1
A
p
r
i
l
2
0
2
2
Halfords Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts
for the period ended 1 April 2022
To Inspire
and Support
a Lifetime of
motoring and
cycling.
Contents
Group Overview
Scale of Change
Group Highlights
Our Purpose, Values, Strategy and
Culture
Group at a Glance
Chair’s Statement
Investment Case
Strategic Report
02
04
06
08
10
12
16
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
22
Our Marketplace
26
Our Engagement with Stakeholders
28
Section 172(1) Statement
30
How We Create Value
32
Our Strategy
40
Environmental, Social and Governance
56
Key Performance Indicators
60
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Risk Management
66
– Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 68
72
Our Principal Risks and Uncertainties
79
Viability Statement
Our Governance
Board of Directors
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Nomination Committee Report
ESG Committee Report
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
– Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Summary Report
– Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Statement
of Cash Flows
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
Company Balance Sheet
Company Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
Shareholder Information
Five-Year Record
Glossary of Alternative Performance
Measures
Company Information
82
86
92
118
122
124
130
137
138
150
154
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
179
203
204
205
206
212
213
214
Welcome to our
2022 Annual Report
Halfords is the UK’s
leading provider
of motoring and
cycling products
and services.
Our purpose is to Inspire and Support
a Lifetime of motoring and cycling.
Our medium-term goal is to evolve into
a consumer and B2B services-focused
business.
Our Integrated Report
This is our eighth integrated report and is designed to provide a concise overview of how we
generate value for all stakeholders. By following an integrated reporting model, we aim to show
how our competitive advantage is sustainable in the short, medium, and long term. Whilst this
report focuses on value generation for our shareholders, it also demonstrates how we interact
with all stakeholders.
Online Annual Report
Read our Annual Report online, including a link to the full Remuneration
Policy: halfords.annualreport2022.com
Corporate Website
Catch up with our latest news and learn more about Halfords
on our corporate website: www.halfordscompany.com
We’re making significant
progress in changing the shape
and scale of our business.
Over the course of this year, we have further developed our
business, making significant progress in our plans to evolve
into a services-focused business – we have acquired three
businesses, significantly increased our electric services and
solutions capabilities and launched our Motoring Loyalty Club.
Read more on pages 2 and 3.
Group Revenue
FY22
Product 61%
Services 39%
Product 77%
Services 23%
B2B
20%
B2B
10%
FY18
G
R
O
U
P
O
V
E
R
V
E
W
I
halfords.annualreport2022.com
01
GROUP
OVERVIEW
Scale of Change
In 2019, we outlined our accelerated strategy, focusing
on building a services-focused business.
• Our original strategy – to Inspire and
Support a Lifetime of motoring and
cycling – is still extremely relevant
today and remains our focus.
• We have invested heavily in this
strategy and are now going from
strength to strength with acquisitions
helping to transform our business.
• Customers love what we’re doing and
are responding well with record Net
Promoter Scores showing that we are
exceeding their expectations.
Transforming our services business
Our latest acquisitions secure our position as the UK’s largest
provider of vehicle services, maintenance and repairs.
Acquisition Timeline
March 2021
December 2021
December 2021
March 2022
30 Centres
190 Vans
4 Centres
239 Centres
68 Vans
8 Warehouses
4 Vans
We have doubled the number of service locations.
FY18
Stores
Garages
FY22
Stores
Garages
480
316
403
606
Mobile Vans
1
Mobile Vans*
445
* 185 Halfords Mobile Expert vans + 192 Commercial vans + 68 ‘National’ Tyre fitting Vans
% of Group Revenue coming from Services
%
8
8
3
.
%
7
8
2
.
%
4
.
6
2
%
9
3
2
.
%
6
3
2
.
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
Strategic success, organic growth and
recent acquisitions have helped drive the
percentage of Group Revenue coming from
Services to 39% which puts us well on
track to achieve our medium-term target of
half our business being in Services.
Note: Service-related Group sales is
the income derived from the fitting or
repair services themselves along with
the associated product sold within the
same transaction across the Retail and
Autocentres businesses.
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
s
n
a
r
T
r
u
O
02
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Our ambition
to become a
consumer and
B2B services-
focused business
is being realised,
at pace
• Services businesses are
inherently more resilient to
external factors and, as our
consumer and B2B services
propositions continue to grow,
our business is evolving into one
which can more readily weather
the challenging medium-term
environment.
• Alongside this resilience, the
•
evolution into a services-focused
business is boosting the Group’s
underlying profitability, helping
to generate more sustainable
financial returns.
In the medium term, half of our
business will be in Services –
which are essential in their nature
– meaning our business has a
higher customer retention, a lower
risk profile and stronger and more
sustainable returns on capital.
Growing our B2B revenue stream
Leveraging and realising value for our existing assets.
% of Group Revenue coming from B2B
%
4
.
0
2
%
9
.
7
1
%
8
.
4
1
%
8
.
1
1
%
4
.
0
1
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
Our strategic ambition to evolve into a B2B-
focused business is paying off with recent
acquisitions and a strong focus on growing
our commercial services offering significantly
increasing the percentage of Group revenue
coming from B2B channels.
Investing in customer experience
We have delivered record customer NPS ratings for our
services business.
Autocentres Net Promoter Score
6
.
2
7
8
.
8
6
1
.
6
7
1
.
3
6
8
.
4
6
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
Autocentres NPS ratings have seen
steady increases in the last few years as
investments in colleague training, greater
levels of convenience for customers and
delivering increasingly strong levels of
customer service help drive customer
satisfaction ratings.
Developing a digital first business
Ongoing investment in digital platforms and building
brand awareness
Growth of Group online sales
%
2
.
4
4
%
1
.
4
3
%
7
.
3
2
%
0
.
0
2
%
4
.
7
1
FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
Excluding FY21 due to the pandemic,
our online sales have grown steadily with
significant investment in our digital platforms
such as our integrated Group website and
enhanced delivery proposition helping
encourage customers to shop online.
03
GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com
Group Highlights
Financial
Revenue (£m)1
+6.0%
m
6
.
9
6
3
,
1
£
m
3
.
2
9
2
,
1
£
m
4
.
2
4
1
,
1
£
m
6
.
8
3
1
,
1
£
m
1
.
5
3
1
,
1
£
Underlying profit
before tax (£m)1
-9.7%
m
5
.
9
9
£
m
8
.
9
8
£
m
6
.
1
7
£
m
8
.
8
5
£
m
9
.
6
5
£
18
19
20
21
22
18
19
20
21
22
Profit before tax (£m)1
+49.8%
Dividend per
ordinary share (p)
+80.0%
m
6
.
6
9
£
p
6
.
8
1
p
0
.
8
1
m
1
.
7
6
£
m
5
.
4
6
m £
7
.
2
2
£
m
0
.
1
5
£
p
0
.
9
p
2
.
6
p
0
.
5
18
19
20
21
22
18
19
20
21
22
Underlying basic
earnings per share (p)1
-14.9%
p
7
.
1
4
p
5
.
5
3
p
6
.
9
2
p
4
.
5
2
p
5
.
4
2
Basic earnings
per share (p)1
+39.9%
p
9
.
7
3
p
1
.
7
2
p
8
.
7
2
p
2
.
1
2
p
6
.
0
1
18
19
20
21
22
18
19
20
21
22
04
Operational
• We have introduced two ‘Fusion’ towns in
Colchester and Halifax this year. ‘Fusion’
looks to completely transform and
improve the customer experience, bringing
together all of the Halfords assets into one
physical location and creating unparalleled
convenience for our customers.
• This year, we launched our brand-new
Motoring Loyalty Club, a loyalty scheme
offering customers great benefits, such
as free MOTs, free next day delivery and
discounts across the Group, to help with
their motoring journeys. The Motoring
Loyalty Club gives us an even better
way to get to know our customers and
communicate with them. It has been
well-received by our customers and we
will continue to develop this proposition
going forwards.
• We have heavily invested this year in
both generally improving colleague
skills (for example our on-demand fitting
for customers), and in training new
skills, with over 2,000 colleagues now
trained to service and repair electric
vehicles in our retail stores and garages.
ESG
• Our science-based targets for carbon
emissions reductions were approved
by the Science Based Target Initiative
(“SBTi”), a global organisation which
is the leading accreditation body for
carbon reduction targets. This will help
us focus our business on the medium-
term goal of reducing our carbon
emissions and the longer-term goal of
Net Zero.
• We have launched Bike Xchange –
a brand new proposition with new
operational and technical processes
putting Halfords into the rapidly
growing second-hand market for the
first time. The Bike Xchange promotes
a circular economy, keeping products
in use for longer.
1 FY20 numbers are calculated on a 52-
week basis.
All FY18 and FY19 financials are stated on a pre-
IFRS-16 basis.
GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Strategic
Services
Products
• This year we have acquired three new businesses,
• We have made huge strides this year in our electric
credentials, inspiring our customers with new market-
leading E-bike and E-scooter ranges, together with the
launch of the biggest electric bike trial scheme in the UK
in over 90% of our stores.
• For our motoring customers, we have launched a new
electric vehicle charging solution in partnership with BOXT,
making us the first mainstream trusted retailer to offer
a full end-to-end home charging solution.
increasing the scale and coverage of our Halfords Group
services. We have welcomed the teams of Axle Group
Holdings Limited (“National”), Iverson Tyres, and most
recently Havebike – a mobile cycle services provider – to
our business. These acquisitions are helping transform our
business and enabling us to grow our services proposition
to meet our customers’ demands.
• We have entered into the Software as a Service market
with the launch of ‘Avayler’: a new business, offering
Halfords’ proprietary software to streamline service
delivery for companies that operate in multiple locations
and underpinned by the software that made our own
business significantly more productive. We have also
delivered Avayler Mobile to our first client ATD, and to a
new digital partner, Tirebuyer.com, a leading online tyre
retailer, which supplies to 14,000+ independent garages
across North America.
Read more about Our Strategy on pages 32 to 39.
05
GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.comOur Purpose, Values,
Strategy and Culture
The successful implementation of our strategy is critical to
the delivery of the Group’s purpose and is underpinned by the
values and behaviours that shape our culture and the way that
we conduct our business.
Our Purpose
Our Vision
Our Strategy
Our aspirational
goal
The super-specialist in
motoring and cycling,
trusted by the nation.
Our Mission
Our achievable
goals
✔ Make motoring easier,
safer and more enjoyable
for everyone.
✔ Get more people cycling,
more frequently.
Why we exist
To Inspire
and Support
a Lifetime of
motoring and
cycling
Being a purpose-driven
organisation, the Board
recognises the importance of
its role in ensuring the culture
of the organisation is aligned
to its purpose, business
strategy and ambition to
become a market-leading
products and services
business.
Colleagues from across the Group
believe in our Purpose and strive to
deliver it every day with a focus on
our medium-term goal of evolving
into a consumer and B2B services-
focused business.
How we achieve
our purpose
and mission
1
Inspire
Inspire our customers with
a differentiated and super-
specialist offer.
2
Support
Support our customers
through an integrated,
unique and more
convenient services offer.
3
Lifetime
Enable a lifetime of
motoring and cycling.
Read more about Our Strategy
on pages 32 to 39.
Our approach to ESG
Enabling better decision
making everyday
We are on a journey to embed Environmental, Social and Governance
(“ESG”) considerations into every decision made across the business, from
the products we sell to the acquisitions we make. Many colleagues around
the business are already mindful of ESG but we know we can be better and
improve even further, ensuring our purpose, vision, values and culture all
have ESG at their core, enabling us to bring our ESG strategy to life.
06
GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022G
R
O
U
P
O
V
E
R
V
E
W
I
Ethical foundation
enabling better
decisions every day
Monitoring Culture
The Board plays an active role in
monitoring the culture of the business
through its regular facilitation of listening
groups and site visits. The Board reviews
the results of the annual colleague
engagement survey and sets engagement
targets for Executive Directors. The outputs
of listening groups and associated action
plans are reviewed by the Board and key
actions are incorporated into functional
engagement plans.
Read more about how the
Board monitors Our Culture
on pages 102 to 105.
e
r
u
t
l
u
C
r
u
O
Our Values
Fundamental beliefs
that underpin
everything we do
one
halfords
family
wow our
customers
be better
every day
pride in
expertise
We are reliant on the
culture of our business
and the engagement of our
colleagues to achieve our
ambition.
This year, we launched a new set of
Group values relevant to our strategy.
These new values are the fundamental
beliefs that underpin everything we
do and have been incorporated into
Group training, review and reward
mechanisms.
Read more about ESG
on pages 40 to 55.
halfords.annualreport2022.com
07
Group at a Glance
We are a market-leading
business, with unique and
differentiated products
and services.
Our unique mix of stores, garages, mobile vans
and home delivery means we can offer customers
unparalleled convenience in the motoring and
cycling markets.
We know that our customers want us to be there for them, when
they need us. That means our stores and garages are open early
and late, we offer a proposition which is mobile and comes to
them wherever they are and we offer convenient delivery options
to meet their needs. This year we made strong progress in further
enhancing the journey our customers go on with us and now offer
an even more convenient proposition with more garages – giving
customers less distance to drive to drop their vehicle off – and
significantly more mobile vans (both customer and commercial),
meaning that more customers than ever can access our services
without disrupting their busy lifestyle.
Our Unique Combination of Assets Creates a
Market-Leading Consumer and B2B Proposition
Recognising that convenience is important to our customers, our
combination of assets means customers can access our wide
range of products and services in a way that suits their needs,
be that in a store, garage, at home via a mobile van or online via
our integrated web platform. Our B2B platform means business
customers can also take advantage of our unique combination of
assets.
08
Click & Collect
Enabling customers
to pick up products at
their local store.
Integrated Web
Platform
Bringing together
Halfords products and
services under one
website.
B2B
Offering products and
services, across both
motoring and cycling,
to businesses around
the UK and ROI,
including our market-
leading Cycle2Work
scheme.
Stores
400 Halfords Retail
and 3 Performance
Cycling stores offering
a wide range of
motoring and cycling
products and on-
demand services.
Garages
606 garages offering
MOT, service,
maintenance and
repair services.
Mobile Vans
185 ‘Halfords
Mobile Expert’ vans,
68 ‘National’ Tyre
fitting vans and 192
Commercial vans,
bringing services
direct to customers.
Customer
Contact Centre
Offering expert
advice, knowledge
and help from a
centralised, virtual
location.
GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Case Study
Project Fusion
Project Fusion is our name for a new
initiative we have launched in the last
year to completely transform and improve
the customer experience. Fusion is
the customer experience seamlessly,
consistently and conveniently executed
across all of our assets in a town, making
it even easier for customers to shop
across the Group. Initially trialled in
Colchester and Halifax, we have invested
in the in-store and in-garage experience,
improved the layout and design of the
stores and enhanced the ways in which
our business operates in a town, such
as fulfilling service jobs at the most cost-
effective location for us. The response
from customers has been strong with
Net Promoter Scores up nine points in
these towns since we launched. We have
already started to integrate learnings
from these Fusion towns into the rest of
our estate and will develop the Fusion
initiative further over the course of the
next financial year.
Customer NPS
+9pts
FY22 Group Revenue
FY22 Group Revenue broken into each business segment, highlighting the significant contribution from Group Services.
i n g
C y c l
a m
g 2
0 %
M ain str e
Cyclin
Perform.
Cycling
5%
Group
Group
Revenue
Revenue
%
9
3
s
e
c
vi
r
e
S
M
o
t
o
ri
n
g 3
6
%
Mo t o r i n g
Cycling Services: 13%
Autocentres: 64%
Mobile Expert: 8%
Retail Motoring Services:
15%
Key:
Services
Products
09
GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com
GROUP
OVERVIEW
Chair’s Statement
Keith
Williams
FY22 will be marked as
a historic year for the
Group alongside the
IPO in 2004 and the
acquisition of Nationwide
Autocentres in 2011.
Strategically, our objective for Halfords –
to evolve into both a consumer and B2B
services-focused business generating higher
and more sustainable financial returns –
feels more relevant than ever.
Profit Before Tax
£96.6m
Dividend Per Share (Full-Year)
9.00p
As I write this year’s statement, the UK
has been free from any real COVID-19
restrictions for over six months. This,
however, understates the impact COVID-19
has played throughout a large proportion
of our 2022 financial year (“FY22”).
Two years of unpredictable consumer
confidence, supply chain disruption and the
extraordinary national debt mean the social
and financial implications of COVID-19 on
consumers and businesses extend well
beyond any formal restrictions being lifted.
Across the Group, we employ over 11,000
colleagues, who remain the lifeblood of
our business, and this year provided the
UK with over 7.5m essential services. I
want to thank each and every colleague
for their hard work and dedication to the
Group in what has been a tumultuous year
of trading with many challenging times. We
have continued to invest significantly in our
colleagues; doing our best to support their
mental and physical health with free flu
vaccinations and mental health first aiders,
supporting those hardest hit financially
through our ‘Here to Help’ fund and
Wagestream service, but also investing
in growing our business, to provide job
security, training and career progression
across the Group.
Despite the continued disruption the
pandemic has presented, we have made
significant progress during this financial
year. FY22 will be marked as a historic year
for the Group alongside the IPO in 2004 and
the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres in
2011. By the close of FY22, we had made
six acquisitions in a 27-month period, the
largest and most significant of which was
Axle Group Holdings Limited (“National”) in
December 2021. Halfords Group undertook
a share placing to fundraise over £60m,
with a nil discount on the share price – a
testament to the support of our investors for
both our strategy and the attractiveness of
the National acquisition for a price of £62m.
The acquisition of National was a major
step forward against our strategy, bringing
scale and opportunity that will transform
our business further over the coming years.
Today, nearly 40% of our revenues come
from Services, and over 70% are Motoring
based, offering resilience and strength as
we move into FY23.
10
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Dividend
In FY21, we restarted our dividend
policy after a short pause during the
most uncertain period of the COVID-19
pandemic. We paid an interim dividend
of 3.00p in January 2022 and the Board
proposes a final dividend of 6.00p, payable
in September 2022, giving a full-year
dividend of 9.00p per share for FY22. As
we look forward, our intention remains for
this to be progressive but, should surplus
cash remain in the business that we feel we
cannot deploy with good rates of return, we
will return this to shareholders in the most
appropriate way.
Board of Directors
We have seen one change to our Board
this year. In October, we announced that
Jo Hartley would be joining the Halfords
Board as Chief Financial Officer. Jo started
in April 2022 and, with this, started a three-
month handover from Loraine Woodhouse,
who retires from Halfords and the Board
in June. I would like to express the Board’s
thanks to Loraine for her commitment,
professionalism and dedication to Halfords
during her time at the Group. Jo brings a
wealth of experience and expertise that
will be invaluable as we look to build on
the strong momentum within the business
and navigate our way through the current
challenges and uncertainties of the wider
trading environment.
Keith Williams
Chair
15 June 2022
I am therefore particularly pleased with
the Group’s performance during FY22. As
well as strong strategic progress, Group
Profit Before Tax of £96.6m represented
good growth, £73.9m ahead of FY20. The
Group continues to be cash generative
in the medium-term, though in FY22 a
normalisation of working capital after
COVID-19 disruption meant that Free Cash
Flow was -£14.9m in the year.
Looking at the Year Ahead
Returning to a period of normality is
something I’m sure we all hope to see
soon, but I don’t believe it is visible on the
horizon yet, and certainly won’t be seen
within the next 12 months. As the worst
of the pandemic is hopefully behind us,
we transition into a post-COVID-19 period
where the sacrifices we have all made begin
to need repaying in some form or another.
The most threatening of which appears
to be the worst cost of living crisis in a
generation. Higher taxes, record inflation
and accelerating interest rates will all pose
problems for consumers and businesses
alike and, because of this, I don’t believe
we will return to a pre-COVID-19 economic
and consumer environment in the short
term. Finding a new normal is the best we
can hope for, for now.
What will be clear, however, is that only the
strongest and most relevant businesses
are likely to emerge from this transitional
period. Our significant efforts during the last
three years, starting in FY20 by improving
the profitability of the underlying business
followed by the tremendous operational
agility through the pandemic, has meant
we are stronger financially and well-
positioned for the year ahead. Strategically,
our objective for Halfords – to evolve
into both a consumer and B2B services-
focused business generating higher and
more sustainable financial returns – feels
more relevant than ever. We therefore must
continue to pursue this objective, by both
growing our existing business, crystallising
the very significant synergies identified
during the acquisition process for National,
and heading towards our new garage and
van targets of 800 and 500 respectively.
Capex spend for FY23 is estimated to be
around £45m to £50m, with additional
expenditure of up to £15m to complete
the integration of National and deliver the
projected synergy benefits.
COVID-19
Statement
Looking back at FY22
At the start of the pandemic, our
status as an essential retailer was
a clear endorsement of the wider
role Halfords plays in keeping the
UK moving, by continuing to offer
products and services to those who
needed them.
Whilst we must look to the year
ahead and the new normal, I’d like to
recognise the hard work, dedication
and loyalty our colleagues have
shown over the last two years, helping
to keep the UK moving and delivering
fantastic results for the business.
We have worked hard to keep our
colleagues safe during this period
and have continued to support their
mental and physical health, financially
supported those who have been
hardest hit and continued to provide
training and career progression across
the Group.
The Year Ahead
We have learnt a lot during the last
two years and, whilst we hope that the
worst of the pandemic is behind us,
we are better prepared for the difficult
times ahead of us. We must now look
to finding a post-COVID-19 normal as
consumers and businesses struggle
with challenges arising from the higher
cost of living, the war in Ukraine and
the uncertainty of what lies ahead.
11
GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.comInvestment Case
Five Reasons to Invest
Market-leading
business
We are the UK’s largest retailer of motoring
and cycling products and services, allowing
us to drive benefits in procurement,
innovation and customer offering. In car
servicing, the market is highly fragmented
with no clear leader – with c.4% share, we
have significant opportunity for growth.
Building a services-
focused business
In the medium term, over half of our
business will be in Services – which are less
discretionary in their nature – meaning we
are a more resilient business with higher
customer retention, a lower risk profile
and stronger and more sustainable returns
on capital.
Value-creating
opportunities
Our strategy will see us develop into areas
with good long-term growth prospects
such as motoring services, B2B and
electric mobility.
Motoring Services Market Share
Group Revenue from Services
Group Revenue from B2B
4%
39%
20%
Strong balance
sheet and cash
generative
Dividend
returns
p
6
.
8
1
p
0
.
8
1
The Group has always maintained a strong
balance sheet and benefits from a cash
generative business model, with good Free
Cash Flow in the medium-term, enabling
investment in our plan.
The Group has an attractive dividend policy,
designed to be progressive and supported
by strong levels of Free Cash Flow in the
medium-term.
p
0
9
.
p
2
6
.
p
0
5
.
Free Cash Flow
Dividend per Ordinary Share (p)
18
19
20
21
22
-£14.9m
9.00p
12
GROUP OVERVIEWHalfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022Unique and
differentiated
products and
services
We offer a wide range of unique and
differentiated products, with exclusive
ranges and customer-led innovative
products. Much of our Services proposition
is also unique, including, for example,
on-demand fitting.
Strong
sustainability
credentials
Our sustainability strategy aligns well
with our Commercial strategy, particularly
our ambitions to lead the way in electric
mobility as well as our ongoing commitment
to supporting higher cycling uptake in
the UK.
Convenient
services proposition
delivered in over
1,400 locations
We are the only business in the UK able
to offer Motoring Services in a retail store,
a garage, at home or at work, providing
customers with unparalleled choice and
convenience.
Omnichannel
customer
proposition
Our business has a strong omnichannel
customer proposition with high levels of
Click & Collect driving footfall into stores,
giving us a unique advantage over online
competitors.
Super-specialist
expertise
that cannot be
replicated
As a super-specialist, we have unmatched
product and services expertise across
both motoring and cycling, creating a
significant barrier to entry for our generalist
competitors, both on and offline.
Expertly trained
colleagues
Consistently great customer service is
key to our success and we achieve this
through our expertly trained colleagues.
All colleagues benefit from high levels of
training via our Gears programme and
more tailored training programmes via our
central training hub. Cross-Group career
opportunities give colleagues further ways
to boost their knowledge and expertise.
s
h
t
g
n
e
r
t
S
Unique, technology-
driven proposition
in our physical
estate
We utilise market-leading and unique
proprietary technology in our stores,
garages and mobile vans, enabling our
colleagues to deliver a best-in-class
r
u
proposition.O
13
GROUP OVERVIEW halfords.annualreport2022.com
Contents
16
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
22
Our Marketplace
26
Our Engagement with Stakeholders
28
Section 172(1) Statement
30
How We Create Value
32
Our Strategy
40
Environmental, Social and Governance
56
Our Key Performance Indicators
60
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
66
Risk Management
– Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) 68
72
Our Principal Risks and Uncertainties
79
Viability Statement
t
r
o
p
e
R
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S
i
STRATEGIC
REPORT
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
Graham
Stapleton
It has been more critical
than ever that we have
continued to focus on
keeping colleagues
and customers safe,
improving efficiency
across the Group,
and identifying cost
reductions where
possible.
The Group delivered another strong
performance through the second half of FY22,
delivering both strong financial results and
record levels of customer satisfaction across
the full year. These two factors combined are
a clear reflection of the progress we are
making against our strategy, and the
transformation in the business since FY20.
Total Group Revenue
£1,369.6m
Group Revenue from Services
£531.5m
revenues are now derived from Motoring
and with Services revenues now £0.5bn,
and B2B revenues at £0.3bn, we have
an increasingly resilient, needs-based
foundation.
Operational Review
Halfords won’t be alone in reporting
that the operating environment remained
challenging for all retailers across the UK
in FY22 and, whilst we anticipated an
improvement through the last six months
of trading, just as one challenge ended,
the next one emerged. It has therefore
been more critical than ever that we have
continued to focus on keeping colleagues
and customers safe, improving efficiency
across the Group, and identifying cost
reductions where possible.
The Group delivered a good performance
through the second half of FY22, resulting
in both resilient financial results and record
levels of customer satisfaction across
the full year. The performance is a clear
reflection of the progress we are making
against our strategy, and the transformation
in the business since FY20. Compared to
FY20, Group revenues grew +19.9% as
we increased market share in our motoring
business and increased our scale through
acquisitions. Underlying PBT of £89.8m,
grew £32.9m ahead of FY20 and -£9.7m
below FY21 as we continued to create a
more profitable business.
Our strategy continues to be centred
around becoming a consumer and B2B
services-focused business, with a greater
emphasis on motoring, generating higher
and more sustainable returns. During FY22,
we made two further Motoring Services
acquisitions (National and Iverson Tyres),
making us the UK’s largest Motoring
Service provider. Over 70% of Group
16
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Supply Chain
The global supply chain has been particularly
challenging over the last two years, meaning
moving anything around the globe with any
degree of certainty has been difficult. Whilst
there were general signs of improvement
towards the end of H1, the reliability of
freight remained poor. There have also
been specific pockets of industry supply
challenges with bike componentry suffering
through COVID-19 factory closures. These
factors meant it was often very difficult to
accurately understand demand due to the
unstable stock availability presented to
customers. As noted earlier, premium bikes
were most exposed to these problems
throughout FY22, but problems extended to
kids bikes during periods of particularly high
seasonal demand, for example, Christmas,
where late disruption resulted in inconsistent
availability from week-to-week.
Integration of our Acquisitions
As we started FY22, we had already
completed three acquisitions in 18 months
(McConechy’s, Tyres on the Drive and
Universal Tyres) and as we noted during our
last update, one of our biggest programmes
this year was to efficiently integrate Universal
Tyres. Our acquisitions are crucial to growing
our scale and convenience to customers,
but it is only when they are fully integrated
and using our Avayler platform that their
true potential begins to crystallise. It was
particularly pleasing therefore, that we were
able to integrate Universal Tyres in less than
half the time it took to integrate McConechy’s
- a truly fantastic achievement and testament
to the hard work and professionalism of
our teams. With three further acquisitions
in the second half of FY22 (Iverson Tyres,
National Tyres and Havebike), our integration
experience will ensure the valuable synergies
of these deals are realised as soon as
possible and help to grow the business in the
future. Our integration of National, the most
significant of these acquisitions, is discussed
in more detail in the strategic highlights
section later in this update.
Environmental, Social and
Governance (“ESG”)
We continue to make good progress on our
ESG agenda, and it remains a core part of
our strategy whilst simultaneously providing
a valuable commercial opportunity.
We have identified four priority areas
in Electrification, Net Zero, Diversity &
Inclusion, and Product, Packaging and
Waste Management. Over the course of
FY22 we have made progress against all
four including:
Case Study
Acquisition
of National
This year, we announced the
acquisition of Axle Group Holdings
Limited (“National”) which marks a
significant milestone for the business,
transforming the makeup of the Group
and significantly accelerating our plans
to evolve into a services-focused
business. The Group is made up of three
businesses: National, a national garage
chain; Tyre Shopper, a leading UK
online value tyre retailer; and Viking, a
wholesale tyre distribution network.
The £64 million share placing enabled us
to acquire the 239 centres and 68 vans,
adding 1,200 highly skilled colleagues
to our Group. This has transformed our
scale and will create very significant
levels of synergies across the Halfords
Group, estimated at £18m+ EBITDA by
our third year of ownership.
Viking, the wholesale tyre distribution
network, creates important strategic
and operational advantages for the
Group, giving us the ability to supply
tyres to our own Group businesses
on a national scale.
Acquisition in Numbers:
239
Centres
68
Vans
1,200
highly skilled colleagues
£18m+
estimated EBITDA from Group
synergies by year three
17
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement
In Electrification:
• We have rolled-out free E-bike trials
across our Retail store estate to
encourage customers to switch to clean
transport solutions.
• We achieved our target of training over
2,000 colleagues across Retail and
Autocentres, to deliver Electric Services
in Scooters, Bikes and Cars.
• We have created a unique partnership
with BOXT to become the first
mainstream retailer to offer end-to-end
charging solutions for homes, aiding the
switch to electric.
In Net Zero:
• Our Science-based targets for carbon
reduction were approved by the SBTi
(“Science Based Targets Initiative”).
• 75% of Halfords’ physical estate is
powered by electricity from renewable
sources, helping to reduce carbon
emissions in our own operations by
25%. This moves us significantly closer
to achieving our science-based target
for Scope 1 and 2 emissions, which
is aligned to the ambitious 1.5 degree
pathway.
In Product, Packaging and
Waste Management:
• Our primary plastic packaging was
reduced even further, falling by 17% -
equivalent to 279 tonnes.
In Diversity & Inclusion:
• We Launched four Colleague Network
Groups giving a voice to all colleagues
to discuss Diversity & Inclusion across
the Group.
• We ran Diversity & Inclusion
Masterclasses with our Senior
Leadership Team.
Halfords holds an influential position in
seeking to drive sustainability in both
the motoring and cycling industries. In
particular, we believe that the breadth of our
electric products and services offer will play
a critical role in supporting the UK to adopt
electric forms of personal transport.
Colleagues and the Labour Market
Our colleagues have always been our
most important asset. With almost 40%
of revenue now service-related, this has
never been more relevant than it is today.
It is their expertise that has resulted in an
astonishing 7.5m service jobs carried out
this year, helping to keep customers moving
when they need it most. Investing in our
colleagues is one of the best investments
we can make, providing them with best-in-
class training and technology, whilst also
supporting them financially and mentally
through difficult times. We know that highly
engaged colleagues result in high customer
satisfaction, and our NPS scores during
FY22 are testament to this.
This year, we completed our biggest
training programme to date, which involved
training our Retail colleagues in the full suite
of customer services on offer. By doing
this, our colleagues are now trained in twice
as many skills as they were a year ago,
meaning our on-demand fitting offer is more
convenient for customers, reducing wait
times and getting customers back moving
quickly.
During H1 the labour market was
particularly challenging, driven by high
demand and short supply with self-isolation
from COVID-19 often having an adverse
impact on the availability of technicians.
The labour market has remained difficult
through the second half of FY22, and we
believe it has suppressed our growth, with
our capacity constrained by the supply of
available technicians to our Autocentres
and HME businesses.
Finally, to underpin our service offering, we
also implemented a new store operating
model in Retail which has resulted in
more customer facing service technicians.
Combined with our training investments,
this means our Retail stores have more
capacity to service customers in periods of
high demand.
Strategic Progress
As I noted earlier, the success of FY22 has
been a result of strong strategic progress
against a clear and consistent vision.
Inspire our customers with a
differentiated, super-specialist offer
Our inspire pillar is centred around
transforming the customer experience by
investing in both our digital and physical
infrastructure, whilst simultaneously
providing customers with access to new
products and services in our core markets.
Some of the key areas of progress this year
have been:
Fusion
Halfords Fusion town experience is
our project to transform the customer
experience, investing in both the physical
and digital estate. Fusion brings together
all of our shopping and services locations
across a town, leveraging all our customer
touchpoints, and creating an end-to-end
experience that provides a full solution to
every customer.
A Fusion town incorporates a new format
destination retail store, an updated
Autocentres garage and an extended
Halfords Mobile Expert offer – all operating
in conjunction with an online and home
delivery proposition across a single
location. This results in our stores, garages
and vans truly working as one, with no
perceived transition for the customer when
moving from one customer proposition to
another.
Our two trial towns in Halifax and
Colchester have delivered some very
encouraging results. The ability for
colleagues to book customers into any
Halfords service has driven a step-change
in the number of customers shopping
across more than one of our propositions.
Our on-demand WeCheck services,
delivered by our highly skilled Retail
colleagues from the Halifax store car park,
now refer 20% of our Halifax garage’s
sales per week. These referrals have driven
significant revenue to our garages, initiated
from a Retail transaction, reducing the
need for us to acquire customers through
traditional marketing channels. Our Halifax
garage is now ranked within the top three
performing garages in our estate, having
been 214th out of 300 pre-Fusion.
We have also invested in training and
technology to aid colleagues in selling total
solutions to customer’s needs in Retail
stores covering products, accessories, and
services. When coupled with changes to the
store environment, such as the Parts desk
which helps to facilitate interaction with
our colleagues, we can assist customers
through the more complex shopping
journeys, such as selecting the right bulbs,
blades or batteries for their car or bike
purchases. These changes have resulted in
strong average transaction value uplifts, as
well as increases in customer experience
scores by +9 points relative to the estate.
New products and services
Our super-specialism is a key differentiator
as we believe that no other company can
deliver the breadth of offer across the life
of a car or bike. We intend to continue to
deepen this super-specialism. This year we
have launched our Electric Vehicle charging
18
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTsolutions partnership with BOXT, rolled
out E-bike trials across our stores to give
customers the chance to try before they
buy, and entered the second-hand bike
market by launching Bike Xchange. Bike
Xchange creates a circular economy for
bikes by offering customers the opportunity
to trade in used bikes in exchange for
money off future purchases, whilst also
allowing us to nationally range fully serviced
and warrantied pre-owned bikes.
We have continued to focus on our own
brand and exclusive ranges of products
deepening our specialism in Motoring
and Cycling. We have launched exclusive
brands within car cleaning including
Yiannimize and Autobrite and our own
brand ranges of bikes including Carrera,
Voodoo and Boardman continue to receive
excellent reviews and accolades including
our Boardman SLR 8.8 winning the Road.cc
award in May 2022.
Support our customers through an
integrated, unique, and more convenient
services offer
Our Support pillar has arguably seen the
most significant transformation during
FY22, in part driven by the acquisition of
National.
National
In December 2021, the Group undertook
a £61.6m share placing in order to
acquire National. The acquisition added
239 garages, 68 vans and 1,200 highly
skilled colleagues to our Group. This has
transformed our scale and will create very
significant levels of synergies across the
Halfords Group – estimated at £18m+
EBITDA by our third year of ownership. I
am very pleased with the progress to-date,
and we remain confident of delivering year
1 synergies in line with the business case
through the work done in aligning to group
purchasing contracts as well as moving
National’s freight procurement onto our
Group contract.
An important aspect of the National deal
was the acquisition of Viking, the wholesale
tyre distribution network which, in itself,
will create very important strategic and
operational advantages for Halfords.
This network gives us the ability to supply
tyres to our own Group businesses on
a national scale, having less reliance on
third-party networks whilst simultaneously
reducing costs.
Case Study
Launch of Avayler,
our proprietary
software business
This year, we entered the B2B software
market with the launch of Avayler: a new
business, offering Halfords’ proprietary
software to streamline service delivery
for companies that operate in multiple
locations, software that we have been
using for a number of years internally.
Avayler’s first customer was announced
as American Tire Distributors Inc.
(“ATD”), one of the largest independent
suppliers of tyres to the replacement tyre
market in North America and owner of
leading online tyre retailer Tirebuyer.com.
Avayler’s platform will underpin ATD’s
operations, supplying tyres to 80,000
garages across the US. ATD will also
be the exclusive provider of the Avayler
Mobile platform to the North American
automotive market.
The software was developed to manage
Halfords’ own garages, mobile vans
and retail stores, and brings together
systems and services developed
in-house by Halfords.
Avayler brings benefits for both
customers and companies alike. The
Avayler Mobile product uses algorithms
to calculate the available time slots for
the customer according to where the
nearest van is located and the parts
available. It then uses dynamic pricing
to value those slots accurately. The
customer can track where the van is and
receive notifications and updates whilst
the colleague is en route.
The platform ensures companies can
calculate the cheapest and quickest
routes to their customer; maximise
colleague productivity on the job; give
details of traffic on the road; and provide
the colleague with detailed checklists to
ensure a safe and consistent service is
provided.
The platform delivers a vastly superior
customer experience, with no direct
equivalent on the market today, and
significantly increases productivity of our
colleagues, helping to drive even greater
efficiencies.
19
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Executive Officer’s Statement
Inspire
In Fusion, we will leverage the learnings
from our trial towns, and roll out a capital
efficient Fusion investment plan across the
estate, including:
• Training colleagues in solution selling
practices.
• Car park referrals and managers in up
to 100 Retail sites.
• Roll out further 3Bs and Click and
Collect Hubs in Retail.
• Capacity increased in Autocentres
through additional colleagues.
We will further our super-specialism by
deepening our ranges within our core
markets. This will include extending
our Retail offering by giving access to a
broader range of car parts – a market worth
over £1bn.
Support
Our B2C business:
•
Integrate National to crystalise the next
phase of performance synergies. This
will include implementing PACE across
the estate, installing MOT equipment in
sites currently without equipment and
all other equipment upgraded.
• Continuing to rebrand sites.
•
Increase headcount and capacity.
Our B2B business:
• Look to fill white space in our UK
coverage by moving closer to our
commercial van target of 500.
Avayler:
• We will continue our investment in
Avayler, the platform that underpins
the success of our motoring services
operation. This will optimise our own
business further, but also allow us to
drive further opportunities with third
party service providers, focused on the
Automotive industry.
Halfords Mobile Expert
Our Halfords Mobile Expert business goes
from strength-to-strength and continues to
deliver best-in-class customer experience
and convenience. Within two years we have
grown the business from 7 to 253 vans,
offering a range of 17 services to customers
across over 75% of the UK. Revenues have
grown +44% YoY and over 300% vs. FY20.
Underpinned by cost and efficiency
The success of our transformation
continues to be underpinned by our focus
on cost and efficiency. By creating a more
profitable and efficient business, we create
the capacity to reinvest and generate long-
term returns for shareholders. We have
delivered strong cost reduction in FY22,
with some highlights including:
Avayler
Avayler is our market leading digital
platform which underpins our motoring
services businesses. We have developed
this platform over a number of years,
optimising the software which, in-turn,
optimises our business. The success of our
business using Avayler has enabled us to
market the solution to third party service
providers and, as a result, we successfully
entered the Software as a Service market,
supporting both ATD and Tirebuyer in
the US.
Enable a lifetime of motoring and cycling
Our lifetime pillar is focused on establishing
lasting relationships with customers. Whilst
growing, we know that only 4% of our
customers shop the breadth of our offer.
This creates a significant opportunity, with
relatively modest changes to customer
behaviour required. Our research shows
that those who shop across the Group
spend three to five times more than those
shopping from a single offer. This can
increase further by forming a relationship
over a three-year period.
Motoring Loyalty Club
To unlock these opportunities, we launched
a unique Motoring Loyalty Club at the end of
March 2022. Our Motoring Loyalty Club puts
the customer and their car at the centre of
our proposition, allowing us to harness data
and form a relationship across the life of the
car. We can now offer customers bespoke
advice, offers and savings, and alongside
our strategic investment in motoring pricing,
we can give customers better value and
strengthen our service proposition.
The launch of the Motoring Loyalty Club is
an important step forward in both our lifetime
pillar and overall strategy, but we see it as
only the beginning. The Motoring Loyalty
Club has created a valuable platform from
which we will build further opportunities in
the future, as we begin to support customers
through the life of their car.
• Settling 69 Retail lease renewals at an
average of 26% below existing rental
levels.
• Delivering over £7.6m of goods not
for resale savings and cost mitigation,
including freight and energy.
• Saving a further £1.5m through Store
efficiency programmes across 20
initiatives.
Underpinned by our colleagues
Colleagues are the heart of a services
business, and we have continued to invest
in training as well as their health and
wellbeing:
• Our “Here to Help” Fund, set up
during the height of the pandemic,
has now delivered £0.4m of support to
colleagues that need it the most.
•
“Wagestream” launched during the
year, giving colleagues early access to
wages when needed.
• We have trained over 100 mental health
first aiders.
• We have offered free winter flu jabs to
all colleagues.
FY23 strategic focus:
I noted earlier that as one external
challenge seemingly came to an end,
another was poised to take its place.
We look to be through the most severe
impacts of COVID-19 in the UK, but we
face a new period of uncertainty, this time
created by the worst cost of living crisis
in a generation. At the time of writing this
update, inflation is approaching double-digit
percentages, interest rates are increasing,
and consumer confidence is at a 10-year
low. With this period of uncertainty ahead,
we feel it is right to sharpen our strategic
focus to deliver what matters most to
customers at this time.
20
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTR
E
P
O
R
T
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
I
Lifetime
In Lifetime we will accelerate and optimise
our Motoring Loyalty Club platform:
• Focus on driving memberships and
VRN data capture, targeting between
0.5 and 1.0 million customers by the
end of FY23.
• Utilise our Group Data platform and
Motoring Loyalty Club to engage with
customers through the life of their car
and drive lifetime value.
• Target 10% Premium mix to test
subscription style memberships.
Capital structure and dividend
Our capital allocation priorities remain
unchanged:
1. Maintaining a prudent balance sheet
2.
Investment for growth
3. M&A, focused on Autocentres
4. Progressive dividend policy
5. Surplus cash returned to shareholders
Our Net Debt: EBITDA ratio, revised on an
IFRS-16 basis, was 1.67 at the year-end ,
broadly in line with our expected range of
1.85 to 2.35.
With a continued strong performance
from our areas of strategic focus, we will
continue with our transformation plan.
Our forecast capital expenditure for the
year is £45m to £50m, with additional
expenditure of up to £15m to complete
the integration of National and deliver the
projected synergy benefits. Our growth
plan will be complemented by acquisitions
if we are able to find attractive targets with
the right strategic fit for a fair price. Our
capital expenditure and acquisition strategy
will be focused on scaling our motoring
services business in line with our strategy,
cementing our market leading position
in aftermarket service, maintenance, and
repair and growing our market share in
motoring products.
We understand the importance of the
ordinary dividend to many of our investors,
and we updated our dividend policy at
our preliminary results in June 2021,
reinstating the ordinary dividend starting
FY22 at 9.00p per share, intending this
to be progressive. Following the payment
of an interim dividend of 3.00p per share
on 21 January 2022, we are proposing a
FY22 final dividend of 6.00p per share to
be paid on 16 September 2022, with the
corresponding ex-dividend date of
11 August 2022 and the record date of
12 August 2022.
As we have indicated previously, Loraine
Woodhouse is stepping down as CFO and
will be replaced by Jo Hartley. This Director
change takes place on 16 June 2022, when
Jo Hartley will be appointed as a Director
of Halfords Group Plc and Loraine will
resign from the Board.
Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer
15 June 2022
halfords.annualreport2022.com
21
STRATEGIC
REPORT
Our Marketplace
Our Motoring and Cycling
products segments remain core
but we have a greater market
opportunity in growing our
existing services business.
We will evolve into a consumer and B2B services-focused business,
with a greater emphasis on motoring.
Market Size, Share and Growth Dynamics
Services Overview
Products Overview
Motoring
Size
£14.5bn
Growth Projection
Share
c.4%
Motoring
Size
£2.5bn
Flat
Growth
Share
c.20%
High
Growth
Growth Projection
Cycling
Size
£150m
Flat
Growth
Share
c.15%
Cycling
Size
£2bn
Share
c.30%
Growth Projection
Growth Projection
Moderate
Growth
22
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Retail Macro-Customer Trends
DIY to DIFM
Whilst the shift from ‘Do It Yourself’ to ‘Do
It For Me’ is continuing to progress over
time, with more people spending time at
home and less able to go out, over the last
year we have seen an increase in people
searching for DIY solutions and ‘having a
go’ at home. As the shift to electric mobility
accelerates and technology continues to
advance, however, DIY solutions will be
increasingly difficult to manage and DIFM
will become the norm.
Omnichannel Shopping
Modern consumers expect a seamless
shopping experience across all channels
and touchpoints. Our mission is to
provide a best-in-class digital-led
customer journey that leverages all our
digital and physical assets. Our locations
are an important differentiator from online
competitors, providing a convenient Click
& Collect proposition and the delivery of
services and expertise by our colleagues
in stores and garages.
Link to Strategy 2
Link to Strategy 1 2
Macroeconomic
Trends
Cost of Living
Driven by an increase in inflation,
raising of the energy price cap and a
general increase in prices, consumers
are feeling a financial squeeze with
negative real wage growth for most and
significantly lower disposable income.
Link to Strategy 1
Sustainability
The requirement for sustainable practices
is now impacting all businesses in the
UK, with COVID-19 bringing this to
the forefront of consumers’ thoughts.
Consumers are increasingly expecting
proactive policies and action on climate
change, circular processes, reduction of
plastic waste and ethical sourcing. The
impact that we are having on the world
and the footprint we are leaving behind is
starting to shape the markets of the future,
with conscience consumerism at the core.
Move from Owning to Using
Economic, political and health crises
have reduced consumer willingness to
purchase ‘big ticket’ items. Particularly
apparent among younger people, there
is an increasing trend towards short and
long-term renting rather than owning,
evidenced by the increase in PCP
schemes, car sharing initiatives and bike
rental.
International Pressures
The war in Ukraine, the impact of Brexit
and delays within the shipping industry
are some examples of how tensions
within the international community
continue to impact the UK and all
consumers.
Link to Strategy 1
Link to Strategy 1 2 3
Link to Strategy 1
Experiential Shopping
Convenience
The popularity of experiential shopping
is continuing to increase. Retailers
and retail parks are building non-
core concessions and entertainment
concepts, turning one-off ‘impulse’ visits
into ‘destination’ shopping experiences.
Consumers’ lifestyles are getting busier,
free time is becoming more valuable, and
consumers expect retailers and service-
providers to fit around their routines with
on-demand services and friction-free
interactions as standard. Convenience to
them is not just about speed but about
making their lives easier, even if this comes
at an increased price. Our customers want
their car or bike fixed as quickly as possible,
at a time and place that suits them.
Ongoing Impact of COVID-19
Although we are now living with
COVID-19, its impact is still being felt
across the country from businesses
struggling to get back to a ‘normal’
way of working with customers not
returning to some industries, consumers
and businesses with financial pressure,
and even the new norms around ‘hybrid’
ways of working. The UK is having
to adapt to find a balance between
lockdown and life after lockdown.
Link to Strategy 1
Link to Strategy 2
Link to Strategy 1
Less Brand Loyalty
Personalisation
Online searching and comparison is
challenging traditional notions of brand
loyalty. Alternative products offering better
value or convenience can be identified
within seconds, making brand loyalty harder
to earn and maintain without possessing a
compelling unique selling point.
Personalisation is an important way
of standing out from the vast array
of competitors. Enabling customers
to feel valued through personalised
communications or products is a good
way to build strong relationships and
drive loyalty.
Link to Strategy 3
Link to Strategy 1
Key:
1 Inspire
2 Support
3 Lifetime
Read more about Our Strategy
on pages 32 and 39.
23
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Marketplace
Services
Motoring
Market Opportunities
• Electric mobility is rapidly growing in popularity and,
alongside this, so is the electric vehicle services
marketplace. Halfords has positioned itself as the market
leader in this space with significant numbers of colleagues
trained in electric servicing of Electric Vehicles (“EVs”),
E-bikes and E-scooters.
Cycling
Market Opportunities
• Growth in electric mobility as a mode of transport is
increasing the need for the servicing of E-bikes and
E-scooters. Halfords is positioned well to capitalise on
this with a well-established and well-known reputation for
servicing mechanical bicycles and scooters which makes
us the first retailer customers think of for E-servicing.
• Convenience remains essential for customers whether
• With time-pressured customers requiring even greater
that’s a delivery proposition to meet their needs, a service
location that’s open on their way home from work or even
bringing the services to them via a mobile van.
•
Businesses are continually looking for help with their
company fleets and with the pressures of an increase in the
cost of living, they are looking for more affordable ways to
keep their vehicles running for longer.
convenience, mobile cycle servicing is becoming a sought-
after service. Our recent acquisition of havebike gives us a
great foothold in this marketplace, giving us the ability to
reach our customers at a location convenient to them.
Competitive Landscape
• Predominantly made up of independent garages which offer
servicing, maintenance and repair, including car parts and
associated fitting.
• Technological advancements limit the scope for effective
delivery by small independent garages due to financial
requirements.
• Car dealerships are expanding into used car servicing.
Competitive Landscape
• Traditional specialists and independents dominate the
marketplace.
• Physical service locations are important.
• Rapidly growing E-mobility segment is a specialist area
few retailers are able to offer, particularly not the smaller
independent bike retailers.
• Mobile service providers are a growing segment but remain
• Mobile services are a growing market segment, particularly
a small part of the overall marketplace.
the tyre fitting industry.
How We Differentiate Ourselves
Halfords has a unique ability to offer automotive services from a
variety of locations – our Retail stores, garages and mobile vans.
We have achieved our 2019 medium-term target to increase
our services footprint to over 1,000 locations and have now set
a new target - 800 garages and 500 vans. Via our Autocentres,
Halfords Group offers great value and convenience for UK
consumers of car servicing, repairs and MOT compliance. The
strength of our brand and the scale of our store, garage and
mobile van estate enables us to invest in the most up-to-date
equipment and technology with the majority of centres now
equipped to deal with electric and hybrid vehicle servicing. Our
Halfords Mobile Expert vans deliver elements of car fitting and
servicing, such as battery replacement, tyres and diagnostic
checks, direct to the customer at their home or workplace. In
addition, we pride ourselves on our B2B proposition in this
market, having developed a strong Fleet business over a number
of years and recent acquisitions mean we have an ever-growing
presence in the commercial tyre market.
How We Differentiate Ourselves
In the UK, Halfords is usually the first brand associated with
cycling and our highly trained team of colleagues drives
awareness of our services capabilities. Our network of stores
are conveniently located giving customers great access to
our services proposition. We have invested significantly in
the training of our colleagues in the servicing of E-bikes and
E-scooters and are now the largest provider of electric services
in the UK. Our bike build proposition is leading the market
with free six-week checks and bike care plans to make sure
our customers continue to stay safe whilst enjoying the great
outdoors. Our recent acquisition of Havebike takes us one step
further, positioning us as one of the leading providers of mobile
cycle servicing in the UK which is rapidly growing in popularity.
As part of Bike Xchange, we service bikes in order to give
them a second life in the UK or abroad in African communities,
something which few others in the industry are able to offer.
24
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTProducts
Motoring
Market Opportunities
•
Increase in demand for electric products such as EV
charging cables or home charging solutions.
•
•
Increasingly busy lifestyles mean customers want
convenience, with access to products when and where they
need them. ‘On-demand’ fitting is increasingly important as
fewer people are willing to fit their own products, opting to
pay a small premium for assistance.
Online selling continues to be important to customers with
strong delivery propositions essential in getting products to
customers when they want them.
Competitive Landscape
• Limited number of specialists but a highly diverse and
competitive set of retailers (e.g. Amazon) selling generalist
product ranges.
• Limited bricks and mortar competition.
• Wholesalers and generalists moving into specialist retail
markets with strong omnichannel offer.
• Supermarkets and garage forecourts continue to sell a
limited range of high-volume, high-margin products.
How We Differentiate Ourselves
Our heritage of over 125 years has established Halfords as a
household name, with 90% of the UK population living within
20 minutes of a Halfords store. We have many outstanding
strengths that differentiate us, notably our exclusive product
ranges and our colleague expertise. Significantly, we have an
established and growing ability to provide services on demand
in-store.
Cycling
Market Opportunities
• E-mobility is rapidly growing in importance to customers
and to the planet, offering a lower carbon mode of
transport. Customer demand for E-bikes is continuing to
grow with E-bikes now accounting for one in every five
bikes sold. Sales of E-scooters remains strong showing
continued demand for new innovative vehicles is at record
levels and we expect both of these segments of the market
to continue growing.
• The majority of customer journeys begin online and the
selling of cycling equipment online continues to be a
growing area in the market. However, the need to see a bike
in a physical location, to get the correct size and fit, is still
an essential part of the customer journey.
Competitive Landscape
• Major sports retailers have diversified into cycling in recent
years (e.g. JD Sports, Go Outdoors) but the market is still
predominantly independents and traditional specialists.
• Cycle-to-Work continues to be an important driver.
• Online pure-play continuing to grow.
• Big brands selling directly to customers.
How We Differentiate Ourselves
Halfords Group boasts the biggest and most popular cycle
brands in the UK – Carrera and Apollo. In total, approximately
80% of our bikes are own-brand, covering both children
and adults at a wide range of price points. Our stores are
conveniently located, and our online platform provides support
and information to help customers choose the products and
services they want. Many customers take advantage of our
Click & Collect offer, placing orders online via our website
and picking up from a designated store at a time which is
convenient to them. This also drives positive store footfall.
Additionally, we are the market leader in the UK’s Cycle-to-
Work scheme, supporting sales and introducing new customers
to our brand.
25
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Engagement with Stakeholders
Effective utilisation of our resources and relationships are an
integral part of our plan to drive long-term sustainable growth.
The views of all of our stakeholders are considered by the Board and Executive Team on
a regular basis.
Stakeholders that benefit from the value we create
Colleagues
Why it is Important to Engage
Our colleagues are fundamental to
the achievement of our customer
experience ambitions and are the
cornerstone of our services proposition.
How We Engage
• Promotion of the Group values
• Listening: surveys and
colleague groups
‘3-Gears’ training programme
•
•
‘Aspire’ store management
development courses
• Recognition and reward
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Support and development
• Career opportunities
• Fair remuneration
• An appropriate sustainability
strategy
Our Response
• Conducted our annual Colleague
Engagement Survey to ensure every
colleague has the chance to have
their voice heard.
• Launched four Colleague Network
Groups giving colleagues the
chance to discuss diversity and
inclusivity in the workplace.
• We run weekly communications
through team Huddles, a CEO blog
and our intranet.
• Colleague awards take place
regularly with the ability for any
colleague to be nominated for
living the Halfords values and
role modelling behaviours that
positively impact colleagues and
our customers.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Regulatory & Compliance
• Service Quality
• Colleague engagement/Culture
• Skills shortage
26
Suppliers
Why it is Important to Engage
Engaging with our supply chain
effectively ensures the security of
supply and speed to market. Our brand
relies heavily on the high standards
of our carefully selected suppliers in
order for us to deliver market-leading
products and services.
How We Engage
• Far East trading office developing
mutually beneficial relationships
• Organising logistics, driving
efficiencies and improving
environmental management
• Supplier conferences
Stakeholders Key Interests
• A trusted distributor in the UK
and ROI
• Fair payment terms and pricing
• Responsible sourcing practices
Our Response
•
In October, we ran a virtual
conference for our top 200
suppliers, bringing them on
our journey and building the
relationships between us and them.
These were followed up with one-
on-one meetings with our senior
leaders talking to each of our top
strategic suppliers.
• A survey was sent to all our
suppliers giving them the
opportunity to feed back on
ways of working and our future
strategic plans.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Sustainable Business Model
• Critical physical infrastructure
failure (including supply chain
disruption)
• Climate Change and Electrification
Communities
Why it is Important to Engage
Engaging with the communities is the
right thing to do and ensures continued
viability of the business in the long
term. We aim to contribute positively to
the communities in which we operate.
How We Engage
• Charity & Community initiatives
• Media channels
• Recycling initiatives
• Net Zero commitment
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Environmentally friendly practices
• Charitable giving
Our Response
• As a Group, our colleagues voted to
support Mind as our Group charity
partner, signalling the importance of
mental wellbeing to our colleagues.
• Donated to the Disasters
Emergency Committee (DEC)
Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.
• Donated £100k to Hope Hospital
in India during the COVID-19
pandemic.
• Continued partnership with Drake Hall
prison, where we run a cycle training
academy for women prisoners.
• Raised awareness among female
students at technical colleges in
the UK by showcasing the diverse
and engaging work that our female
colleagues perform in their roles.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Cyber Security
Investors
Customers
Why it is Important to Engage
As a publicly listed company, we
need to provide fair, balanced and
Why it is Important to Engage
Understanding our customers’ needs
and behaviours allows us to deliver
understandable information to instil
relevant products and services, retain
trust and confidence and allow
informed investment decisions to
customers and attract new ones. It also
identifies opportunities for business
be made.
growth.
How We Engage
• Annual Report
• RNS announcements
• Annual General Meeting
•
Investor presentations
• Corporate website
• One-on-one meetings
How We Engage
• Satisfaction surveys
• Rewards
• Commercial website
• Social media engagement
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Value creation opportunities and
long-term sustainable growth
• Appropriate sustainability practices
Stakeholders Key Interests
• A great product or service, for a
fair price
Our Response
Our Response
• Full and half-year results and
• Regular communications through
strategy presentations to
shareholders, performed this
digital channels (e.g. email, social
media) to talk to our customers.
year virtually due to pandemic
• Regular customer ‘listening groups’
restrictions.
allowing more detailed feedback.
• Regular meetings with brokers,
• Net Promoter Score surveys
analysts and shareholders
throughout the year via the
daily in stores and garages giving
quantifiable feedback.
Chair, CEO, CFO and Investor
• Commercial website updated every
Relations team.
• Corporate website kept up to
date with annual refresh of all
week, enhancing the customer
journey, providing the latest
information, advice and guidance
information and more regular minor
from our expert colleagues.
amendments.
• The Halfords Blog gives customers
• Ensuring transparent reporting on
more in-depth reports on topics such
ESG-related performance.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Sustainable Business Model
• Regulatory & Compliance
as electric mobility, ways to save
money, competitions and essential
information for motorists and cyclists.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Value Proposition
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Service Quality
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRead more about how the Board considers stakeholders
in decision-making on pages 28 and 29.
Investors
Why it is Important to Engage
As a publicly listed company, we
need to provide fair, balanced and
understandable information to instil
trust and confidence and allow
informed investment decisions to
be made.
Customers
Why it is Important to Engage
Understanding our customers’ needs
and behaviours allows us to deliver
relevant products and services, retain
customers and attract new ones. It also
identifies opportunities for business
growth.
How We Engage
• Annual Report
• RNS announcements
• Annual General Meeting
•
Investor presentations
• Corporate website
• One-on-one meetings
How We Engage
• Satisfaction surveys
• Rewards
• Commercial website
• Social media engagement
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Environmentally friendly practices
• Charitable giving
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Value creation opportunities and
long-term sustainable growth
• Appropriate sustainability practices
Stakeholders Key Interests
• A great product or service, for a
fair price
Our Response
• Full and half-year results and
strategy presentations to
shareholders, performed this
year virtually due to pandemic
restrictions.
• Regular meetings with brokers,
analysts and shareholders
throughout the year via the
Chair, CEO, CFO and Investor
Relations team.
• Corporate website kept up to
date with annual refresh of all
information and more regular minor
amendments.
• Ensuring transparent reporting on
ESG-related performance.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Sustainable Business Model
• Regulatory & Compliance
Our Response
• Regular communications through
digital channels (e.g. email, social
media) to talk to our customers.
• Regular customer ‘listening groups’
allowing more detailed feedback.
• Net Promoter Score surveys
daily in stores and garages giving
quantifiable feedback.
• Commercial website updated every
week, enhancing the customer
journey, providing the latest
information, advice and guidance
from our expert colleagues.
• The Halfords Blog gives customers
more in-depth reports on topics such
as electric mobility, ways to save
money, competitions and essential
information for motorists and cyclists.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Value Proposition
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Service Quality
Colleagues
Suppliers
Communities
Why it is Important to Engage
Why it is Important to Engage
Our colleagues are fundamental to
the achievement of our customer
experience ambitions and are the
Engaging with our supply chain
effectively ensures the security of
Why it is Important to Engage
Engaging with the communities is the
right thing to do and ensures continued
cornerstone of our services proposition.
relies heavily on the high standards
term. We aim to contribute positively to
supply and speed to market. Our brand
viability of the business in the long
the communities in which we operate.
• Promotion of the Group values
• Far East trading office developing
• Charity & Community initiatives
mutually beneficial relationships
• Media channels
How We Engage
• Recycling initiatives
• Net Zero commitment
of our carefully selected suppliers in
order for us to deliver market-leading
products and services.
How We Engage
• Organising logistics, driving
efficiencies and improving
environmental management
• Supplier conferences
Stakeholders Key Interests
• A trusted distributor in the UK
and ROI
• Fair payment terms and pricing
• Responsible sourcing practices
Our Response
Our Response
• Conducted our annual Colleague
•
In October, we ran a virtual
• As a Group, our colleagues voted to
Engagement Survey to ensure every
conference for our top 200
colleague has the chance to have
their voice heard.
suppliers, bringing them on
our journey and building the
support Mind as our Group charity
partner, signalling the importance of
mental wellbeing to our colleagues.
• Launched four Colleague Network
relationships between us and them.
• Donated to the Disasters
Groups giving colleagues the
chance to discuss diversity and
inclusivity in the workplace.
These were followed up with one-
on-one meetings with our senior
Emergency Committee (DEC)
Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal.
leaders talking to each of our top
• Donated £100k to Hope Hospital
• We run weekly communications
strategic suppliers.
in India during the COVID-19
through team Huddles, a CEO blog
• A survey was sent to all our
pandemic.
suppliers giving them the
opportunity to feed back on
• Continued partnership with Drake Hall
prison, where we run a cycle training
ways of working and our future
academy for women prisoners.
strategic plans.
• Raised awareness among female
How We Engage
• Listening: surveys and
colleague groups
•
•
‘3-Gears’ training programme
‘Aspire’ store management
development courses
• Recognition and reward
Stakeholders Key Interests
• Support and development
• Career opportunities
• Fair remuneration
• An appropriate sustainability
strategy
Our Response
and our intranet.
• Colleague awards take place
regularly with the ability for any
colleague to be nominated for
living the Halfords values and
role modelling behaviours that
positively impact colleagues and
our customers.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Regulatory & Compliance
• Service Quality
• Colleague engagement/Culture
• Skills shortage
students at technical colleges in
the UK by showcasing the diverse
and engaging work that our female
colleagues perform in their roles.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Cyber Security
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Sustainable Business Model
• Critical physical infrastructure
failure (including supply chain
disruption)
• Climate Change and Electrification
Stakeholders that
influence what we do
Government
Why it is Important to Engage
Policies and regulatory changes may
provide opportunities and pose risk to
our operations. Working closely with the
Government ensures that our products
and services evolve appropriately.
Link to Our Risks
• Regulatory & Compliance
• Climate Change and Electrification
Media
Why it is Important to Engage
We need strong multi-channel exposure
to connect with customers and our
wider stakeholder audience. Engaging
with the media ensures transparency
and accuracy of information on the
business.
Link to Our Risks
• Stakeholder Support
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Regulatory & Compliance
27
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Engagement with Stakeholders
Section 172(1) Statement
Engaging with stakeholders delivers better outcomes for our
business, fundamental to our long-term success
Our Approach
As referenced in the Corporate Governance Report on page 104,
this section describes how the Directors consider the matters set
out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2016 (the “Act”).
In July 2019, the UK Corporate Governance Code reinforced the
importance of section 172 of the Act which requires the Directors to
consider (amongst other matters) the interests of all stakeholders,
including:
The likely consequences of decisions in the long term.
The interests of the Company’s workforce.
The need to foster relationships with suppliers, customers and
others.
The impact of operations on the community.
The high standards of business conduct.
The need to act fairly between members of the Company.
Board Information
Keeping the Board Informed
• Leadership and management
receive training on Directors’ duties
to ensure awareness of the Board’s
responsibilities.
• Board minutes include an
explanation of s.172 factors
and relevant information relating
to them.
• Our Board continually engages
with stakeholders.
Read more on pages 92 to 117.
Strategic Considerations
s.172 and the Company’s Strategy
• s.172 factors considered in the
Board’s discussions on strategy.
• Chair ensures decision making
is sufficiently informed by s.172
factors.
Read more on pages 92 to 117.
Board Decision Making
Outcomes of Considering s172
• Outcomes of decisions assessed
and further engagement and
dialogue.
• Actions taken as a result of Board
engagement.
• Actions align with our culture.
Read more on pages 92 to 117.
28
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTReduction of CO2 in our Supply Chain
Colleague Engagement
Weekly CEO Huddle and Blog
To help keep our colleagues connected and engaged in how
our business is performing and how we’re progressing with
our strategic initiatives across the Halfords Group, our CEO
hosts a weekly online Teams Live event known as a Huddle.
This is a live broadcast aimed at our Support Centre colleagues
which includes an update on our business trading performance
and highlights the colleagues and teams who are delivering
this performance. Each week a guest speaker from our Senior
Leadership Team also shares an update on one of our key
priorities. Colleagues can watch this live or view a recorded
version following the event.
To continue this flow of communication to our customer-facing
colleagues across all areas of the Group, our CEO, Graham
Stapleton, issues a weekly blog on a Friday to all colleagues.
This includes highlights of our business trading performance
as well as sharing business-wide updates on key strategic
initiatives. This is shared on our Group intranet Wheels,
on email and via local communication channels to ensure
all colleagues are connected to what’s happening across
the Group.
s172 consideration
Colleagues
Connects colleagues across all areas of the Group with our
Halfords’ strategy by sharing updates on the latest business
performance, transformation activity, strategic commercial
and customer experience initiatives as well as the colleague
engagement activity.
We are committed to achieving Net Zero as a business and
have already made good progress in the reduction of our Scope
1 and 2 emissions. However, we recognise that we cannot
achieve Net Zero alone and will need to collaborate and partner
with our suppliers, vendors and customers to work towards a
net zero future. We have already engaged our top suppliers to
understand their position today and set out our expectations for
the future.
s172 consideration
Environmental responsibility
Our goal is to achieve Net Zero emissions across our entire
value chain by 2050 at the latest and have set science-based
targets aligned to the ambitious 1.5ºC climate science to focus
us in the medium-term. This year, we have invested in the
EcoVadis platform to support the collection of accurate Scope
3 carbon data from our suppliers which will provide a more
accurate baseline and enable us to track and ultimately reduce
our Scope 3 emissions.
Shareholders
Our shareholders are focused on the strategic plans we have
in place to ensure our long-term business sustainability whilst
reducing the impact of our operations on the environment. This
relies upon us being able to demonstrate tangible reductions
in our environmental footprint whilst ensuring resilience of our
strategy and operations against the impact of climate change.
Colleagues
Our colleagues are key to our commercial success and will
be instrumental in supporting the delivery of our sustainability
targets. Across the Group, every colleague has a role to play in
our sustainability journey which includes considerations in day-
to-day operations as well as holding the business to account
and encouraging us to go further.
Customers
Customers are increasingly aware of environmental issues and
are even starting to make buying decisions based on retailers
that are committed to improving ESG. We must demonstrate
to existing and potential customers that we understand the
environmental impact of the products we manufacture and sell
and more importantly, that we are committed to reducing their
impact going forward.
Supporting the Disasters Emergency Committee (“DEC”)
Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal
At Halfords we continue to support many charities and
communities and recently signed a three-year partnership
with mental health charity Mind. In addition, and in response
to the devastating humanitarian crisis taking place in Ukraine,
we wanted to help the people of Ukraine in whatever way we
could. With our Digital team working closely with an external
agency based in Ukraine our colleagues felt deeply impacted
and wanted to help their co-workers through fundraising for
charities providing essential care locally.
s172 Consideration
Community
To help the people of Ukraine get access to the things they
needed, such as medical support, food and shelter, we
donated £50,000 to the Disasters Emergency Committee
(“DEC”) Ukraine Humanitarian Appeal. We also knew that our
colleagues wanted to help with fundraising and so we pledged
to match colleague fundraising up to a maximum £10,000 for
the DEC. So that our customers could also easily donate to this
great cause we included a link on Halfords.com.
29
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTHow We Create Value
Fulfilling our vision to be the super-specialists in motoring
and cycling, trusted by the nation
Our inputs
enable us to . . .
Offer a Unique Proposition . . .
Products
Colleagues
Training and accreditation, such as
our 3-Gears training programme in
Retail or our electric/hybrid vehicle
maintenance training in Autocentres,
ensure that consistent product
knowledge and services capability
reaches our customers across all
locations.
Partners
Halfords is proud to work with
suppliers, distributors and other
industry partners to drive our business
forward, supporting the sale of our
products and services and enabling
us to work with communities across
the UK.
Brand
Halfords is the nation’s trusted retailer
for motorists and cyclists and a
leading provider of motoring services.
We have a range of exclusive and
highly-regarded brands, including
Apollo, Carrera and Boardman in
Cycling, as well as our Halfords
Advanced ranges in Motoring.
Infrastructure/Assets
Our physical estate of Retail stores,
Autocentres garages and Mobile
Expert vans, combined with a
best-in-class web platform and
an efficient distribution network,
provide customers with a convenient
omnichannel offer.
Financial
With a strong balance sheet and
strong cash generation, we have
continued to invest in appropriate
systems, capabilities and people to
help support and grow our business
for the long term.
30
Products are at the core of our business and have been for over 125 years, defining us
as the UK’s leading provider of motoring and cycling products. Whether in one of our
physical locations or online, customers are able to find parts or products they want for
their motoring or cycling needs from E-bikes to socket sets, power washers to bicycle
helmets. Our colleagues are true experts and can suggest suitable products for each
customer situation.
Our offering
Motoring
Products
Mainstream
Cycling
Products
Performance
Cycling
Products
Services
Our services proposition complements our strong product business; helping to keep the
UK moving whilst delivering unrivalled customer service.
Operating from over 1,400 locations, Halfords has the national scale to offer services for our
customers’ cars or bicycles in a way and at a location which is convenient to them. Whether
a customer wants their bike serviced, a new wiper blade fitted, a new set of tyres fitted or a
full car service we are able to help them find the ideal solution to fit their busy lifestyle.
Our offering
Retail
Motoring
Services
Retail
Cycling
Services
Autocentres/
Mobile Expert
Our customers
Consumers
Consumers have been at the heart of our business since we started selling bikes 130
years ago. Today, we have a huge customer database giving us great insight into how
our customers shop and allowing us to offer our customers products and services that
we know they will love.
Businesses
Our business-focused proposition is growing rapidly with high demand from a wide
variety of industries. From the servicing of fleet vehicles to the selling of cycling
products, we aim to meet the motoring and cycling needs of any business.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTFocused on value-creating
opportunities . . .
Our accelerated strategy
Evolving into a consumer and B2B
services-focused business, with
a greater emphasis on motoring,
generating higher and more
sustainable financial returns.
What this means for Halfords in the medium term:
Selling products and related solutions for our customers’ motoring and cycling needs
remains core to our offering. However, in recognising the market opportunity and our
unique advantages, we will evolve into a services-led business, with a greater emphasis
on motoring. Our integrated services offering will provide customers with unparalleled
convenience, giving them access to the services they need, when and where they
want them.
B u i l d i n g o n o u r p r o g r e s s
2022
39%
Medium-term target
50%
revenue from Services
revenue from Services
Our business now
• Motoring and Cycling
product and services
retailer.
• Strong operating model
focused predominantly on
consumers.
• Impacted by external
factors out of our control.
Our business in the
future
• Consumer and B2B
services-focused provider.
• Resilient revenue streams
as Services and B2B
channels continue to grow.
• Underlying business is
more profitable.
Evolving into a customer and B2B services-focused business.
Read about our unique strengths on page 13.
Delivering long-
term value for
all stakeholders . . .
Customers
Access to a market-leading shopping
experience, both online and in stores,
helping meet all of their motoring and
cycling needs in a way convenient to
them, with access to technical and
expert advice through our colleagues.
Colleagues
Developing, rewarding and retaining
our colleagues so that they are
engaged to drive our growth
ambitions.
Financial
Generating returns for our
shareholders through effective
management of our financial
resources.
Read the Chief Financial
Officer’s Report on pages
60 to 65.
Community
Building relationships with suppliers,
customers and the communities
around us.
Read more in the Charity
and Communities section
on pages 51 to 53.
Environmental
Ensuring the resources our business
utilise have a positive impact on the
environment, both today and in the
future.
Read more in the ESG
Strategy on pages 40 to 55.
31
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy
Our Purpose
To Inspire and Support a Lifetime
of motoring and cycling.
Our medium-term goal
To evolve into a consumer
and B2B services-
focused business.
Strong financial results
and record levels of
customer satisfaction are
a clear reflection of the
progress we are making
against our strategy and
the transformation of the
business since FY18.
Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer
Our Strategy
We set out a clear vision and purpose in September 2018, which remains
unchanged. Our strategy is as relevant now as it was then, arguably more so given
shifting markets and changes to consumer behaviour. We have achieved significant
progress in recent years and will continue to invest in the execution of the strategy,
for the benefit of all stakeholders.
Inspire our customers with a
differentiated and super-specialist offer.
Support our customers through an
integrated, unique and more
convenient services offer.
Enable a Lifetime of motoring
and cycling.
Underpinned by:
Focus on Cost
and Efficiency
Investment in
Our Colleagues
Our ESG Commitments
32
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTInspire
Inspire our customers with a differentiated
and super-specialist offer.
• Transition from a general-specialist to a super-specialist.
• Lead and differentiate our markets with customer-led innovation.
• Redefine and further differentiate our own label ranges.
• New customer experience in stores and garages, linking online and offline journeys.
Support
Support our customers through an integrated,
unique and more convenient services offer.
• Offer convenience through an integrated and expanded ‘on-demand’ service proposition across
stores, garages and mobile.
• Enhance the customer journey from booking through to service delivery.
• Enhance our unique position in E-bike servicing in retail stores and hybrid and electric vehicle
servicing in our garages with the most fully trained technicians outside the dealer network.
Increase awareness of Halfords’ services by leveraging the Halfords brand.
•
Lifetime
Enable a Lifetime of motoring and cycling.
• A more focused and targeted approach to loyalty at a Group level in order to optimise the lifetime
value of our customers.
• Accelerating the development of our Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) programme,
offering compelling reasons for our customers to return and shop across the Group.
33
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy
Inspire
Inspire our customers with a differentiated
and super-specialist offer
Progress made
• Launched two ‘Fusion’ towns which
have both been successful, giving
us some clear opportunities on how
to expand in the next year, most
notably cross-selling and sales
opportunities in our garages.
• Launched a new electric vehicle
charging solution in partnership
with BOXT, making us the first
mainstream trusted retailer to offer
a full end-to-end home charging
solution.
• Launched Bike Xchange, a
brand-new proposition with new
operational and technical processes,
putting Halfords into the rapidly
growing second-hand market for the
first time.
Customer Experience
We will improve our customer shopping
journey online and in-store by:
• Further expanded our market-
leading E-bike and E-scooter
ranges.
• Continuing to optimise the Group’s
• Launched the UK’s biggest E-bike
web platform and the full omnichannel
journey.
• Focusing on personalisation by
leveraging our Group-wide Single
Customer View.
•
Improving the in-store experience
by providing a more experiential,
inspirational and service-led
environment.
trial scheme.
Priorities for the year
• Roll out capital-efficient Fusion
investments across the estate
including Parts Hubs, Fitting stations
and Fusion selling practices and
technology.
• Further our super-specialism by
deepening our ranges within our
core markets, such as on-demand
tyre fittings as well as access to a
broader range of car parts.
Objectives
Specialism
We will become a super-specialist by:
•
•
Increasing our online ranges of
motoring and cycling products.
Investing in training with even greater
focus on specialism.
• Reducing our non-core products.
Innovation
We will lead and differentiate our markets
with customer-led innovation by:
• Utilising customer insight to develop
products we know they want and need.
• Working with suppliers to jointly
create, and bring to market, innovative
products which are exclusive to
Halfords.
Link to our KPIs
Link to our Risks
• Group Colleague Engagement
• Like-for-Like Sales
• Value Proposition
• Skills Shortage
• Customer Net Promoter Score
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Climate Change and Electrification
34
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
EV Charging Solutions
Our goal is to not only give customers
confidence to switch to electric but also
to help boost the number of charge
points across the UK. Customers are
encouraged to list their driveway out
on Stashbee to help bridge the electric
charging gap, which is significant in
residential areas away from trunk roads.
This initiative makes us the first
mainstream trusted retailer to offer a
full end-to-end home charging solution
and supports our overall mission to
champion the UK’s transition to electric
forms of mobility.
To further enhance the suite of electric
services and solutions customers
can access at Halfords, we have
launched a new EV charging solution in
partnership with technology firm BOXT
and Stashbee. This partnership enables
customers to have top-of-the-range EV
charge points installed at their house
by a BOXT engineer with the added
confidence that comes due to the
reputation of the Halfords brand.
The high cost associated with switching
to using electric vehicles is only one
barrier to adoption. According to the
Department for Transport, concerns
about where to charge is the biggest
barrier to adoption. Around 40% of UK
homeowners do not have access to off-
street parking and the UK only has 15%
of the electric vehicle charging points it
needs to meet net zero by 2050.
e
r
i
p
s
n
I
35
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy
Support
Support our customers through an integrated, unique and
more convenient services offer.
Progress made
• Three acquisitions in Services
helping us to become the biggest
motoring services provider in the
UK, exceeding our target of 200
vans and 550 garages.
• Entry into the software market
with the launch of Avayler already
supporting ATD and Tirebuyer in
the US. Avayler is our market-
leading digital platform which
underpins our motoring services
businesses.
•
‘WeCheck’ Phase 3 – allowing
us to refer customers across the
group from Retail directly to one of
our garages or mobile locations.
Priorities for the year
•
Integrate National to crystallise
the next phase of performance
synergies including rebranding
sites, installing MOT equipment
and implementing Avayler across
the estate.
• Continue to make progress
towards our medium-term target
of 800+ garages, 300 Halfords
Mobile Expert vans and 500
Commercial vans.
• Accelerate investment in Avayler
to drive further opportunities with
third party service providers,
focusing on the Automotive
industry.
Objectives
Integrated
We will have a unified services identity
across the Group through:
• One seamless website, combining
Halfords Retail, Halfords Autocentres
and Halfords Mobile Expert.
• Easy referral from Retail WeCheck
findings to Autocentres booking.
•
Integrating the Services booking
experience to include nearest available
location and timeslot.
Unique
• Offering customers access to our
products and services via a unique
combination of Retail stores, garages
and mobile vans complemented by
a strong online proposition.
Convenient
• Combining our physical estate with
a consistent mobile services offer
and increased availability.
• Full roll-out and expansion of Halfords
Mobile Expert to give most of the
UK population access to our mobile
services.
• Future roll-out of garages to reduce
average drive time from 30 minutes
to 20 minutes.
Link to our KPIs
Link to our Risks
• Services as a Percentage of Group
• Service Quality
Revenue
• LFL Sales
• Customer Net Promoter Score
• Skills Shortage
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
• Stakeholder Support
36
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Growing our Group
Services Proposition
Alongside these acquisitions, we have
entered into new B2B markets which
offer international growth opportunities
with our proprietary software business,
Avayler. This platform utilises our
existing digital technology, such as
PACE, our market-leading in-garage
digital operating platform, and offers
businesses a way to streamline their
customer proposition and maximise
efficiencies across their operations.
Following on from the acquisition
of The Universal Tyre Company in
FY21, this year we acquired three new
businesses, further increasing the scale
and coverage of our Group Motoring
Services. We have welcomed the teams
of National, Iverson Tyres and Havebike
into the Group, meaning that in 2021 we
became the biggest motoring services
provider in the UK. These acquisitions
have led to a significant change to the
Group physical estate, growing the
number of fixed service locations by
60%, giving customers access to the
services we offer at an even greater
number of locations.
t
r
o
p
p
u
S
37
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Strategy
Lifetime
Enable a Lifetime of motoring and cycling.
Progress made
• Launched our unique and market-
leading Motoring Loyalty Club,
putting the customer and their car
at the centre of our proposition.
• We can now offer our customers
bespoke advice, offers and
savings, meaning we can give
customers better value and offer a
better service proposition.
Priorities for the year
• Focus on driving memberships and
VRN data capture, targeting more
than one million customers by the
end of FY23.
• Utilise our Group Data platform
and Motoring Loyalty Club to
engage with customers through the
life of their car.
• Target 10% Premium mix to test
subscription style memberships.
Objectives
Loyalty and Retention
We will more actively drive customer loyalty
and retention by:
• Supercharging our CRM programme,
providing compelling reasons for
customers to return to our brand.
• Building cross-Group loyalty
programmes to optimise lifetime value
and advocacy.
Customer First
We have started to drive meaningful action
from our insight, which has been used to:
Link to our KPIs
• Customer Net Promoter Score
• Define future range decisions.
Link to our Risks
• Change the labour operating model to
better reflect customer needs.
• Obtain a greater understanding of
customer pain points and moments
that matter.
• Provide a Group-wide Financial
Services offer.
• Stakeholder Support
• Service Quality
• Brand Appeal and Market Share
38
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Motoring Loyalty Club
through any channel – whether a store,
garage, van or online – and the response
from our customers has been great. This
is just the start of the loyalty scheme
and we will continue to develop this
proposition going forwards.
This year, we launched our brand-new
Motoring Loyalty Club, a loyalty scheme
offering customers great benefits, such
as free MOTs, free next day delivery
and discounts across the Group, to
help with their motoring journeys. The
Motoring Club gives us an even better
way to get to know our customers and
communicate with them. We have built
new technology to provide real-time,
personalised expertise and rewards
for members who access our services
e
m
i
t
e
f
i
L
39
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC
REPORT
Our ESG Strategy
FY22 was a strong year for delivery
against our Environmental, Social and
Governance (“ESG”) agenda.
Overview
Building on the strategy work that we
undertook last year, we are pleased with
the strong progress that we have made this
year. As the regulatory landscape continues
to evolve in response to climate change,
supply chain transparency and corporate
due diligence, we remain committed to
evolving our approach and ensuring we
have a sustainable business that delivers
for all stakeholders.
to our stakeholders and to our long-term
business success. Our ESG agenda is
aligned to the Group’s strategy ‘To Inspire
and Support a Lifetime of motoring and
cycling’ and also forms a strong part of our
culture, recognising we all have a role to
play in delivering against our commercial
ambitions as well as minimising our impact
on the planet.
Following a process of stakeholder
engagement and materiality assessment,
our priority areas have been identified as:
Our Approach
Our approach to sustainability focuses
on the ESG areas that are most important
Electrification
Net Zero
Commitment
The leading name in
electric services giving
everybody the confidence
to switch and continually
enjoy the benefits of
electric mobility.
Achieve Net Zero
value chain emissions
by 2050 and interim
reductions aligned
to science-based
principles.
h
c
a
o
r
p
p
A
Diversity
and Inclusion
Make Halfords a
truly inclusive place to
work and representative
of the customers and
r
u
communities we serve.O
Product,
Packaging
and Waste
Management
Minimise our
environmental impact and
increase our transparency
whilst continuing to
pursue sustainability
opportunities within
our product portfolio.
40
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I
l
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
i
h
g
H
y
r
e
V
e
t
a
r
e
d
o
M
High
Very high
Electrification
Health and Safety
Product, Packaging and
Waste Management
Supply Chain
Ethics
Modern Slavery
Diversity and
Inclusion
Net Zero
Climate Change
Community
Investment
Environmental
Management
Quality
Working with consultants from PwC, we
conducted a materiality analysis, looking at
the interests of various stakeholder groups,
including colleagues, investors and the
industry, to identify which ESG issues were
of most importance. Then, incorporating
insight from colleagues, these issues were
ranked to assess which were most material
to the business.
Whilst we have prioritised four areas for our
key focus, we continue to manage the other
listed ESG issues as ‘business as usual’,
which remain important in the delivery of our
overall ESG ambitions. Further information on
the progress made against our ESG agenda
this year can be found on the following pages.
Wellbeing
Employee
Development and
Retention
Moderate
Environmental
Social
Governance
Moderate
Very High
Importance to Business
Governance
Our priority areas are underpinned by our
commitment to operating responsibly. We
have clear policies that ensure a consistent
approach to the standards of operations and
behaviours we expect from our colleagues
and business partners. These policies include,
but are not limited to, health and safety,
environmental management, global sourcing
code and data protection. Colleagues are
required to complete mandatory learning to
ensure policies are well understood and are
actively encouraged to speak up without fear
of reprisal should they believe these policies
are not being adhered to and/or misconduct
is taking place.
The ESG Committee comprises Non-
Executive Directors and is a committee
of the Board. Further information on the
Committee’s main responsibilities and
activities undertaken during the year can
be found on page 122.
The Executive Team is ultimately responsible
for the day-to-day management of the
ESG programme. Whilst ESG is regularly
discussed at Executive meetings,
recognising the importance of ESG, we have
chosen to form an ESG Board comprising
Executive members giving a dedicated
monthly session to focus on strategic
progress of our ESG programme. The ESG
Board formally commenced in Q1 FY23.
With the formation of the ESG Board,
we paused the previously reported ESG
Steering Group towards the end of the
financial year. The ESG Steering Group,
which comprised functional leaders, met
monthly throughout the year and was
responsible for monitoring progress against
our priority areas of focus, discussing
external trends as well as sharing
performance updates to the Transformation
Board. The new ESG Board will review
terms of reference for the ESG Steering
Group in the new financial year to ensure
we remain adequately positioned to deliver
against our ESG strategy and priorities.
During this financial year, executive
remuneration is linked to our performance
in our Electric Services training target.
We’re pleased to have met this target
which accounted for a portion of executive
remuneration in FY22.
Halfords Group plc Board of Directors
ESG
Committee
Audit
Committee
ESG Board
Remuneration
Committee
ESG Steering Group
Monitoring Transformation
Board Update
41
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT
ESG Performance Overview
Electrification
Net Zero Commitment
Diversity and Inclusion
Product, Packaging and
Waste Management
Our Focus
• Lead the market in Electric Servicing as the UK shifts
towards more sustainable mobility options, specifically
electric vehicles (“EVs”), E-bikes and E-scooters.
•
Investing in education and community engagement
programmes to help and support consumers to make
climate-smart choices.
• Providing industry-leading training to our colleagues to
better support customers as they make the switch to
electric.
• Broadening our ranges of electric services and solutions,
e.g. E-bikes/E-scooters, making the transition to electric
travel easier.
• Lobbying campaigns designed to accelerate the transition
to electric vehicles.
Progress in FY22
•
Trained over 2,000 colleagues in electric servicing (+66%
vs. FY21).
•
Increased E-mobility product ranges such as new Carrera
Impact E-bikes and E-scooters.
• Launched E-bike affordability options making E-bikes
accessible to all.
•
Introduced home charging services.
• Ran the UK’s largest E-bike fleet trial in over 70% of stores.
• Continued lobbying campaigns to accelerate the transition
to electric vehicles.
• 32% of Retail company car fleet switched to alternative
fuels.
• Doubled the revenue from the servicing of EVs (vs. FY21).
Priorities for Next 12 Months
•
Focus on consistently delivering electric services and
solutions to customers across the Group.
•
Further develop the range of electric services and solutions
we offer our customers.
• Enhance our customer communications to enable us to
better support customers as they make the switch to
electric mobility.
• Continue lobbying campaigns for the legalisation of private
E-scooters in public areas.
•
Invest in equipment and training to support growing
demand for EV servicing.
Our Focus
• Reduce our carbon emissions and make progress with
our science-based targets (“SBTs”), as approved by the
Science Based Targets Initiative (“SBTi”). These targets are
aligned to the more ambitious 1.5ºC scenario set out in the
Paris Agreement (2015).
• Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions
42% by 2030 from a 2020 base year.
•
Increase annual sourcing of renewable electricity to 100%
by 2030 from 0% in 2020.
• Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from ‘Purchased
Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream
Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by 2030 from a 2020
base year.
• Our ultimate aim is to achieve Net Zero emissions across
our value chain by 2050. We recognise we cannot do this
alone, so will collaborate and partner with our suppliers,
vendors and customers to work towards a Net Zero future.
Progress in FY22
• Science-based targets for carbon reduction approved by
the SBTi.
• Commenced the transition to renewable energy with 75%
of our estate now powered by renewable sources.
•
•
Included climate change as a principal risk to the business.
• Launched a set of four Colleague Network Groups focusing
align with key non-food retail peers.
Invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection
of accurate Scope 3 carbon data from our suppliers.
• Continued to make progress with improving the efficiency
of our stores with LED lights and Building Management
System (“BMS”) improvements in 75% of our estate.
• Engaged top suppliers to understand their carbon position
today and set out our expectations for the future.
Priorities for Next 12 Months
• Develop a roadmap to achieve Net Zero.
• Continue to make progress against our SBTs.
• Roll out EcoVadis system with our suppliers to better
understand their position in carbon management.
• Continue to embed climate risk within our risk management
framework.
Our Focus
Our Focus
• Create an inclusive workplace in which all colleagues
•
To develop a packaging material strategy that improves
are able to be themselves at work, feel valued for their
contribution and are supported to perform their best.
environmental impact through increased recyclability,
reduction of virgin plastic and responsibly certified card.
• Provide equal opportunities for all colleagues.
•
Reduce packaging tax through plastic reduction.
• Remove the gender/ethnic/diversity pay gap.
• Continue to seek innovative ways to reduce, reuse and
• Create accessible opportunities and training to improve
recycle core waste streams.
female representation across our Group, particularly in our
• Ensure that by 2025 all our packaging will be reusable or
garages.
recyclable.
Progress in FY22
Progress in FY22
• Built a D&I strategy to strengthen how we think about
• Reduced virgin plastic in our Retail business by 17%,
diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities in day-to-day
including a 10% overall plastic reduction.
operations.
• Zero waste sent to landfill.
• Ran D&I Masterclasses with our Senior Leadership Team.
• Developed a packaging hierarchy which is benchmarked to
on Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and Disability,
• Trialled a small range of products made from recycled
• Signed up to the British Retail Consortium Diversity and
and Race and Ethnicity.
Inclusion Charter.
across the Group.
materials.
• Promoted a circular economy for products by launching
Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores, putting Halfords
products in use for longer.
•
Initiated process to collect diversity data from all colleagues
into the rapidly growing second-hand market and keeping
Priorities for Next 12 Months
Priorities for Next 12 Months
• Roll out D&I Masterclasses across the Group.
•
Analyse packaging data responses from suppliers to
• Roll out our Colleague Network Groups to grow awareness
and build understanding for colleagues across the Group
force January 2023.
support changes in legal reporting obligations coming into
and support cultural change at all levels.
•
Continue our virgin plastic reduction programme with
• Continue to support the industry to understand how the
automotive sector can be more attractive for all individuals
emphasis on product categories, including proprietary
brands and the cycling categories.
but specifically those currently under-represented in the
• Develop environmental Life Cycle Assessment for key
workforce.
• Continue to assess circular processes for core waste
product categories.
streams.
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
For ESG Performance Data please see pages 54 and 55.
42
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT
Electrification
Net Zero Commitment
Diversity and Inclusion
Product, Packaging and
Waste Management
Our Focus
Our Focus
• Lead the market in Electric Servicing as the UK shifts
• Reduce our carbon emissions and make progress with
towards more sustainable mobility options, specifically
our science-based targets (“SBTs”), as approved by the
electric vehicles (“EVs”), E-bikes and E-scooters.
•
Investing in education and community engagement
programmes to help and support consumers to make
climate-smart choices.
• Providing industry-leading training to our colleagues to
Science Based Targets Initiative (“SBTi”). These targets are
aligned to the more ambitious 1.5ºC scenario set out in the
Paris Agreement (2015).
• Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions
42% by 2030 from a 2020 base year.
better support customers as they make the switch to
•
Increase annual sourcing of renewable electricity to 100%
electric.
by 2030 from 0% in 2020.
• Broadening our ranges of electric services and solutions,
• Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from ‘Purchased
e.g. E-bikes/E-scooters, making the transition to electric
Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream
Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by 2030 from a 2020
• Lobbying campaigns designed to accelerate the transition
base year.
travel easier.
to electric vehicles.
• Our ultimate aim is to achieve Net Zero emissions across
our value chain by 2050. We recognise we cannot do this
alone, so will collaborate and partner with our suppliers,
vendors and customers to work towards a Net Zero future.
•
Trained over 2,000 colleagues in electric servicing (+66%
• Science-based targets for carbon reduction approved by
Progress in FY22
vs. FY21).
•
Increased E-mobility product ranges such as new Carrera
Impact E-bikes and E-scooters.
• Launched E-bike affordability options making E-bikes
accessible to all.
•
Introduced home charging services.
• Ran the UK’s largest E-bike fleet trial in over 70% of stores.
• Continued lobbying campaigns to accelerate the transition
• 32% of Retail company car fleet switched to alternative
to electric vehicles.
fuels.
• Doubled the revenue from the servicing of EVs (vs. FY21).
Priorities for Next 12 Months
•
Focus on consistently delivering electric services and
solutions to customers across the Group.
•
Further develop the range of electric services and solutions
we offer our customers.
• Enhance our customer communications to enable us to
better support customers as they make the switch to
electric mobility.
• Continue lobbying campaigns for the legalisation of private
E-scooters in public areas.
•
Invest in equipment and training to support growing
demand for EV servicing.
Progress in FY22
the SBTi.
• Commenced the transition to renewable energy with 75%
of our estate now powered by renewable sources.
•
•
Included climate change as a principal risk to the business.
Invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection
of accurate Scope 3 carbon data from our suppliers.
• Continued to make progress with improving the efficiency
of our stores with LED lights and Building Management
System (“BMS”) improvements in 75% of our estate.
• Engaged top suppliers to understand their carbon position
today and set out our expectations for the future.
Priorities for Next 12 Months
• Develop a roadmap to achieve Net Zero.
• Continue to make progress against our SBTs.
• Roll out EcoVadis system with our suppliers to better
understand their position in carbon management.
• Continue to embed climate risk within our risk management
framework.
Our Focus
• Create an inclusive workplace in which all colleagues
are able to be themselves at work, feel valued for their
contribution and are supported to perform their best.
Our Focus
•
To develop a packaging material strategy that improves
environmental impact through increased recyclability,
reduction of virgin plastic and responsibly certified card.
• Provide equal opportunities for all colleagues.
•
Reduce packaging tax through plastic reduction.
• Remove the gender/ethnic/diversity pay gap.
• Continue to seek innovative ways to reduce, reuse and
• Create accessible opportunities and training to improve
female representation across our Group, particularly in our
garages.
recycle core waste streams.
• Ensure that by 2025 all our packaging will be reusable or
recyclable.
Progress in FY22
• Built a D&I strategy to strengthen how we think about
Progress in FY22
• Reduced virgin plastic in our Retail business by 17%,
diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities in day-to-day
operations.
including a 10% overall plastic reduction.
• Zero waste sent to landfill.
• Ran D&I Masterclasses with our Senior Leadership Team.
• Launched a set of four Colleague Network Groups focusing
on Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and Disability,
and Race and Ethnicity.
• Signed up to the British Retail Consortium Diversity and
Inclusion Charter.
•
Initiated process to collect diversity data from all colleagues
across the Group.
• Developed a packaging hierarchy which is benchmarked to
align with key non-food retail peers.
• Trialled a small range of products made from recycled
materials.
• Promoted a circular economy for products by launching
Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores, putting Halfords
into the rapidly growing second-hand market and keeping
products in use for longer.
Priorities for Next 12 Months
• Roll out D&I Masterclasses across the Group.
• Roll out our Colleague Network Groups to grow awareness
and build understanding for colleagues across the Group
and support cultural change at all levels.
• Continue to support the industry to understand how the
automotive sector can be more attractive for all individuals
but specifically those currently under-represented in the
workforce.
Priorities for Next 12 Months
•
Analyse packaging data responses from suppliers to
support changes in legal reporting obligations coming into
force January 2023.
•
Continue our virgin plastic reduction programme with
emphasis on product categories, including proprietary
brands and the cycling categories.
• Develop environmental Life Cycle Assessment for key
product categories.
• Continue to assess circular processes for core waste
streams.
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
Related UN SDGs
43
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT
ESG Progress in FY22
Electrification
Performance highlights
2,091
Technicians trained
in Electric Servicing
(+66% vs. FY21)
32%
of Retail fleet now on
Alternative fuel
•
Introduced home charging services
to give customers the confidence to
switch to an EV and have the charging
installed at home from a brand that
they trust.
• Successfully ran the UK’s largest
E-bike fleet trial at 295 stores to give
customers the opportunity to ‘try before
you buy’.
Other Highlights
• We are increasing our voice through
‘Thought leadership’ and ‘campaigns’
including #Plugtheskillsgap – calling
on the industry to train EV techs to
meet the needs of EV servicing and
ongoing lobbying on E-scooters and
electric vans.
• We have made great progress with
switching our company car fleet to
electric/hybrid and by the end of the
year we exceeded our target, resulting
in 32% of our Retail company car fleet
being powered by alternative fuels.
• We have more than doubled the
revenue gained from the servicing of
EVs (vs. FY21).
Case Study
Making E-mobility
accessible to all
The shift to lower carbon electric modes
of transport is something that is rapidly
gaining momentum. EVs are increasingly
popular and electric charging points are now
commonplace across the UK. At Halfords,
our goal is to make sure that E-mobility is
something that all consumers can access.
• We offer products and services at
a wide variety of price points which
means that customers can purchase
an electric product that fits with
their financial circumstances. Our
E-bike affordability options also help
customers spread out payments.
We have developed a number of initiatives
to help customers feel confident making
the switch to electric and continue to invest
in ensuring that E-mobility is accessible to
everyone.
• Halfords is a brand everyone can trust
and we continue to provide training to
our colleagues so they can offer advice
and expertise to everyone who seeks it.
• Our ‘Electric Hub’ is updated regularly
to keep customers informed of the latest
government advice and guidance, the
benefits of switching to electric and
ultimately advise on how best to fit electric
mobility into their lifestyles.
We will continue to champion the switch to
electric across all areas of our business and
will ensure that E-mobility options remain
accessible to all.
Overview
For Halfords, electrification means leading
the way as the UK shifts towards electric
modes of transport and supporting our
customers as they make the switch.
Halfords is uniquely positioned in the UK
to offer electric services and solutions
for both two and four-wheeled modes of
transport and we are proud to support our
customers with everything they need as
the UK transitions towards lower carbon
electric mobility.
Our ambition is to be the leading name
in electric services, giving everybody the
confidence to switch and continue to enjoy
the benefits of electric mobility. We are in a
privileged position to champion the needs of
consumers and we intend to use our voice to
develop the UK’s electric mobility industry.
Progress in FY22
Electric mobility remains at the core of our
plans both today and in the future. We have
seen fantastic progress within the Group
supporting both our commercial and ESG
ambitions.
Electric Services
There is a significant shortage of
technicians in the industry who are capable
of servicing electric forms of transport.
Increasingly, consumers and businesses
are switching to electric and it is essential
that this skills shortage is addressed. This
year, we have trained over 2,000 colleagues
on electric servicing from E-bikes and
E-scooters and electric vehicles (+66% vs.
FY21), meaning we are leading the market
in terms of being the experts in servicing of
electric transportation.
Our customers have recognised this shift
with a significant increase in demand for
our colleagues’ expertise, and, as a result,
we have seen strong progress on customer
NPS ratings as customers benefit from the
increased training our colleagues have.
Electric Solutions
Customer demand has grown rapidly for
electric modes of transport and in the past
year we have accelerated our plans to meet
these demands. In the last year we have:
•
Increased E-mobility product ranges
such as launching innovative new
Carrera Impact E-bikes and scooters.
• Launched industry-leading E-bike
affordability options – from as little
as £15 per month, making E-bikes
accessible to all.
44
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTNet Zero Commitment
Overview
Addressing climate change through the
reduction of greenhouse gas (“GHG”)
emissions is now a key priority for most
companies and Halfords is no exception.
As one of the UK’s largest employers it is
critically important that we make a strong
commitment to tackle climate change and
put this at the top of our ESG agenda.
Performance highlights
25%
Scope 1 and 2 reduction
75%
of sites with LED lights
(excluding all recent
acquisitions)
Progress
We are pleased that our Scope 1, 2 and 3
targets have been approved by the SBTi.
These targets are:
• Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope
2 GHG emissions 42% by 2030 from a
2020 base year.
•
Increase annual sourcing of renewable
electricity to 100% by 2030 from 0%
in 2020.
• Reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG
emissions from ‘Purchased Goods and
Services’, ‘Capital Goods’ and ‘Upstream
Transportation and Distribution’ 25% by
2030 from a 2020 base year.
Receiving this formal accreditation and the
subsequent communication of these targets
marks a significant step forward for us in
achieving our Net Zero ambition and helps
to give the business focus and clarity in the
medium term.
We are in the early stages of developing our
Net Zero roadmap; however, we are already
seeing emissions reductions through initiatives
such as switching to LED lighting and
switching 25% of our vehicle fleet to alternative
fuels, all of which help deliver strong progress
against our emissions reduction targets.
This year we included climate change as a
principal risk to the business, recognising that
the climate crisis is already having a profound
effect through extreme weather events – floods, drought and rising sea levels –
all of which have the ability to disrupt our supply chains and impact our ability to operate our
business effectively. Further information on our mitigation efforts can be found on pages 68 to 71.
Throughout the course of this year, we have worked with PwC to complete our first climate-
related scenario analysis. This forms the basis of our first Taskforce for Climate-related
Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) statement which can be found on pages 68 to 71.
Scope 3
Our Scope 3 emissions categorisation is based primarily on estimates obtained through
analysis of spend in each Scope 3 category. The chart below shows the breakdown of Scope 3
categories, highlighting our material focus on ‘Purchased Goods and Services’, ‘Capital Goods’
and ‘Upstream Transport and Distribution’. We are now in the early stages of collecting more
accurate Scope 3 emissions data from these categories to better track our Scope 3 emissions
reductions.
Purchased goods and services = 52%
Capital goods = 16%
Upstream transport = 13%
Employee commuting = 6%
Downstream transport = 5%
Other = 8%
Recognising the importance of collaboration to deliver against our Scope 3 targets, we
have invested in the EcoVadis platform to support the collection of accurate carbon data.
We have begun the process of working with our suppliers to understand their position in
carbon management and will report more information on our progress next year.
The EcoVadis platform will also enable us to manage our responsible sourcing programme
which includes how we monitor adherence to our newly revised Global Sourcing Code,
the management supply chain risk including labour issues such as modern slavery and
environmental issues such as sustainable forestry.
Case Study
Our Journey to Net Zero
Gaining SBTi approval of our Science
Based Targets is a significant achievement
for our business and gives us a strong
platform on which to build our plans to
achieve Net Zero. The pathway to Net Zero
remains a significant challenge for global
businesses with no simple route to achieve
the goal. Businesses must unite with their
suppliers to better understand how to work
together to reduce carbon emissions.
Our Science Based Targets give
colleagues across the business a medium-
term, more tangible goal on which to
focus, giving meaning to the longer-term
target of achieving Net Zero. The next
decade is a critical time to limit global
warming and our target reflects this, with
our targets aligning to the stricter and
more challenging 1.5 degree pathway set
out in the Paris Agreement. Colleagues
across the business are being asked to
engage with all suppliers in order to begin
the process of capturing carbon data,
ensuring we maintain momentum. We are
encouraged that a number of our suppliers
have already started their own Net Zero
journeys and we are learning from each
other to understand how we can all
do more.
We remain committed to doing our part
to combat climate change and will remain
transparent throughout our journey
towards Net Zero.
45
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTESG Progress in FY22
Diversity and Inclusion
underway to roll this out to regional teams,
to build an awareness and understanding
of D&I that is embedded throughout our
business and support cultural change at all
levels.
After comprehensive work across the
Group, we have launched a set of four
Colleague Network Groups focusing on
Women of Halfords, LGBTQIA+, Ability and
Disability, and Race and Ethnicity. Each
group has an Executive Sponsor but is led
by colleagues at all levels and receives
suitable funding to grow awareness and
build understanding for all colleagues
across the Group. Outputs and feedback
from these groups will be fed back into the
central team to incorporate into the holistic
D&I strategy. The creation of these groups
has been met with a lot of support and we
will further develop them over the course of
the next financial year.
Gender Pay Gap
Achieving gender balance is really important
to us and our values. We are pleased to
have reduced the gender pay gap year
on year and that our median pay gap of
3.82% is significantly below the national
median of 15.4%. In the last five years, we
have moved the mean gap from 6.12% to
2.29%. For more information please see
our Gender Pay Gap Report1. Importantly,
for our standard roles, we pay our hourly
colleagues equally, regardless of gender,
and our reward and recognition policies
are gender neutral. We remain focused
on improving the gender balance across
the Group and increasing awareness of
our career progression opportunities, both
internally and externally.
Activity within the Industry
•
In 2021, we signed up to the British
Retail Consortium (“BRC”) Diversity and
Inclusion Charter, demonstrating our
commitment to making Halfords a truly
inclusive workplace.
• We have partnered with the Institute
of Motoring Industry D&I Taskforce to
take part in a study to understand how
the automotive sector can be more
attractive to work in for all individuals,
specifically focusing on those groups
currently under-represented in the
workforce.
Overview
Halfords Group is committed to providing
equal opportunities to colleagues and
candidates. This applies to recruitment,
training, career development and
promotion, regardless of physical ability,
gender, sexual orientation or gender
reassignment, pregnancy and maternity,
race, religious beliefs, age, nationality or
ethnic origin.
We are proud to promote diversity in the
motoring and cycling industries through
engagement and representation on Diversity
and Inclusivity (“D&I”) working groups within
the Institute of the Motor Industry (“IMI”).
We work hard to ensure every colleague
feels they can be themselves at work and
perform to their best. We recognise there is
always more we can do, and we are excited
to build on our foundations through ongoing
engagement with colleagues.
Performance highlights
4
Colleague Network
Groups launched
3.82%
Medium Gender pay gap
Progress
This year we have worked hard to build a
strategy to develop how we at Halfords
think about diversity, inclusivity and equal
opportunities in day-to-day operations.
An important aspect of this strategy is
better understanding the challenges that
we face and being honest and truthful with
ourselves about where we can do better.
Our focus remains on two areas: improving
diversity across the Group and building
awareness amongst our colleagues of
career progression opportunities, such as
promoting female technicians in garages.
During the course of the year, we have
run D&I Masterclasses with our Senior
Leadership Team, bringing together leaders
from across the business to talk about D&I.
The objective was to give the senior team
the confidence to be proactive and make
changes within their own teams. Planning is
46
D&I Data
Over the last year, we have focused on
improving the various datasets we hold on
diversity and inclusion across the business.
Gathering better data unlocks a greater
understanding of the make-up of the
business today, giving us a baseline and
enabling us to develop plans to tackle any
challenges we face.
Gender
Male = 75%
Female = 19%
Other = 1%
Prefer not to say = 5%
Ethnicity
White/Caucasian/White other = 82%
Black/Black African/Black Caribbean/
Black Other = 3%
Asian or Asian British = 5%
Middle Eastern = 0%
Mixed or Multiple Ethnic Heritage = 2%
Other = 1%
Prefer not to say = 7%
1 www.halfordscompany.com/environment-
social-and-governance/our-colleagues/gender-
pay-gap/
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTCase Study
Making Training
Accessible for all
s
l
l
i
k
S
g
n
i
r
e
v
i
l
e
D
We are proud to support Ronnie Wilson
MBE and First Step Trust (“FST”) who
are delivering skills for work in the
motoring industry with the use of digital
technology. FST provides a safe learning
space that enables learners who live
with issues such as anxiety and poor
literacy skills to develop confidence,
skills and competence in a practical
workplace environment.
The training, which has been developed
by FST with support from Halfords,
incorporates VR (virtual reality), video,
AI (artificial intelligence) and other
vocational technologies to enable
members to learn new skills, despite the
challenges they may face processing
written instructions. We have started to
run trial placements in our garages for
members who have learnt skills through
FST and are committed to working
further to make training accessible to all.
47
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT
ESG Progress in FY22
Product, Packaging and Waste Management
Overview
Halfords has a rich heritage as a destination
for cycling and motoring services,
maintenance and repair. Through its full
estate, Halfords is responsible for millions
of repairs each year and therefore plays an
important role in enhancing the longevity of
products and promoting a circular economy.
We will expand these strengths to offer this
industry-leading service in the emerging
electric mobility market, to reduce the impact
of full-product replacements by upskilling
our store colleagues in service and repairs –
leading to a better customer experience and
reduced environmental impact.
Progress
Product and Packaging
We are proud to be one of the first companies
to sign the Cycling Industries Sustainable
Packaging Commitment. This pledge seeks
to ensure that all our cycling packaging
will be reusable or recyclable by 2025. Our
commitment to reducing our use of virgin
plastics remains strong and we have worked
hard to achieve solid progress this year. We
have utilised the packaging database which
we redesigned in FY21 to identify impactful
changes to strategic products which would
have a significant contribution in reducing our
consumer-facing retail plastic packaging.
At the end of the financial year, we had
successfully removed 279 tonnes of virgin
plastics in the preceding 12 months from
packaging across the Group, with a particular
focus on product areas such as bicycle inner
tubes and car screen wash. This accounts
for 17% of overall plastics used in our retail
business. This is slightly below the target of
a 20% reduction we had aimed for during
the year due to the timing of contractual
changes, and as such we’re pleased that
further reductions will be made early in the
next financial year.
Some examples of plastic reductions made
include:
• Changing AdBlue bottle products from
rigid bottles to lightweight flexible
pouches.
• Swapping from plastic shrink wrap to
cardboard sleeves.
• Replacing plastic in motoring liquids
categories (e.g. oils and screenwash)
with post-consumer recycled (“PCR”)
content.
We are working closely with our suppliers
to continually look for ways to reduce virgin
plastics in our packaging and products.
In addition to our product packaging changes,
we have also progressed our e-commerce
customer offering, reducing plastic usage by
80% in online shipments. Next year, we will
trial shredded waste cardboard as void fill
which will replace air pillows, and swap to a
water-activated paper tape.
To develop continuity of packaging data,
we’ve developed a packaging hierarchy that
has been benchmarked to align with key
non-food retail peers. This has been launched
to educate suppliers on our minimum
requirements for sustainable packaging
solutions such as the use of On-Pack
Recycling Labelling (“OPRL”).
This priority area remains a focus going
forward with both customers and colleagues
seeking to reduce plastic usage in their lives.
Performance highlights
279
tonnes of virgin
plastic removed
Zero
Waste to Landfill
Case Study
Recycling Stations
in Fusion
Our ‘Fusion’ town trial gave us an
exciting opportunity to test a wide
range of sustainability initiatives,
one of which was the introduction of
recycling stations. These stations enable
customers to bring in used parts or
packaging so that they can be recycled
rather than ending up in landfill. The
stations have clear labelling and are
situated at the front of the stores to
enable maximum awareness.
We have engaged with store managers
across the Group and delivered
appropriate training so that our
colleagues are able to advise customers
appropriately.
The success of these recycling stations
within the trial stores will be assessed
before possible further roll-out to all
stores and garages across the Group.
48
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT
R
E
P
O
R
T
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
I
Product Safety
We make product and consumer safety
a priority. We operate a new product
development and assessment process that
incorporates all applicable safety and legal
standards, as well as our own additional
quality standards. Despite this, there may on
occasion be the need to carry out a safety
recall on a product. Product safety recall
communications are managed according to
our Incident Management Plan and industry
best practise. Product Safety Recall Notices
are published in the Help and Advice section
of our website: www.halfords.com/help-and-
advice/product-information/product-support/
product-recalls/product-recalls.html.
Waste Management
Halfords takes its environmental
responsibilities seriously and we aim to
manage our operations in a way that is
environmentally sustainable, economically
feasible and socially responsible. We are
committed to minimising the impact of
waste on the environment by promoting
and facilitating the waste hierarchy through
prioritising reduce, reuse and recycle, and,
where necessary, managing waste disposal in
a responsible and compliant manner.
During FY22, we consolidated our waste reporting across the Group to further improve our
approach to waste management. We produced just over 23,000 tonnes of waste last year
and are pleased that zero waste was sent to landfill. Our most material waste streams are
automotive tyres (31%), cardboard (24%) and automotive batteries (20%). All three categories
are disposed of responsibly, with 100% of batteries and cardboard being recycled. Tyres are
disposed of through a combination of recycling and incineration with energy recovery.
Currently, 35% of our general waste is incinerated with energy recovery, we recognise that more
can be done to progress waste materials up the waste hierarchy and we see opportunity in
reducing this further through better segregation of waste.
Total recycled = 63%
Total incinerated with energy recovery = 35%
Total incinerated = 2%
Total Landfilled = 0%
Bike Xchange
In February, we launched the Bike Xchange in over 95% of our stores. This initiative gives
customers an incentive for trading in their old bike and in return we are giving them up to £250
to spend on anything at Halfords. Our expert technicians will assess, repair and refurbish all
second-hand bikes so they are ready for a new owner. For some of these bikes, this means
that they will be shared with charity partners to donate to African communities. This process
extends the lifetime of a bike already in circulation, promoting circular economy, reducing
waste and ultimately helping customers with more affordable bikes or supporting those in
communities that rely on bikes for their livelihoods.
Since launch, this scheme has been popular with customers and by the end of the financial
year, we had received over 2,000 bikes.
halfords.annualreport2022.com
49
ESG Progress in FY22
Responsible Sourcing
We are committed to maintaining high
ethical standards within the supply chain.
During the year, we revised our Global
Sourcing Code (“Code”) which sets out the
principles that are instrumental in enabling
our commercial and responsible sourcing
goals. Our Code also works to raise global
supply chain standards and positively
enhance the lives of the many people
working in our global supply chain.
Our Code supports our commitment
to respect human rights and uphold
international standards, including the
United Nations (“UN”) Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights and the
Organisation for Economic Cooperation
and Development (“OECD”) Guidelines for
Multinational Enterprises. Our commitment
to respect human rights is based on
the International Bill of Human Rights
consisting of the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights, the International Covenant
on Civil and Political Rights and the
International Covenant on Economic, Social
and Cultural Rights; and the International
Labour Organization’s (“ILO”) Declaration on
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
The Code details the minimum standards
we expect our suppliers to adhere to and in
turn ensure that their own business partners
meet similar standards. Our Code covers
expectations in the areas of environmental
management, responsible sourcing of
materials, safe working practices and
human rights.
We take all reasonable and practical steps,
including factory and site inspections and
independent audits, as required, to ensure
the principles detailed in our Code are being
met by our suppliers and in turn by their own
business partners. We only trade with those
who comply fully with our Code and in the
event of any failure to do so, we reserve the
right to end the business relationship and
cancel outstanding orders. We recognise that
in the event of non-compliance, withdrawal
of our business may cause severe hardship
to those employed. Therefore, our preference
is to work with our suppliers in partnership
to achieve compliance and carefully review
progress made before considering severing
any relationship. We encourage a culture of
‘speaking up’ and expect our suppliers and
their workers to do so in confidence and
without fear of retaliation.
Due Diligence
During the year, we strengthened our
due diligence process by partnering with
EcoVadis. We work with EcoVadis to enable
our responsible sourcing programme and
monitor compliance with our Code. We
will require suppliers to complete self-
assessments through the EcoVadis platform,
which will help to assess a supplier’s
performance in various areas, including:
ethics; environmental management; labour
practices; and human rights.
The EcoVadis score card will help to inform
our own due diligence process, highlighting
good practice and where there may be
greater need for auditing, remediation or
corrective action. We apply a risk-based (or
tiered) approach to assessing and auditing
our suppliers. For Tier 1 suppliers, which
are those operating in higher risk countries,
we conduct in-depth audits, including in-
person factory visits, confirming compliance
every two years as standard, and every
year for bike suppliers. Tier 2 suppliers
are generally own-brand manufacturers
operating in low-risk countries. For these,
we may accept an alternative audit report
as a means of validating compliance, and
we will accept a reduced frequency of audit.
Tier 3 suppliers are proprietary branded
goods for resale. Our standard terms
include conditions to explicitly reference our
Global Sourcing Code, which all suppliers
must sign up to.
In FY23
We will engage our suppliers to:
• Onboard suppliers onto the EcoVadis
platform.
• Begin data collection to track and
manage Scope 3 emissions.
• Review our risk management process
for identifying supply chain risk.
50
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTOur Colleagues
Colleague Engagement
Colleague engagement is vital to our
success as a business. As such, it
is a measure in our Executive bonus
scheme and we set targets for improved
engagement right across the organisation.
Each year we conduct a colleague
engagement survey, administered by a third
party and providing actionable, anonymised
reports at a team level. This year’s survey,
conducted in April 2022, had a response
rate of 90% and an engagement index
score of 81%, which is a significant 6%
increase from the previous year despite
the challenging year and the continued
disruption from COVID-19. In response to
the survey results, every team produces an
engagement plan for the year ahead, which
rolls up into department and Group plans.
Training and Development
We remain committed to providing best-
in-class training to our colleagues. This
includes field-based training, such as
electric servicing, all the way to online
training courses via our intranet to upskill
colleagues who wish to progress their
career. Some highlights from FY22 are:
•
•
Introduced our Values Recognition
Scheme with over 780 colleagues
nominated by other colleagues for living
our values, from these, 50 Colleagues
of the Quarter across the business
were awarded, culminating in our
first Colleague of the Year and three
runners up.
In support of our Electric Strategy, we
now have over 2,000 colleagues across
the business trained in electric services,
including having trained 640 Autocentre
colleagues in Hybrid L2 or L3.
• Supporting our colleagues’ wellbeing,
we now have 79 Mental Health
First Aiders in the business and 109
colleagues attended Mental Health
Awareness sessions.
• 56 Apprentices have successfully
completed their programmes, 48 of
these being in Autocentres.
•
In Autocentres, 128 colleagues
achieved the IMI’s DVSA MOT tester
accreditation and 59 achieved IMI Level
3 accreditation.
• We increased Retail colleagues’
technical skills by training 14,000
colleagues to meet our new Target
Operating Model.
Health and Safety
We are committed to delivering good
health and safety (H&S) management and
practices, recognising that our people are
our most important asset. Our priority is
to run Halfords with the protection of the
health, safety and welfare of all people
that are affected by our activities being
at the forefront of all our decisions. Our
commitment is to have a reputation for
health and safety that exceeds expectations
within our industry and amongst our peers.
In order to live our philosophy of ‘each
accountable, all responsible’ everyone in
Halfords has responsibility for ensuring
the safety of colleagues, customers and
others impacted by our business. Specific
roles, responsibilities and reporting lines are
made clear and detailed within our Health
and Safety Policy. We have a formal Health
and Safety Committee (“HSC”), which is
a formal sub-committee of the Executive
who are responsible for co-creating and
agreeing policy, implementation framework
and standards as well as monitoring
performance, reviewing any remedial action
and sharing good practice and lessons
learned from across the Group.
During the year we refreshed our health
and safety induction modules to ensure
the ongoing safety of our colleagues. The
revised modules developed for Retail and
Autocentre colleagues will ensure that new
starters avoid undertaking tasks that they
may not be trained for and could cause risk
or injury.
Maintaining COVID-19 safe operations to
protect colleagues and customers remained a
priority during the year. In line with government
guidance, enhanced cleaning and hand
hygiene regimes were maintained along with
adequate ventilation levels in confined areas.
As our business continues to grow, the
integration of newly acquired sites into
the Halfords family will remain a health
and safety priority in the coming year. We
have begun reviewing H&S systems and
introducing colleagues to the new H&S
induction process. Safe working practices
and risk assessment are under review and
will progress into the next financial year.
Charity and Communities
Halfords is proud to support charities
and communities across the UK, through
charitable donations, gifts in kind and time.
During the year, our colleagues nominated
Mind, along with their sister charities SAMH
(Scotland) and Inspire (Northern Ireland) as
our national charity partner. Mind, Inspire
and SAMH are mental health charities, with
local presence across the UK and Northern
Ireland. They champion for mental health
to ensure no one has to face a mental
health problem alone. This aligns with our
wellbeing and D&I programmes, allowing
us to continue supporting the wellbeing
of colleagues and broader communities
across the country. We have committed
to a three-year pledge, donating a total of
£150,000.
Case Study
Support to Ukraine
The conflict and humanitarian crisis in
Ukraine this year was deeply shocking, and
both directly and indirectly affected many
of our colleagues, partners and customers.
We wanted to support the people of Ukraine
and help them get access to some of the
basic needs, such as medical support,
food and shelter. We did this by making
a donation of £50,000 to the Disasters
Emergency Committee (“DEC”) Ukraine
Humanitarian Appeal.
Our colleagues also wanted to help through
fundraising within their local communities
and so we pledged to match colleague
fundraising for the DEC Appeal.
As One Halfords Family, we continue to
stress the importance of wellbeing and
mental health to our colleagues and partners
and have mental health first aiders to
support as required. As the crisis in Ukraine
rages on, we will continue to do all that we
can to support colleagues impacted by the
crisis.
51
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTESG Progress in FY22
Case Study
COVID-19 support
in Kolkata
We were pleased to support our colleagues globally through the pandemic by
donating to The Hope Foundation in Kolkata with a £100,000 donation. Our
donation covered the full running costs of the COVID-19 emergency hospital
for two months, along with facilitating the purchase of much-needed PPE and
sanitiser. This aligned with our One Halfords Family value – supporting the
communities in which we live and work. We continue to send good wishes to
our colleagues and their families in Kolkata.
Case Study
Freewheel by
Ride for Freedom
We were pleased to support the Freewheel programme by Ride for Freedom with bike
accessories. Ride for Freedom aim to harness the universal appeal of cycling to raise
awareness, educate and forge partnerships to end modern slavery and provide remedy to
survivors.
Freewheel is a remediation programme that empowers survivors of modern slavery –
women, children and men – to cycle to support their physical and mental health and
wellbeing, independence and mobility to aid their rehabilitation into society. The Barking
and Dagenham hub, launched in March 2022, is the first of several hubs to be rolled out
in cities and regions across the UK where the need and ongoing demand for the provision
and service is identified.
The hubs intend to enable survivors of modern slavery by providing them with a bike and
bike accessories including helmets, locks and lights, alongside cycling proficiency and
road awareness training through a national cycle training programme.
SDGs
52
Case Study
HMP
Drake
Hall
The Halfords Academy at HMP
Drake Hall was launched a number of
years ago and it is a scheme to which
we remain fully committed. It offers
participants the opportunity to train
as cycle mechanics and create the
prospect of steady employment upon
release.
The programme is tailored for each
participant with an added focus on
mechanics, customer services or retail.
Since launch, the Halfords Academy
has been a great success and although
COVID-19 meant the programme had
to pause, we have resumed training,
and are currently training 12 female
offenders. Twenty graduates have
joined the business in a variety of roles
following their release. Fully supported
by Halfords colleagues, participants
are subject to the same high standards
of training as all colleagues within
the Group – the training programme
is thorough, designed to challenge
participants and raise aspirations.
The programme provides offenders with
the opportunity to be trained and work
on bikes that require reconditioning. The
majority of the bikes are then donated to
primary schools in disadvantaged areas
to help children access cycling through
the Halfords school bike donation
scheme.
SDGs
We have aligned our priority ESG focus
areas with seven of the UN SDGs (see page
42) however, through our business activities
and charitable donations, we are able to
positively contribute to additional SDGs,
recognising the importance of all 17 SDGs.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT
Case Study
Free-bike!
Everyone was affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, but
for young people coming into the job market, things were
particularly tough. We wanted to go some small way to help
young people overcome the challenge of youth unemployment,
which led to the launch of the Free-bike! scheme.
Endorsed by Olympic gold medallist Victoria Pendleton,
Free-bike! gave 18–24-year-olds the chance to apply for one
of 20 brilliant Apollo, Carrera and Pendleton e-bikes (plus
accessories) by sharing a little about the economic struggles
they were facing due to the pandemic. We received over
6,000 applications and faced the tricky task of choosing just
20 winners. During the year, we were pleased to announce
the winners and provide them with their E-bikes, totalling
approximately £20,000. Further case studies on six of the
winners can be found here www.halfords.com/electrification/
free-bike-scheme.html
SDGs
halfords.annualreport2022.com
53
STRATEGIC REPORT
ESG Progress in FY22
Performance Data
Carbon Emissions and SECR report Unit
FY20
(baseline)
FY21
FY22
Comments
Gas consumption
tonnes 11,749
10,107
9,312
Gas consumption
kWh
63,902,230
54,965,455
50,648,378
Vehicles on Company business
tonnes 2,547
2,988
3,469
Total Scope 1
tonnes
14,296
13,095
12,781
Electricity consumption
tonnes 13,473
10,126
8,107
Electricity consumption
kWh
52,712,652
43,434,355
38,583,748
Renewable energy (% of Group estate) %
0
0
75
Total Scope 2
tonnes
13,473
10,126
8,107
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2
tonnes 27,769
23,221
20,888
tCO2e per £1m Group revenue
tonnes
23.45
17.97
15.26
Total Scope 3 (see page 45 for detailed breakdown)
FY22 Retail usage: 5,666
FY22 Autocentres usage: 3,646
Proportion of Group carbon emissions: 45%
FY22 Retail usage: 30,816,511
FY22 Autocentres usage: 19,831,867
Proportion of Group carbon emissions:
16%.
The rapid expansion of our fleet of mobile
vans is pushing up the emissions for miles
travelled despite 32% of Retail company
cars being switched to alternative fuel
sources.
10% reduction in Scope 1 since FY20
baseline.
FY22 Retail usage: 5,839
FY22 Autocentres usage: 2,268
Proportion of Group carbon emissions: 39%
FY22 Retail usage: 27,497,880
FY22 Autocentres usage: 11,065,868
75% of our estate is now powered by
electricity from renewable sources.
40% reduction in Scope 2 since FY20
baseline
25% reduction in total carbon emissions
since FY20 baseline.
Second successive year of reduction.
54
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTWater*
Water consumption
Waste*
Total waste
Waste recycled
Waste incinerated with energy
recovery
Waste incinerated without energy
recovery
Waste to landfill
Product
Bikes returned through
Bike Xchange
Packaging
Reduction in consumer-facing
virgin plastic
Occupational Health and Safety
Reporting of Injuries, Diseases
and Dangerous Occurrences
Regulations (RIDDOR)
Unit
FY22
Comments
m3
153,461
Water usage is relatively low across the estate and continues to hold at
steady levels.
tonnes
tonnes
23,441
During the year, we improved our Group reporting of waste and aim to
make further improvement on data collection in FY23.
14,766 (63%) The majority of our waste is recycled. Our material waste streams of
tonnes
8,156 (35%)
tonnes
519 (2%)
cardboard and automotive batteries are 100% recycled.
Better segregation of our general waste will help to move waste up the
waste hierarchy, therefore recycling or reusing more.
A small amount of waste was incinerated without energy recovery.
tonnes
0
We are pleased that zero waste goes to landfill.
Number
2,078
Data covers the period from the launch of the proposition in week 44
until the end of the financial year.
%
17
We met our 20% reduction target, however with a slight contractual
change, 3% of these reductions won’t be realised until FY23.
Number
42
Ethics Training1
All FCA training, including
Conduct Rules, Treating
Customers Fairly and Vulnerable
Customers.
% Completion 80
Anti-bribery
% Completion 73
Competition Law
Modern Slavery
% Completion 66
% Completion 35
Data covers our Retail stores, Autocentres and warehouse operations
but excludes recent acquisitions. We continue to review our health and
safety management systems to ensure we remain effective in promoting
a safe working environment for our colleagues.
Cultivating and maintaining strong responsible business practices is
essential in driving responsible business. We have several training
modules to support colleagues with awareness and understanding of
moral and legal obligations. Colleagues across the Support Centre,
Retail, Autocentre, Tredz, HGS, and McConechy’s are expected to
compete mandatory learning.
We have several training modules to support colleagues with awareness
and understanding of legal obligations. Colleagues across Support
Centre, Logistics, and HGS are required to complete this mandatory
learning.
Towards the end of FY22, we launched a new mandatory modern
slavery e-learning module. This is important in supporting colleagues
with understanding the signs and feeling confident in raising potential
issues.
* Environmental data includes our Retail Stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres and Tredz business. Newly acquired sites, including National, are currently
excluded as we consolidate and validate data internally.
1 Ethics training data is correct as of 9 May 2022.
55
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTKey Performance Indicators
Shareholder KPIs
Note: Our key comparator is FY20 due to FY21 being heavily disrupted by the impacts of COVID-19. FY20 has been restated on a
52-week basis for better comparability.
Underlying Profit Before Tax
Underlying Earnings Per Share
m
5
.
9
9
£
m
8
.
9
8
£
m
9
.
6
5
£
Definition
Profit before income tax and non-
underlying items as shown in the
Group Income Statement.
p
7
.
1
4
p
5
.
5
3
p
4
.
5
2
Definition
Profit after income tax and before
non-underlying items as shown
in the Group Income Statement,
divided by the number of shares
in issue.
20
21
22
20
21
22
Commitment
The Board considers that this measurement of profitability provides
stakeholders with information on trends and performance before
the effect of non-underlying items.
FY22 Performance
The Group had a strong profit performance up £32.9m vs. FY20.
This has been driven by strong revenue growth of 19.9% and
ongoing profitability improvements to the underlying business.
PBT was lower than FY21 by -£9.7m with strong profit growth of
the underlying business offsetting the business rates relief of FY21.
Commitment
EPS is a measure of our investment thesis and as such we aim to
manage revenues, margins and invest in long-term growth.
FY22 Performance
The strong EPS performance was driven by the overall profitability
improvement of the business since FY20. On a per share basis, the
movement vs. FY21 was primarily a result of the placing in December
2021 as part of the acquisition of Axle Group Holdings Limited
(“National”). This placing was dilutive in the year but in the near term
we expect it to be accretive.
Link to Remuneration
Bonus
Link to Remuneration
Performance Share Plan
Underlying EBITDA
Dividend per Share
m
0
.
3
3
2
£
m
1
.
7
0
2
£
m
6
.
8
8
1
£
Definition
Underlying EBITDA adds back
Depreciation and Amortisation
to EBIT.
p
0
0
.
9
p
8
1
.
p6
0
0
.
5
Definition
Cash returned to shareholders as
a return on their investment in the
Company.
20
21
22
20
21
22
Commitment
The Board considers that these measurements of profitability are a
viable alternative to underlying profit and uses these measures to
incentivise Management.
FY22 Performance
Underlying EBITDA grew +9.8% (vs. FY20) reflecting the strong
profit performance of the Group. Overall depreciation decreased
due to an impairment in the prior year.
Commitment
We have reinstated the ordinary dividend after a period of
uncertainty during the peak of the pandemic, and intend for this
payment to be progressive. Should surplus cash remain in the
business that we feel we cannot deploy with good rates of return,
we will return this to shareholders in the most appropriate way.
FY22 Performance
With a strong close to FY22, the Board is proposing a final dividend
of 6.00p payable in September 2022, bringing the full-year dividend
to 9.00p.
56
p
7
.
0
4
p
7
.
4
3
p
3
.
4
2
20
21
22
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTFree Cash Flow
Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA Ratio
m
2
.
3
3
1
£
m
6
.
1
5
£
m
9
.
4
1
£
20
21
22
Definition
Adjusted Operating Cash Flow
less capital expenditure, net
finance costs, taxation, exchange
movement, arrangement fees on
loans, and lease payments.
5
.
2
7
.
1
2
.
1
20
21
22
Definition
Represented by the ratio of Net
Debt to Underlying EBITDA.
Commitment
Our medium-term target remains to achieve strong levels of Free
Cash Flow each year, but we recognise that external factors may
impact our ability to do so.
Commitment
We are expecting to operate within a range of 1.8x to 2.3x, with the
latter allowing for appropriate M&A. This ratio helps to compare the
financial result for the year to debt levels.
FY22 Performance
The Group continues to be cash generative in the medium-term,
though in FY22 a normalisation of working capital after COVID-19
disruption meant that Free Cash Flow was -£14.9m in the year.
FY22 Performance
The Group ended with net positive cash, partly offsetting lease
debt of £391m. Lease debt increased vs. FY21 as a result of the
acquisition of National, offset by rent reductions on lease renewals.
p
7
0
4
.
p
7
4
3
.
Like-for-Like Sales
.
p
Definition
3
4
Group revenue from operations that have been trading as part
2
of the Group for at least a year (but excluding prior year sales of
stores and Autocentres closed during the year) at constant foreign
exchange rates.
FY22 Like-for-Like Sales Movement vs FY20
22
Halfords Group
20
21
Retail
Motoring
Cycling
Autocentres
16.7%
15.2%
12.5%
18.0%
23.4%
Commitment
Like-for-like sales is a widely used indicator of a retailer’s trading
performance, and is a comparable measure of our year-on-year
sales performance.
FY22 Performance
The Group has a strong revenue performance vs. FY20 with all
areas finishing in double-digit like-for-like growth reflecting our
investments in customer satisfaction and resulting market share
growth.
p
7
.
0
4
p
7
.
4
3
Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted
p
3
.
various Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), previously
4
2
termed as ‘Non-GAAP measures’. APMs should be considered
in addition to IFRS measurements, of which some are shown on
page 213. The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing
useful information on the underlying performance of the Group,
enhance the comparability of information between reporting
periods, and are used internally by the Directors to measure the
20
Group’s performance.
21
22
57
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT
Key Performance Indicators
Operational KPIs
Service-related Group Sales Growth
Group Colleague Engagement
m
1
3
5
£
m
0
7
3
£
m
1
0
3
£
Definition
Service-related Group sales is the
income derived from the fitting or
repair services themselves along
with the associated product sold
within the same transaction.
%
1
8
%
5
7
%
3
7
Definition
The proportion of Group
colleagues who respond
positively to the questions in the
Colleague Engagement Survey.
20
21
22
Commitment
To grow service-related Group sales faster than total Group sales
growth.
Performance
Group Services revenue of £531m represents 38.8% of Group
revenues, up from 28.7% in FY21. This is a particularly strong
performance and clear demonstration of the progress against our
strategy of becoming a Services and B2B focused business.
Link to Remuneration
Bonus and Performance Share Plan
p
7
.
0
4
p
7
.
4
3
Customer Net Promoter Score (“NPS”)
20
21
22
Commitment
We aim to improve colleague engagement across the Group with
specific focus on required areas identified by colleagues.
Performance
Response rate of 90% and engagement score of 81%, an increase
of +6% on the previous year. Recognising the burden that has been
felt by colleagues this year, we have invested in our colleagues with
a focus on helping them financially and supporting their mental
health.
Link to Remuneration
Bonus
p
7
.
0
4
p
7
.
4
3
p
Definition
3
.
4
Measure the changes in NPS of our Retail stores and Autocentres.
2
p
3
.
4
2
ESG Performance Metrics can be found on pages 54 and 55.
Retail
Autocentres
FY22
66.5
76.1
FY21
59.7
72.6
FY20
57.9
68.8
21
Commitment
20
We are committed to improving the score with our customers
across the Group.
22
20
21
22
Performance
Our NPS has been very strong this year as we continue to focus
on the customer experience in our stores and garages. Our
Autocentres business continues to perform very well with NPS
at 76.1 but most notable is Retail achieving 66.5, an increase of
+6.8 YoY. This has been driven by our investments in training and
our new operating model which have enabled us to offer greater
coverage of customer-facing colleagues and on-demand fitting
services.
Link to Remuneration
Bonus
58
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTR
E
P
O
R
T
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
I
halfords.annualreport2022.com
59
STRATEGIC
REPORT
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Loraine
Woodhouse
The “FY22” accounting period represents
trading for the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022
(“the financial year”). To provide a better
understanding of underlying performance,
comparisons of sales and profit will
primarily be made relative to FY20, that
is, on a 2-year basis unless otherwise
stated. The disruption to last year (FY21)
from COVID-19 means that one-year
comparators are more difficult to interpret,
albeit are provided within the tables
below for completeness. Balance Sheet
comparisons have been made on a FY22
to FY21 basis. All numbers shown are on a
post-IFRS16 basis, unless otherwise stated.
Reportable Segments
Halfords Group operates through two
reportable business segments:
• Retail, operating in both the UK and
Republic of Ireland; and
• Autocentres, operating solely in the UK.
All references to Retail represent the
consolidation of the Halfords (“Halfords
Retail”) and Cycle Republic businesses,
Boardman Bikes Limited and Boardman
International Limited (together, “Boardman
Bikes”), and Performance Cycling Limited
(together, “Tredz and Wheelies”) trading
entities. All references to Autocentres
represent the consolidation of the Halfords
Autocentres, McConechy’s, Universal,
National and Avayler (HSSD) trading
entities. All references to Group represent
the consolidation of the Retail and
Autocentres segments.
The strength of our
results in FY22 reflect
the commercial and
strategic progress we
have made in the last
two years, as we grow
our motoring services
business to deliver higher
and more sustainable
returns for the Group.
Highlights
+19.9%
Total Revenue Growth
2022 vs 2020
+57.8%
Growth in Underlying
Profit Before Tax
2022 vs 2020
60
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Group Financial Results
FY22
(52 weeks)
£m
1,369.6
721.7
101.1
207.1
(11.3)
Group Revenue
Group Gross Profit
Underlying EBIT
Underlying EBITDA
Net Finance Costs
Underlying Profit
Before Tax
Net Non-
Underlying Items
Profit Before Tax
Underlying Basic
Earnings per Share
FY21
(52 weeks)
£m
1,292.3
656.3
114.5
233.0
(15.0)
FY20
(52 weeks)
£m
1,142.4
584.0
70.5
188.6
(13.6)
FY22 versus
FY21
change
+6.0%
+10.0%
-11.7%
-11.1%
-24.7%
FY22 versus
FY20
change
+19.9%
+23.6%
+43.4%
+9.8%
-16.9%
89.8
6.8
96.6
99.5
56.9
-9.7%
+57.8%
(35.0)
64.5
(34.2)
22.7
-119.4%
+49.8%
-119.9%
+325.6%
35.5p
41.7p
25.4p
-14.9%
+39.8%
Although COVID-19 restrictions started to
ease in the early part of our financial year,
the reality was that FY22 was still a heavily
disrupted year for most consumer-facing
businesses, including Halfords. The UK
targeted a quick return to normality after
the impact of the pandemic, but supply and
demand conditions remained unpredictable
through much of our financial year. Other
countries, and the Far East in particular,
mandated COVID-19 restrictions for longer,
contributing to ongoing supply-chain
disruption. Subsequently, as we approached
the end of FY22, both we and our customers
began to face into a new challenge brought
about by almost two years of supply and
demand disruption. Higher inflation began
to emerge in the second half of our financial
year, compounded by the onset of war
in Ukraine. Although the impact on FY22
was limited, there is no doubt that the
economic environment for UK companies
and consumers has become tougher than six
months ago, giving rise to both challenge and
opportunity as we navigate the year ahead.
Our strong financial results in FY22, with
Group PBT of £96.6m, +£73.9m versus
FY20, reflect good strategic progress, a
sharpened focus on improving the profitability
of our underlying business and a necessarily
agile approach to our operation in a very
challenging environment. Over the last two
years we have mitigated many headwinds,
not least a complex and disrupted supply
chain, whilst simultaneously improving the
profitability of our business.
and Viking, was an important step forward
and testament to our commitment to grow
our Services business. The acquisition,
on 9 December 2021, for consideration
of £61.5m, and the associated share
placing, which raised £61.6m of proceeds,
was well supported by our shareholders,
demonstrating support for our Services-
focused strategy and the compelling
opportunity of the acquisition itself. As a
result of this transaction, alongside smaller
prior year acquisitions, the Group is a very
different business from two years ago,
financially stronger and with a greater
proportion of revenues coming from the
more resilient and non-discretionary areas
of Motoring Services and B2B.
Group revenue in FY22, at £1,369.6m, was
up 19.9% from FY20, comprised of Retail
revenues of £1,001.6m and Autocentres
revenue of £368.0m. This compared to FY20
Group revenue of £1,142.4m, which saw
Retail revenue of £950.6m and Autocentres
revenue of £191.8m. Retail Revenues
grew +5.4% (+£51.0m) versus FY20, but
declined -3.7% versus FY21, primarily due
to a normalised cycling market after strong
demand during the early COVID-19 period.
Both Motoring and Cycling revenue grew
versus FY20 but, against FY21, Motoring
recovered significantly whereas Cycling
declined versus the strong peak seen in FY21.
Autocentres revenue almost doubled across
the two-year period and grew +45.7% versus
FY21, reflecting good underlying LFL growth
alongside the impact of our acquisitions.
Despite the challenging external
environment, we were pleased with the
progress we made against our Strategy
in the year. Our acquisition of Axle Group
Holdings Limited (referred to as “National”)
in December 2021, comprising National
Group gross profit of £721.7m (FY20:
£584.0m) was 52.7% of Group revenue
(FY20: 51.1%), comprising of Retail gross
margin of 51.0%, up +277bps from FY20,
partly offset by a decrease in the Autocentres
gross margin of 815bps to 57.3%. In Retail,
our Cycling profitability improvements
delivered in FY21 annualised, offset in
part by our decision to invest in Motoring
pricing to underpin our Services business.
In Autocentres, the acquired businesses
(Universal Tyres in March 2021 and National
in December 2021) carry lower gross margins
due to a heavy focus on tyres, but with a
lower labour cost they have an operating
margin potential in line with the core
Autocentres business.
Total underlying costs increased to £620.6m
(FY20: £513.5m), of which Retail comprised
£420.9m (FY20: £395.6m), Autocentres
£196.6m (FY20: £115.8m) and unallocated
costs £3.1m (FY20: £2.1m). Unallocated costs
represent amortisation charges in respect of
intangible assets acquired through business
combinations, namely the acquisition of
Autocentres in February 2010, Boardman
Bikes in June 2014, Tredz and Wheelies in
May 2016, McConechy’s in November 2020,
The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford)
Limited (“Universal”) in March 2021 and
National in December 2021, which arise on
consolidation of the Group.
The overall cost increase of 20.9%
(+£107.1m) was in line with revenue growth
over the same period. Of the increase,
over half (+12.2%, +£62.4m) was a result
of new acquisitions, or those annualising
part year ownership, with the remainder
driven by volumetric sales growth alongside
investment in areas of strategic importance
such as customer contact, digital, and
colleague training. The Government
continued to provide Business Rates Relief
through much of our first half, resulting
in £11m of rates not levied versus FY20,
but notably lower than the £39m of relief
received in FY21.
We continued to focus on our cost and
efficiency programmes, delivering £7.6m of
GNFR (goods not for resale) cost savings,
alongside cost reductions associated with
our store and garage closures in FY21 that
gave rise to year-on-year benefits in the
first three quarters of FY22. We achieved
rental savings in our Retail estate on 69
lease renewals, with an average decrease
of approximately 26% in FY22. These
underlying savings helped to mitigate cost
increases associated with the growth of the
business and to fund strategic investment.
Group Underlying EBITDA increased
9.8% to £207.1m (FY20: £188.6m; FY21:
£233.0m), whilst net finance costs were
£11.3m (FY20: £13.6m; FY21: £15.0m).
61
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChief Financial Officer’s Review
Gross profit for the Retail business, at
£510.7m (FY20: £458.4m) represented
51.0% of sales, an increase of +277bps
on FY20 (FY20: 48.2%). There were three
key factors behind the performance; firstly,
substantial improvements in the Cycling
gross margins, up over +700bps versus
FY20, following the margin optimisation
programme detailed in last year’s report.
The improvement annualised this year
versus FY21, but the full impact can be
seen versus FY20. Secondly, Motoring
margins were also stronger versus FY20,
+60bps, despite our strategic investment
in Motoring pricing aimed at strengthening
and underpinning the Services business.
And finally, the material swing in product
mix also impacted gross margin, albeit with
materially less impact versus FY20 than
versus FY21. Of the +277bps improvement
versus FY20, +300bps is a result of
rate changes, -60bps dilution driven by
growth in commissions as a result of our
growing B2B business, foreign exchange
movements, and the balance reflected
product mix, which had a small positive
impact vs FY20.
Retail operating costs before non-
underlying items were £420.9m (FY20:
£395.6m) an increase of 6.4% on FY20.
The focus on operational efficiency and
procurement continued in FY22, offsetting
the impact of the inflationary headwinds
that began to build during FY22, and
funding our strategic investments across
a number of customer-facing initiatives.
Some of the efficiency highlights included
£7.6m of GNFR costs removed from the
Retail business through an ongoing review
of services and tendering processes, the
lease renewals detailed earlier, and £1.5m
of store payroll removed through our ‘We
Operate 4 Less’ in-store savings initiatives.
Of the £11m Business Rates Relief afforded
to the Group, £9m was within Retail versus
£33m in FY21.
Underlying Profit Before Tax for the year increased 57.8% to £89.8m (FY20: £56.9m; FY21:
£99.5m). Non-underlying items totalled a £6.8m credit in the year (FY20: £34.2m debit;
FY21: £35.0m debit), following two years of charges that arose from reorganisations of our
physical infrastructure and organisational redesign. After non-underlying items, Group Profit
Before Tax was £96.6m (FY20: £22.7m; FY21: £64.5m).
Retail
Revenue
Gross Profit
Gross Margin
Operating Costs
Underlying EBIT
Non-underlying
items
EBIT
Underlying
EBITDA
FY22
(52 weeks)
£m
1,001.6
510.7
51.0%
(420.9)
89.8
FY21
(52 weeks)
£m
1,039.8
502.0
48.3%
(398.3)
103.7
FY20
(52 weeks)
£m
950.6
458.4
48.2%
(395.6)
62.8
FY22 versus
FY21
change
-3.7%
+1.7%
+270bps
+5.7%
-13.4%
FY22 versus
FY20
change
+5.4%
+11.4%
+277bps
+6.4%
+43.0%
8.9
98.7
(31.7)
72.0
(30.7)
32.1
-128.1%
+37.1%
-129.0%
+207.5%
168.4
199.3
159.0
-15.5%
+5.9%
Revenue of £1,001.6m reflected a 2 year like-for-like (“LFL”) sales increase of +15.2%.
Total revenue in the year increased +5.4% after adjusting for the impact of closing 64
Retail stores through FY21. Revenues declined -3.7% versus FY21, significantly skewed
by COVID-19 in both Motoring and Cycling, with the latter dipping versus a strong peak in
FY21. The volatility of the trading environment over the last two years was most evident in
our Retail business, which made forecasting particularly difficult. This is demonstrated by
the sharp changes in mix witnessed across the years FY20, FY21 and FY22. Motoring mix
fell by 12ppts from FY20 to FY21 as a result of fewer journeys made during lockdowns, but
represented 59.4% of the Retail business for FY22 as traffic began to normalise. Pleasingly,
our Motoring business had a strong period, with revenues of £595m, total revenue growth
of +6.5% and LFL growth of +12.5% versus FY20, with revenue growth of +22.7% versus
FY21. This is positive given the importance of our Motoring products business to the
growth of our Services proposition and demonstrates the strength and convenience of our
Retail offer. Cycling sales also performed well, growing LFL revenues +18.0% versus FY20
(+2.7% total), although declining versus FY21 by 27.2% in total. We did not expect Cycling
revenues to grow versus the peaks of lockdown cycling seen in FY21, but nevertheless
supply chain disruption and availability played its part in limiting its potential.
The Retail Operational Review in the Chief Executive Officer’s Statement contains further
commentary on the trading performance in the year. Like-for-like revenues and total
sales revenue mix for the Retail business are split by category below:
FY22
LFL 2yr
(%)
+12.5
+18.0
+15.2
FY22
Total sales
mix
(%)
59.4
40.6
100.0
FY21
Total sales
mix
(%)
46.1
53.9
100.0
FY20
Total sales
mix
(%)
58.4
41.6
100.0
Motoring
Cycling
Total
62
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT
Autocentres
Revenue
Gross Profit
Gross Margin
Operating Costs
Underlying EBIT
Non-underlying
items
EBIT
Underlying
EBITDA
FY22
(52 weeks)
£m
368.0
211.0
57.3%
(196.6)
14.4
FY21
(52 weeks)
£m
252.5
154.3
61.1%
(141.2)
13.1
FY20
(52 weeks)
£m
191.8
125.6
65.5%
(115.8)
9.8
FY22 versus
FY21
change
+45.7%
+36.7%
-380bps
+39.2%
+9.9%
FY22 versus
FY20
change
+91.9%
+68.0%
-815bps
+69.7%
+46.9%
(2.1)
12.3
38.7
(3.3)
9.8
(3.5)
6.3
-36.4%
+25.5%
-40.0%
+95.2%
33.7
29.6
+14.8%
+30.7%
Operating costs were £196.6m, +£80.8m
above FY20, of which £62m was a result
of the annualisation and growth of our
acquisitions from FY20 and FY21. The
remaining cost increase was the result
of investment in the underlying business
with incremental investment in colleagues
driving the very strong LFL performance.
Underlying EBIT was £14.4m, (FY20:
£9.8m) a strong performance that reflected
good organic growth complemented
by strategically important acquisitions.
Underlying EBITDA of £38.7m (FY20:
£29.6m) was 30.7% higher than FY20.
Portfolio Management
In FY22 we continued to grow our Services
business through the acquisitions of
National, Iverson Tyres and havebike.
Autocentres generated total revenues of
£368.0m (FY20: £191.8m), an increase of
91.9% on FY20, with a strong LFL increase
of 23.4%. Non-LFL revenues versus FY20
included either full or part year benefits
from our six acquisitions: Tyres on the Drive
and McConechy’s acquired in October and
November 2020 respectively, Universal
Tyres in March 2021, Iverson Tyres in
December 2021, Axle Group in December
2021, and havebike in March 2022. Our
acquisitions added approximately £125m
of revenue versus 2020 and c. £93m versus
2021. In Q3 FY22, we entered the Software
as a Service market through our Avayler
platform and were delighted to sign our first
deal with ATD for provision of the software.
Gross profit of £211.0m (FY20: £125.6m)
was 57.3% of sales, a decrease of 815
bps on FY20 but Gross Profit £ was nearly
70% ahead of FY20. The decrease in gross
margin % was a result of the annualisation
of our acquisitions, which are gross
margin rate dilutive given their business
model focus on tyres. Most notably,
Universal Tyres and McConechy’s operate
predominantly within the B2B commercial
tyre sector and, as such, have a different
operating model of lower gross margin
but strong margin per worked hour, and
more resilient revenues. National operates
primarily within the B2C sector, more
aligned to our core Autocentres business,
but also with a heavy tyre mix and lower
gross margins. Overall Autocentres saw
underlying rate improve by +320bps with
the mix into acquisitions worth almost
-1,150bps overall. Going forward we are
confident that significant synergies are
available to us through a combination of
greater scale and leveraging our digital
operating model, which will result in
stronger operating margins across the
enlarged Autocentres group.
The total number of fixed stores or garages
within the Group stood at 1,009, with a
further 181 HME vans, 4 Cycling Vans, 192
Commercial vans and 68 vans supporting
mobile tyre fitting in McConechy’s,
Universal and Axle Group as at 1 April 2022.
The portfolio comprised 403 stores (end of
FY21: 404) and 606 Autocentres garages
(end of FY21: 374).
The following table outlines the changes in
the portfolio over the year:
Relocations
Leases
renegotiated
Refreshed
Openings/
Acquisitions
Closed
Stores Garages Vans
–
–
–
69
–
–
4
7
–
–
–
243
11
72
–
In Retail, four stores closed during the year,
three of them in the final quarter. When
analysing the anticipated sales transfer to
other channels and neighbouring stores,
it was considered more profitable to the
Group to close these stores and reduce
the overall cost base.
The number of lease expiries, or breaks
under option, continues at a similar rate
in the next five years. Retail will see three
quarters of stores experience optionality
within five years, allowing for a high degree
of flexibility within the estate.
63
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Within Autocentres, no garages were
opened organically, but 243 locations were
acquired in the year and 11 were closed,
taking the total number of Autocentre
garages to 606 as at 1 April 2022 (end
of FY21: 374).
With the exception of nine long-
leasehold and three freehold properties
in Autocentres, the Group’s locations are
occupied under leases, the majority of
which are on standard lease terms, typically
with a five to 15-year term at inception and
with an average lease length of under six
years. The acquisition of Universal resulted
in the purchase of six freehold properties,
but all were sold and leased back in the first
half of FY22.
Net Non-Underlying items
The following table outlines the components
of the non-underlying items recognised in
the 52 weeks ended 1 April 2022:
Organisational
restructure costs (a)
Impairment of right-of-
use assets (b)
Acquisition and
investment-related
fees (c)
One-off claims (d)
Closure costs (e)
Replacement
warehouse
management system (f)
Net non-underlying
items
FY22
£m
FY21
£m
0.3
5.9
–
(0.4)
2.8
(2.2)
(8.5)
0.6
2.9
26.0
0.8
–
(6.8)
35.0
In the current and prior period,
separate and unrelated organisational
restructuring activities were undertaken.
A strategic redesign of the in-store
operating model was undertaken
to better meet our customers’
expectations and deliver a consistent
shopping experience across our estate.
Redundancy costs of £0.3m (PY: £5.9m)
were incurred during the transition to
the new operating model.
In light of the ongoing COVID-19
pandemic, the Group revised future
cash flow projections for stores and
garages in FY20, which led to the
recognition of an impairment in relation
to stores or garages where the current
and anticipated future performance
did not support the carrying value of
the right-of-use asset and associated
a.
b.
64
tangible assets. During the prior year,
£0.4m of this impairment was reversed
as the stores and garages returned to
a profitable position.
c.
In the current and prior periods,
costs were incurred in relation to
the investments in National, Iverson,
havebike, and Universal.
•
In FY22, £2.5m relating to
professional fees in respect of
acquisition of National;
• £0.2m related to the acquisition of
trade and assets of both Iverson
and havebike;
• £0.1m (PY: £0.6m) related to the
with the property exits were provided for
accordingly. In the current period £8.5m
(costs of £26m during FY21) of provisions
and lease liabilities have been released
as the group continues to negotiate lease
disposals and review provisions held in
place. At the year end property provisions
carried forward included an amount of
£10.2m in relation to these store and
garage closures. These will continue to
unwind as property exits are negotiated
with landlords or tenants, and could result
in further amounts being released to the
income statement due to the significant
estimation uncertainty over the timing of
exits and the final negotiated settlements.
acquisition of Universal.
f. An additional charge of £0.8m has
d. During the prior period a provision
of £2.9m was held in the accounts
in relation to the HMRC audit into
National Minimum Wage, based on
management’s best estimate using
information available at the time. During
the current period this has been fully
settled and paid, which has led to a
release of the provision of £2.2m.
e. During FY20 and FY21 the group
completed a strategic review of the
profitability of the physical estate and
subsequently closed a number of stores
and garages. Assets were impaired
and costs associated with the ongoing
onerous commitments under the lease
agreements and other costs associated
been incurred during the current year
for the replacement of the warehouse
management system (“WMS”). Under
the new IFRIC guidance on IAS 38, this
cannot be capitalised and therefore, as
it is not part of recurring business it is
deemed a non-underlying expense.
Finance Expense
The net finance expense (before non-
underlying items) for the 52 weeks ended
1 April 2022 was £11.3m (FY21: £15.0m)
reflecting reduced interest on lease
liabilities, plus the fact the Revolving Credit
Facility (RCF) was not drawn in the current
year, partially offset by additional non-
utilisation fees.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORT• Financial
− Sustainable business model
• Compliance
− Regulatory and compliance
− Service quality
− Cyber security
• Operational
− Colleague engagement / culture
− Skills shortage
− IT infrastructure failure
− Disruption to end to end
supply chain
Specific risks associated with performance
include the success, or otherwise of peak
trading periods (e.g., Christmas) as well
as weather-sensitive sales, particularly
within the Car Maintenance and Cycling
categories in the Retail business.
Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer
15 June 2022
Taxation
The taxation charge on profit for the 52
weeks ended 1 April 2022 was £18.9m
(FY21: £11.3m), including a £1.7m charge
(FY21: £6.1m credit) in respect of non-
underlying items. The effective tax rate
of 19.5% (FY21: 17.5%) differs from the
UK corporation tax rate (19%) principally
due to increased disallowable expenditure
this year (in part relating to the share issue
and National acquisition) and prior period
adjustments
Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Underlying Basic EPS post IFRS 16 was
35.5 pence and after non-underlying
items 37.9 pence (FY21: 41.7 pence and
27.1 pence after non-underlying items), a
–14.9% and 39.9% movement on the prior
year. Basic weighted-average shares in
issue during the year were 204.7m (FY21:
197.1m).
Dividend (“DPS”)
Following the payment of an interim
dividend of 3.0p per share on 21 January
2022, we are proposing an FY22 final
dividend of 6.0p per share (FY21: 5.0p per
share).
IFRS 16
IFRS 16 has had the effect of increasing
profit by £2.5m. The two main drivers for
this being the increase in held over leases
which have decreased the depreciation
charge in comparison to the rental
payments, and the increased ageing of the
lease portfolio which has led to a lower
interest charge in comparison to the rental
payments.
Capital Expenditure
Capital investment in the 52 weeks ended
1 April 2022 totalled £49.2m (FY21: £45.3m)
comprising £31.1m in Retail and £18.1m in
Autocentres. Within Retail, £11.5m (FY21:
£6.0m) was invested in stores. Additional
investments in Retail infrastructure included
a £17.9m investment in IT systems,
including the continued development of the
new Group website.
The £18.1m (FY21: £22.0m) capital
expenditure in Autocentres principally
related to the replacement of garage
equipment and replacement of fixtures and
fittings, and further development of PACE,
our digital operating model in garages.
During the year, new IFRIC guidance was
published relating to IAS38 Intangible
Assets, in particular the capitalisation of
spend on SaaS solutions. It was determined
by Halfords that spend on a new
Warehouse Management System should be
expensed, which resulted in £0.8m being
recorded in non-underlying costs due to the
non-recurring nature of the costs.
Inventories
Group inventory held as at the year-end
was £222.1m (FY21: £143.9m). Retail
inventory increased to £194.5m (FY21:
£134.3m), reflecting normalised stock levels
after a COVID-19 disrupted FY21.
Autocentres’ inventory was £27.6m (FY21:
£9.6m). The increase in inventory primarily
relates to the acquisition of National group
and their stock holding of tyres.
Cash flow and Borrowings
Operating Cash Flow was £131.8m (FY21:
£280.8m), reflecting a working capital
outflow of £70.0m, which arose due to
the normalisation of inventory levels as
described above. After taxation, capital
expenditure, net finance costs, and lease
payments, Free Cash Flow was -£14.9m
(FY21: £133.2m) in the year. Group Net
Debt was £344.9m (FY21: £277.3m).
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The Board considers the assessment of
risk assessment and the identification of
mitigating actions and internal control to
be fundamental to achieving Halfords’
strategic corporate objectives. In the Annual
Report and Accounts, the Board sets
out what it considers to be the principal
commercial and financial risks to achieving
the Group’s objectives. The main areas of
potential risk and uncertainty in the balance
of the financial year are described in the
Strategic Report of the 2022 Annual Report
and Accounts. These include:
• Business Strategy
− Capability and capacity to effect
change
− Stakeholder support and
confidence in strategy
− Value proposition
− Brand appeal and market share
− Climate change & electrification
65
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEmerging Risks
The evolution of risk is actively considered
at Board level and across the senior
management team. Emerging risk is seen
as an undefined risk that may eventually
develop to materially impact the business
in the future. The Audit Committee receives
presentations from contributors to the
risk management process with insight
on key risk themes such as economic,
environmental, technological, societal,
and geopolitical.
Risk Appetite
The Board has defined risk appetite for
its principal risks based on the categories
of strategy, financial, compliance and
operational. By grouping risks into
categories, the Board can distinguish the
risk appetite for each of the principal risks
and whether mitigations are adequate.
Risk Management
Risk Management Framework
The Board has overall responsibility for the
management of risk and the identification
of principal risks that may affect the
Group’s strategic objectives. Specifically,
the Board determines the nature and
extent of risk exposure that the business
is willing to take in pursuit of its strategy.
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the
Board, has responsibility for maintaining
oversight of the Group’s framework for risk
management.
Our framework for risk management
ensures a standardised approach from
identification to the reporting of risks.
Applying the Group’s appetite for risk
ensures a consistent approach can be
applied to threats and opportunities
throughout all our operations.
Changes to the risk profile of the business,
alongside significant and emerging risks,
are escalated to the Audit Committee,
which routinely receives deep dive analysis
and regulatory updates on key risks. Please
see page 125 for details of Audit Committee
activities during the year.
Principal Risks
The Audit Committee reviews the
effectiveness of the risk management
processes and monitors the assessment
of the Group’s principal risks, reflecting
on external factors and their impact on
strategic priorities. Each principal risk has
an Executive owner and is included within
a Corporate Risk Register, which is subject
to a ‘top-down’ review. Operational risk
registers are maintained to provide greater
granularity, a ‘bottom-up’ perspective and a
further means to identify emerging risks.
Principal risk changes:
• Climate change and electrification:
This was previously identified as an
emerging risk and opportunity. For a
long time, risks associated with global
climate change and the sustainability
agenda have been given serious
reflection as part of several of our
principal risks. Separation as a principal
risk is recognition of the increasing
importance to the Halfords strategy
in terms of electrification and the
significance to our stakeholders as
demonstrated by the mandating of the
Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosure (“TCFD”) framework.
• End-to-end supply chain: This risk is
an evolution of the critical physical
infrastructure failure (including supply
chain disruption). The focus has shifted
to the resilience of the supply chain and
the potential for disruption to customer
fulfilment and what that would mean
for sales and profit projections.
The significant impact of COVID-19
throughout FY21 continued into FY22
with further lockdowns and travel
restrictions disrupting global supply chains
and changing consumer behaviour.
The Group was able to limit the impact of
the pandemic by continuing to trade safely
as an essential retailer and by making any
necessary proposition changes, such as
enhancing our online offer, to respond
to changes in customer behaviour. The
management of financial risks and liquidity
was strengthened to protect the business
and deliver a positive result for the year.
Throughout this period, risk management
was at the forefront of our response,
designed to protect both customers
and colleagues.
66
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBoard and Audit Committee
Overall oversight of risk management and internal control framework:
• Full annual review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems, corporate risk register, and risk appetite
undertaken by Audit Committee with assessment delivered to Board for approval.
• Update on changes to risk and internal control environment presented by Internal Audit to Audit Committee at each meeting.
Whistleblowing process
Regular KPI reporting
Regular management presentation to
Board and Audit Committee
Internal Audit Reports
Corporate Risk Register
Shops, Garages, Distribution
Centres and Customer-
Facing Businesses
First Line Assurance
Operating within agreed policies and
procedures, for example:
• Delegated authorities
(‘How We Do Business’).
• Quality Standards.
• Retail guidelines (‘Retail Basics’).
• Health and Safety policies.
• Colleague handbooks.
• Regular oversights.
• Performance monitoring.
• Regular management presentation
to Board and Audit Committee.
Corporate Functions
Internal Audit
Second Line Assurance
•
Identify developments in risk and
internal control environment.
• Develop and implement strategy,
policies, procedures and controls
to manage risk.
Third Line Assurance
•
Independently review quality of key
internal controls and management
assessment of risk.
• Challenge management to
enhance control environment.
•
Internal audits.
• Maintain Corporate Risk Register.
• Risk and internal control analysis.
•
Internal audit reports.
• Corporate Risk Register.
Internal Audits
Risk and internal control analysis
67
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
Introduction
We recognise the importance of
understanding and managing the climate-
related risks and opportunities to our
business and supply chain. Over the past
few years, we have evolved our approach
to assessing these risks and opportunities
in line with the recommendation set out by
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosure (“TCFD”). This is our first year
of reporting against the TCFD framework
and we are committed to continuous
improvement as we work hard to mitigate
climate-related risk and activate the
various opportunities available to us for
accelerating the transition to a lower-carbon
economy.
Governance
The Board oversees our approach to
climate change and is committed to
reducing the impact of climate change
on our operations whilst monitoring the
opportunities that it presents. The ESG
Committee is a committee of the Board,
made up purely of Non-Executive Directors,
and offers advice and guidance to the
business based on a wealth of experience.
The Executive Team is ultimately
responsible for the day-to-day management
of the ESG programme. Whilst ESG is
regularly discussed at Executive meetings,
recognising the importance of ESG,
we have chosen to form an ESG Board
comprising Executive members giving a
dedicated monthly session to focus on
strategic progress of our ESG programme.
Members of the Executive Team regularly
attend ESG Committee meetings and keep
the ESG Committee up to date on the
progress of the ESG programme. During
this financial year, executive remuneration
is linked to our performance in our Electric
Services training target (see Metrics &
Target section on page 71). Our Executive
Team has also had oversight of the TCFD
process and has contributed to the scenario
analysis process.
Training for ESG and climate change has
been conducted throughout the year
for both Executive and Non-Executive
Directors, with structured training slots run
by external experts being supplemented
by ad hoc training provided by Executive
and Senior Management colleagues.
We acknowledge that this is an ongoing
process and will keep running these training
sessions to ensure all business leaders
have the best information on which to base
decisions.
Next Steps
• Further Board training on climate
change and the Board’s due diligence
requirements, including specialist
training for those directly responsible
for climate-related issues.
Strategy
In response to climate change, the UK
Government has set out a target1 of no
new internal combustion engine (“ICE”)
vehicles being sold in the UK from 2030.
Electric vehicles (“EVs”) are therefore
going to be crucial over the next decade
as the country prepares for the shift away
from conventional fuel sources. Both our
Corporate and ESG strategies are closely
focused on the growth of electric and we
have set out our ambitions to help lead the
market in electric servicing as the UK shifts
towards more sustainable mobility options,
specifically EVs, E-bikes and E-scooters.
We have also committed to providing
industry-leading training to our colleagues
to better support customers as they make
the switch to electric.
Timeframe
The acceleration of our strategy – to evolve
into a consumer and B2B services-focused
business – also positions us well for any
climate-related changes in the future with
service-led markets being significantly more
resilient than product-based ones, e.g. not
reliant on complex supply chains.
Risks and Opportunities
This year, we engaged with PwC to perform
an independent risk assessment, combining
our strategy and future trends. The output
is summarised below, showing the key risks
and opportunities that we face. They are
split into two areas:
As we progress and better understand the
impact of climate change on our business
and demands of our key stakeholders, we
commit to regularly reviewing our strategy
and ensuring that we evolve to do all that
we can to mitigate the risks and explore the
opportunities that we are presented with.
• Transitional risks are those associated
with policy, technology, and market
changes due to the transition to a
lower-carbon economy.
• Physical risks describe the physical
impacts of climate change, which
include event-driven impacts (acute)
and longer-term shifts in climate
patterns (chronic).
Short term: 5 years
Medium term: 10 years
Long term: 20+ years
1 www.gov.uk/government/news/government-takes-historic-step-towards-net-zero-with-end-of-sale-
of-new-petrol-and-diesel-cars-by-2030.
68
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTArea
Transition
Political & Legal
Medium-Long
Risk
Timeframe
Risk/Opportunity
Description
Market
Short-Medium
Risk
Market
Short-Medium
Opportunity
Product & Services
Short-Medium
Opportunity
Physical
Acute & Chronic
Medium
Risk
UK Government’s ban of no new petrol/diesel vehicles by
2030, meaning more servicing for EVs which are currently
less time consuming (though we recognise this may
change in the future).
Miss the opportunity of becoming leaders in e-mobility.
This can be either because of very high or very low uptake
of e-mobility.
Be at the forefront of e-mobility products and service
offerings, helping customers to make the transition to
e-mobility and capture increased market share.
Introducing new products with smaller environmental
footprints (e.g. low-impact materials or recycled products).
Disruption of either supply chains, operations or customers
due to infrastructure damage from extreme weather events.
Scenario Analysis
PwC also helped with detailed quantitative
scenario analysis over four key climate-
related risks and opportunities to explore
the potential range of climate-related
outcomes and financial impact to the
business. In alignment with the TCFD
recommendations, 1.5°C, <2°C, 2-3°C
and 4°C scenarios have been selected for
timeframes 2030 and 2050.
We have selected the Future Energy
Scenarios from the National Grid to model
transition risks, and the Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”) Shared
Socioeconomic Pathway (“SSP”) scenarios
to model physical risks. We chose the
Future Energy Scenarios as these are
grounded in the current characteristics
of the UK’s transportation system and
take into account legislation on the ban of
new petrol/diesel cars in the UK. Jupiter
Intelligence data was used to model
physical risks to chosen Halfords sites.
Note:
• 1.5°C scenario was only for transition
risk and 4°C scenario was only for
physical risk.
• For transition risk, scenario analysis
was conducted to assess how climate
change and the transition to a lower-
carbon economy could impact motoring
and EV products and servicing at
Halfords. This was only conducted
on the Motoring element of Halfords’
business.
Potential impact on business
Halfords Response
Mitigations/Reinforcements
Transition
Lower Product &
Servicing Revenue
Note: Scenario analysis was
prioritised on motoring products
and services as it is recognised
that the insights are important
to guide Halfords’ strategic
direction moving forward.
• Reductions in Motoring
services revenues are driven
by the assumed lower cost
per serviced EV but are also
influenced by a changing
total vehicle stock.
• Reductions in Motoring
product revenues are
driven by selling fewer
maintenance-related
products for EVs compared
with ICE vehicles.
Vehicle servicing currently
represents a very small
proportion of total Group sales
(low single digit percentages).
The assumed lower EV
servicing costs do not account
for the opportunity to increase
the volume of serviced vehicles
due to reduced turn-around
time or the potential need to
increase prices due to the
specialist skillset required for EV
servicing. Despite only making
up a fraction of overall revenue,
we feel we are well positioned
to manage this risk and
associated opportunities.
For a number of years, the
Group’s strategy has been to
mix increasingly into services,
thereby becoming a more
resilient, needs-based business.
Alongside the potential to sell
EV-related products, we are well
positioned to manage this risk
and realise this opportunity.
• Continue to grow share
in areas of the market
which are not impacted by
fuel type.
• Ensure buying teams are
kept up to date with latest
product trends to mitigate
products revenue loss from
lower BEV product sales.
• Monitor the regulatory
environment for changes to
policies around e.g. sale of
ICE vehicles, tax breaks for
e-mobility or infrastructure
developments.
• Monitor market for
EVs both from a
manufacturing side and
consumer uptake side so
Halfords can appropriately
shift its business model
to account for the rise
of e-mobility, increasing
volume to counter lower
profitability per unit under
current business models.
69
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
Electric Vehicle
Technical Skills
Potential impact on business
• As the number of EVs
increases, the number of
EV technicians must also
increase.
•
In every scenario, all
servicing will be 100%
electric by 2050.
Halfords Response
We recognise the need to
upskill EV servicing technicians
and are already making good
progress with our training
programme. During the year, we
trained over 2,000 colleagues
on EV servicing. We also led the
#Plugtheskillsgap campaign,
calling on the industry to train
EV technicians to meet the
needs of EV servicing.
We believe we are well
positioned to manage this risk.
Mitigations/Reinforcements
• Keep technicians up
to date with the latest
developments in EV
servicing.
• Continue supporting
customer education on
e-mobility to allow them
to make more sustainable
choices, whilst making
the transition simple and
convenient.
• Partnerships to advance
e-mobility and create new
market opportunities.
Physical
Extreme Weather
Events
Note: Analysis carried out
on select Halfords UK and
supplier sites only, i.e. sites with
the most material impact on
Halfords operations.
• Significant and diverse risks
to our physical sites due to
extreme weather.
•
Increased flooding in the
UK and increased heat in
South East Asia are most
prominent risks.
• All scenarios suggest an
increased magnitude of
floods with more damage to
contents and inventory.
Whilst only a small number of
our retail sites were deemed as
being at high risk of flooding,
we recognise the potential
for supply disruption due to
flooding and extreme weather.
We are working with our
suppliers to better understand
their climate resilience and
carbon reduction strategies.
This information and data
collection will support further
scenario analysis to gain a more
complete picture of this risk. We
consider ourselves well placed
to manage this risk.
Increased
Temperatures
• Climate change will cause
hotter, longer summers and
milder winters, resulting in
risks and opportunities for
our product and servicing
categories which correlate
to temperature.
• All scenarios suggest
relatively low impact to
overall revenue due to the
balance of positive and
negative shifts.
We recognise the potential for
peaks in demand for product
ranges that are more receptive
to warmer climates and the
opportunity this presents. We
are well positioned to realise
these opportunities and will
continue analysis for additional
product ranges in this area.
• Work with insurance
providers to ensure our
estate is covered with
adequate weather-related
cover and importantly
any necessary structural
amends are prioritised for
sites at potential risk.
• Work with suppliers
to better understand
climate risk management
and resilience within key
supply areas.
• Assign accountability
for assessing and
managing risks.
•
•
Integrate physical risk
assessment into core risk
management processes.
Improve data collection
to increase the accuracy
of scenario analysis and
expand scope of analysis.
• Monitor the markets
to ensure buying teams
are kept up to date with
projection of impact on
product sales.
• Expand analysis for
additional product areas.
• Assess supply chain
resilience against the
projected demand increases
and identify potential
periods of supply chain
stress.
Next Steps
• Begin data collection of Halfords specific footprint; garages, supply chain as well as goods (tyres, bikes) and services to support next
phase of scenario analysis, building on the FY22 foundations.
70
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
The climate crisis is already having a
profound effect through extreme weather
events – floods, drought and rising sea
levels – all of which have the ability to
disrupt our supply chains and impact our
ability to operate our business effectively.
These risks have been assessed in detail
and whilst flooding is likely to impact select
Halfords stores and garages across the
UK, our most material climate-related risks
and opportunities are in response to the
evolving regulatory landscape; in particular,
the ban on new ICE vehicles being sold
in the UK from 2030 as part of the UK
Government’s net zero ambitions. More
sustainable mobility options, including
electric vehicles, E-bikes and E-scooters
are therefore going to be crucial over the
next decade as the country prepares for the
shift away from conventional fuel sources
and transition to a lower-carbon economy.
This transition will impact our motoring and
cycling business in the short, medium and
long term.
Metrics and Targets
We have upgraded climate change
to a Principal Risk from an Emerging
Risk, recognising the urgency of the
climate crisis, the increasing demands
from stakeholders and the forthcoming
introduction of new regulatory obligations
and reporting requirements. As such, the
risk management process for climate
change is now in line with how we manage
our other Principal Risks.
Our principal climate-related risks are:
• Failure to respond adequately to the
demand for sustainable mobility options
through our products and servicing
offers, leading to a loss in confidence,
market position and revenue.
• Our service proposition does not match
customer demand for electrification
solutions in motoring and cycling,
leading to profound disruption in our
core markets.
• Failure to deliver against our climate
strategy and net zero targets, leading
to a loss in confidence from our
stakeholders and potential reputational
damage.
We recognise the need to engage with
various stakeholder groups to manage
these risk and are working with suppliers
on Scope 3 emissions reductions and the
management of climate risk in the supply
chain (see Scope 3 engagement target in
the Metrics and Targets section below).
Read more on page 45.
Next Steps
• Develop a process whereby climate-
related risks and opportunities can be
updated on an annual basis.
We recognise the value of regularly tracking progress and are committed to a transparent reporting process. Our targets are ambitious,
though achievable, and will put our business in a better position to mitigate risks arising from climate change and take advantage of the
opportunities we are presented with.
Target
Progress
Carbon Emissions
Scopes 1 & 2
Scope 3
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030 (vs.
FY20 baseline).
25% reduction since FY20
baseline.
Engage with 67% of our suppliers with the objective of them
setting carbon reduction targets of their own, ideally approved
by the SBTi, by the start of 2026.
Reduce absolute Scope 3 emissions by 25% by 2030 from
purchased goods and services, capital goods and upstream
transportation (vs. FY20 baseline).
Read more on page 45.
Engaged top suppliers to
understand their position today
and to begin collection of
accurate carbon data.
Read more on page 45.
Electric Services Colleague
Training
Begin collecting more accurate Scope 3 data from our suppliers.
Increase the number of colleagues capable of servicing EVs,
E-bikes and E-scooters.
2,091 colleagues trained.
Read more on page 44.
Next Steps
• Detail Halfords Net Zero plan; headline information on how we will transition to a lower-carbon economy.
71
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks
and Uncertainties
Capability and Capacity to Effect Change
Failure to build sufficient capacity and capability (in terms of our people, processes, and systems) to successfully implement the transformation
required across the business may result in the expected benefits of our strategy not being delivered, thereby risking the future sustainability of
the business.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• A dedicated Transformation and Change team led by the Chief
• Continue to align our Transformation plan with the
Transformation Officer and supported by experienced Programme and
Project Managers has enabled progress to be made during a period
of increased capital investment and focus on delivery of significant
strategic initiatives.
• The continued advancement of our change programme is managed
through a Transformation Board, providing the necessary governance
for delivery of the strategy. The Transformation Board ensures there
is a robust approval process for each project, allocates resource and
monitors progress. Programme and Project Managers are in place
within the business to whom projects can be assigned and this has
been supplemented by specialist resource to boost capability. In
affecting change, Halfords is requiring all contributing colleagues to
observe the principles of Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, and
Informed (“RACI”).
key objectives of our corporate strategy.
• Closely monitor progress on individual programmes,
realigning requirements and resources where relevant.
• Embedding a new organisational design to strengthen
with even greater focus on best practice change
management and adoption, delivery of benefits
and standardisation of process.
• Delivery of a new operating model, specifically
in technology and digital teams, will drive
more agile, effective and efficient delivery of changes,
with a greater emphasis on the unlocking of value
to stakeholders.
Stakeholder Support
Failure to secure and maintain our stakeholders’ (investors, suppliers, colleagues) support for our strategy will mean they may lose confidence
in the business and withdraw their resources.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• Throughout the year, we demonstrated progress in the execution of our
strategy, building confidence in external and internal stakeholders.
• Maintain progress on the delivery of our strategic
objectives.
• Our equity placing in FY22 received exceptional support from our
• Address colleague engagement challenges through
investors, and we continue to see strong progress in both customer
NPS and colleague engagement.
a regular cycle of survey and review.
• Proactive investor relations programme of events
and communication with a planned Capital Markets
day for the second half of the year.
Value Proposition
If investment in our motoring product value proposition and Group value perception is insufficient to retain existing customers and/or attract
new ones, and/or we continue to lose market share to online retailers and discounters, the impact could be a loss of sale volume. Balancing
price investment will be important in the current environment and there is a risk that investing in price without a corresponding increase in
volume leads to a diminution of financial returns, but equally, increasing prices outside of market movements could create further damage to
our value perception.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• To differentiate ourselves in a competitive retail market, our vision is to
•
consolidate Halfords as a super-specialist in motoring and cycling. Our
strategy emphasises the importance of creating value for the customer
by delivering services alongside the sale of a product. Progress
continued through a refreshed financial services campaign and ongoing
Cycle to Work proposition supporting greater accessibility for our
customers, further enhanced by the launch of our pre-pedalled bikes
offering.
• Launch of the Halfords motoring club loyalty programme, designed
to reward loyal customers and inspire a greater proportion to shop
across the Group.
Introduction of a new halo message to support a
change in perception over the medium to long term.
• Establishment of the motoring club help club
customers enjoy greater savings and benefits and
ensure we help customers motor for less across
the UK.
• Further investment in pricing motoring products
to deliver greater value for customers.
Key:
Risk increasing
Risk decreasing
No risk movement N New risk
72
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTBrand Appeal and Market Share
Investment in awareness of our brand and our services is insufficient to increase our brand relevance, in which case we will be unable to
maintain and grow our customer base or improve our customer shopping frequency and spend and correspondingly build market share.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• Building on a positive response to our status as an essential retailer
•
we have grown awareness of our Halfords Mobile Experts and garage
services. Customer NPS and satisfaction has achieved record levels for
Trust Pilot and Google scores for the Group.
•
Improvement of our cycling proposition, allied with better than market
availability and support for the cycle to work voucher scheme, has
strengthened market share.
Climate Change and Electrification N
Integration of National will support greater brand
awareness of garages and mobile vans.
• Promotion of the motoring club offering free and
premium plans.
•
Investment in the growth in electric mobility to
strengthen our market-leading proposition.
The climate crisis is already having a profound effect through extreme weather events – floods, drought and rising sea levels – all of
which have the ability to disrupt our supply chains and impact our ability to operate our business effectively. These risks have been
assessed in detail and whilst flooding is likely to impact select Halfords stores and garages across the UK, our most material climate-
related risks and opportunities are in response to the evolving regulatory landscape; in particular, the ban on new internal combustion
engine (“ICE”) vehicles being sold in the UK from 2030 as part of the UK Government’s net zero ambitions. More sustainable mobility
options, including electric vehicles, E-bikes and E-scooters are therefore going to be crucial over the next decade as the country
prepares for the shift away from conventional fuel sources and transition to a lower-carbon economy. This transition will impact our
motoring and cycling business in the short, medium and long-term.
Failure to respond adequately to the demand for sustainable mobility options through our products and servicing offers could lead to
a loss in confidence, market position and revenue.
Our service proposition does not match customer demand for electrification solutions in motoring and cycling, leading to profound
disruption in our core markets.
Failure to deliver against our climate strategy and net zero targets, leading to a loss in confidence from our stakeholders and potential
reputational damage.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• Robust Electrification strategy – discussed at the Transformation Board
regularly. Challenges, performance and successes are analysed, and
strategy regularly adjusted as appropriate.
• Regular monitoring of legislative changes, climate-related due diligence
and reporting requirements as well as monitoring of the regulatory
environment for changes to policies around e.g., sale of ICE vehicles,
tax breaks for e-mobility or infrastructure developments
• Regular landscape monitoring for electric vehicles (“EVs”) both from
a manufacturing side and consumer uptake side so that we can
appropriately respond to the rise of e-mobility.
• Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) roadmap
developed and being actioned to support ongoing reporting and risk
management requirements.
• Science-based carbon targets developed to tackle the immediate
carbon emissions reductions required across our business and supply
chain. These will form the foundations for our net zero pathway and will
be monitored to ensure we hit our longer-term net zero target.
•
Investment in systems approved that will enable the collection of
supply chain emissions, to measure, monitor and reduce our Scope
3 emissions – which make up a significant proportion of our overall
carbon footprint.
• Continue to work with Government to support the
path to legality for private E-scooters.
• Continue to train and equip our colleagues to work
safely and confidently on hybrid and battery EVs and
continue to meet all appropriate regulatory standards.
• Focus on growing the penetration of hybrid and
battery electric vehicles in our fleet.
• Further Board training on climate change and the
Board’s due diligence requirements, including
specialist training for those directly responsible for
climate-related issues.
• Develop a process whereby climate-related risks and
opportunities can be updated on an annual basis.
•
Integrate climate risk relating to weather (floods, etc)
into risk management process for our estate.
• Begin collecting supply chain data on Scope
3 carbon emissions and climate management,
particularly for areas of supply that may be disrupted
due to severe weather.
• Develop and report on Halfords Net Zero plan;
headline information on how we will transition to
a lower-carbon economy.
73
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks
and Uncertainties
Sustainable Business Model
Alongside pre-existing changes in customer habits and expectations, the recent spike in UK supply chain and consumer inflation is creating
challenging economic conditions. Unless we can continue to mitigate the significant levels of cost inflation (through cost mitigation and
savings, growth in new business areas, and increasing selling prices), we will be unable to maintain a sustainable business model.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• An ongoing strategic focus on the growth of services will build more
• Strategic programme focused on selling more
stable revenue streams, lessening the Group’s relative exposure to
discretionary expenditure.
full solutions to customers, supported by digital
technology.
• Selling solutions and cross-shop initiatives will maximise the revenue
from existing transactions.
• Cross-shop sales opportunities boosted by launch
of the new Motoring Loyalty Club programme.
• Detailed price/elasticity analysis alongside price trials will optimise
• Customer referral encouraged from Retail to
consumer pricing decisions.
• Long-standing supplier relationships will be optimised to extract value
from supplier contributions/support.
• A new Cost Transformation framework programme has been
established to target cost reduction during FY23/FY24.
• US dollar hedging programme in place.
• Recent three-year refinancing extended for a fourth year.
Autocentres/Halfords Mobile Experts via new
services roles in Retail.
• Cost Transformation programme established to focus
on short, medium and long-term cost reduction
opportunities.
• Ongoing ‘goods for resale’ supplier discussions
targeting mutual value opportunities.
• Fixed cost contracts entered into for inflationary cost
categories – e.g. Freight and Utilities.
• Rental costs reduced through property renegotiations;
underperforming stores/garages closed at lease
renewal.
• Productivity analysis ongoing through digital
technology.
• New Group Data Platform identifying sales, cost and
productivity opportunities.
• FX hedging programme.
• Continuing to focus on margin improvement,
eliminating unnecessary cost through targeted
efficiencies and scale benefits.
Regulatory and Compliance
A failure to adhere to our legal and/or regulatory obligations for some or all of the Group’s activities leads to an inability to meet our
responsibilities to stakeholders and/or the imposition of financial penalties, placing a strain on the business.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• There is continual monitoring of legal and regulatory developments for
all regions where the Group operates. A suite of policies sets out the
Group’s commitment to conduct its business with honesty and integrity.
The senior leadership team communicates tone from the top to provide
guidance to colleagues on all policy commitments.
• Compliance training is provided to new colleagues as required with
refresher courses thereafter. Regular horizon scanning is undertaken to
capture new regulations and requirements.
• We have a code of conduct with our suppliers whom we monitor
for compliance across ethics: environmental management; labour
practices; and human rights.
• Health and safety, data protection and Financial Conduct Authority
compliance are managed by experts reporting to dedicated committees
with representatives across the business to assess our regulatory rigour.
• An established whistleblowing process enables colleagues to report
suspected or actual wrongdoing in confidence.
74
• Continued monitoring of legal and regulatory
developments for all regions where the Group
operates.
•
Increased headcount within the Health and Safety
function to support the growth of the Group.
• Review and improvement of policies supported
by training programmes for colleagues.
• Regular training and information provided through
user-friendly channels.
• Establishment of a new Finance Risk Committee to
focus on all aspects of financial risk and compliance.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTService Quality
The services we provide fall below the quality standards to which we are committed, placing customers at risk of harm.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• All colleagues are provided with dedicated training and adhere to
• Stores and Service calls to be migrated to self-
established quality control and safety procedures, with compliance
audits by management. We also have a dedicated compliance team
monitoring our regulated activities.
•
In Autocentres our digital operating platform PACE enables increased
workflow, productivity, and quality assurance. PACE drives service
quality by requiring quality controls to be completed on all workshop
colleagues as determined by the Technician Quality Rating. All our
Quality Controllers follow an approved training pathway and receive
refresher training annually.
• We have a Retail Contact Centre that provides a level of call answer
rates that ensures we can provide a quality service to our customers
whatever channel they choose.
service or digital channels for ease and optionality for
customers to access support in channel of choice.
• Our Retail Plan will remain unchanged into FY23
to ensure we drive consistency across the estate
and continue the focus on embedding the Retail
Operating Model.
• An annual skills plan ensures we are able to maintain
our skill level as we drive down our labour turnover.
•
Integration of National garages to include the
adoption of the Halfords Quality procedures and roll
out of PACE.
• Our Operational Excellence team will continue to
review our inventory of tools to do the job.
• Fusion will be our focus on our next ‘go to’ operating
model as we roll out Core and Enhanced formats.
Cyber Security
If we fail to sufficiently prevent, detect, and respond to cyber incidents and attacks they may result in disruption of service, compromise of
sensitive data, financial penalties from regulatory authorities, financial loss, and reputational damage.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• Our security partner, TCS, provides first line assurance security
• Consolidate technical cyber security solutions across
operations capabilities including vulnerability management, email
filtering, and website security.
• Within our Risk Management Framework our Information Security team
provides the second line assurance role identifying and managing
cyber-related risk, and developing and implementing our internal control
framework.
• Third line assurance is provided by Internal Audit.
• A perpetual education and awareness campaign is provided to all
colleagues. Regular briefings promote an understanding of the risks to
our data and the benefits of good security practices.
• The Audit Committee is regularly briefed by senior Technology
management on the business’ cyber security framework.
the Group, including acquisitions.
• Mature processes for internal control assessments
to improve identification and ongoing management
of cyber risk. Conduct gap analysis against the
CIS Critical Security Controls for critical systems.
Remediate findings to ensure critical systems are
protected.
• Mature cyber resilience of critical systems, including
both proactive and reactive incident response
capabilities.
• Mature processes and documentation relating to
security of data focusing first on regulated personal
data of both customers and colleagues.
• Conduct a network security review including
segmentation and firewall positioning, legacy and
end-of-life devices, and regular security testing
(vulnerability scanning and penetration testing).
Key:
Risk increasing
Risk decreasing
No risk movement N New risk
75
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks
and Uncertainties
Colleague Engagement/Culture
Our employment model may not be sufficiently attractive to recruit and retain the talent that we need. We do not maintain a sufficiently positive
culture, failing to support a diverse and inclusive community.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• A five-year People Strategy that develops the colleague journey across
the areas of ‘Find me, Train me, Grow me, Keep me’ and that creates
the opportunity for a career at Halfords with an employee brand ‘Your
Journey, Our Journey – make it your own’.
•
Implementation of Year 1 of our People Strategy with
activities focused on delivering improvements to the
colleague journey of ‘Find me, Train me, Grow me,
Keep me’.
• The continued development of our colleague engagement programme
• Benchmark our pay and benefits to ensure we are
and survey, and further focus on our colleague network groups.
competitive in the market.
• Through the provision of wellbeing facilities and regular updates using
huddles and blogs we keep our colleagues informed and supported.
• Move to an engagement model that inspires ongoing
engagement, listening and action.
• Develop our colleague network groups to support
change in areas of diversity that develops our
attraction and engagement with our colleagues.
Skills Shortage
We may be unable to recruit, retain and develop enough people to have the different mix of skills that we need at all levels across the business,
in the near and longer term.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• We have reduced our reliance on external recruitment and as part of
• Launch our employee brand and integrate through
our colleague strategy developed our internal pipeline for technical
and leadership capability. We have also further developed cross-
group career pathways and succession planning as well as continued
investment in our training and development.
• Training and development are a fundamental part of our business and
a great attraction for new applicants. We apply a targeted approach to
further enhance skill levels for centres as we do with stores, by mapping
against the optimal skills mix.
our attraction and recruitment materials. Broaden our
attraction resources and develop simpler and quicker
recruitment processes.
• Develop and expand our apprenticeship strategy and
the Halfords Academy to grow our own technical
skill base.
• Expand our ‘Tyre fitter to Tech’ programme and
change hiring approach to recruit on behaviour as
we will train the skill.
• Develop a cross-group approach to talent and
succession.
•
Investment in our selling skills across Group.
IT Infrastructure Failure
Failure in our IT system(s) may cause significant disruption to, or prevention of, normal business-as-usual activities.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
•
Extensive controls are in place to maintain the integrity of our systems
and to ensure that systems changes are implemented in a controlled
manner. We have resilient infrastructure in place for remote working
colleagues to access Halfords hosted applications, such as SAP.
• Continue progression towards a fully cloud-based
hosting structure with a transfer of risk to cloud-
based service providers who can maintain higher
levels of contracted availability.
• Halfords’ key trading systems are hosted securely within data centres
operated by a specialist company and in specialist cloud services
operated by Microsoft. These systems are supported by disaster
recovery arrangements, including comprehensive backup and patching
strategies. IT recovery processes are tested regularly.
• Reduce dependencies on legacy and end-of-life
systems for key business-as-usual activities.
• Deep-dive analysis into targeted areas of
infrastructure, managed through the Risk Committee.
76
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTDisruption to end to end supply chain N
The Halfords end to end (“E2E”) supply chain is an integration of the process from sourcing of products (including the raw material
procurement and product design by our supply partners) through to scheduling and delivery of goods to our customers (through our
distribution centre (“DC”) network and via stores or direct to consumer).
Disruption to the E2E process creates a major impact to customer fulfilment and/or customer-facing price increases due to supply
shortages, increased demand for raw materials impacting availability and input price, production delays that lead to an extension in
supply lead times, logistics delays in the form of shipping of goods, or the potential closure of one of our distribution centres, all of
which challenges our ability to meet sales and profit projections.
Current Mitigation
Focus in 2023
• The need to respond to the pandemic in FY21 has tested our business
continuity plans and given us confidence in alternative supply chain
solutions and resilience.
• Development of a replacement Warehouse
Management System.
• Development of an enhanced Customs and Duty
• Our Commercial and Financial processes support continued active
platform.
•
•
Investment in a more senior dedicated Customs and
Trade compliance team to reduce the risks associated
with international sourcing activity.
Investment in additional storage space in a fifth DC
to hold overstocks and protect availability rather
than cut intake too hard and damage both customer
availability and supplier relationships.
demand forecasting through regular weekly reviews, a transparent Open
to Buy process, a stock policy that increases cover for important and
volatile lines and a currency hedge policy that smooths out variability.
• Our sourcing capability and supplier relationships are delivered through
dedicated UK, Asian and Near sourcing teams. These teams maintain both
strategic and upstream supplier relationships, operate multiple sources,
dual sourcing, product engineering and are engaged in the ESG agenda.
• Our in-house expertise delivers the high global trading standards from
Authorised Economic Operator accreditation, import/export expertise
and dedicated security at each of our DC sites.
• Our 3PL relationships give expertise and options. We contract with
multiple shipping lines for flexibility and leverage, we have access to
large organisational support from Yusen Logistics, Wincanton and Clipper
logistics and PwC provide external trading and compliance expertise.
• Our transformation plans reduce risk through scheduled work on the
replacement of our Warehouse Management System, a UK distribution
centre physical network review, the replacement of our Forecasting and
replenishment tools and our Customs and Duty platform.
• We have invested in a multi-sea freight carrier solution to balance costs
and flexibility to move our direct import cargo in an unprecedented
inflationary market.
Key:
Risk increasing
Risk decreasing
No risk movement N New risk
77
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Principal Risks
and Uncertainties
Going Concern
In determining the appropriate basis of
preparation of the financial statements for
the year ended 1 April 2022, the Directors
are required to consider whether the Group
can continue in operational existence for
the foreseeable future. The Board has
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the
Going Concern basis, having undertaken an
assessment of the financial forecasts for the
12 month period to the 12th June 2023.
The Group has outperformed projections
reviewed as part of the going concern
assessment in the Annual Report and
Accounts to 2 April 2021.
Management has updated the assessment
of going concern, which included reviewing
financial forecasts and projections to 30
June 2023. Within these financial projections,
management reviewed profit and net cash
flow, and tested financial covenants in the
period. No issues were found.
The financial forecasts have been stress
tested to determine the required sales decline
versus the Going Concern scenario before
the covenant conditions were breached.
This assessment also included variable
and other cost saving measures the Group
would employ in this scenario and showed
that sales would have to reduce by 23.3%
annually before the first covenant condition
is broken (interest payable to EBITDAR). With
the significant risk to business operations
from COVID-19 abating, the macro-economic
environment is now affected by the cost-of-
living crisis with inflationary increases the
highest in decades. The leading drivers of
this are the disruption to supply chains from
recovery of the world economy after COVID,
further exacerbated by the 2022 war in
Ukraine which has also materially increased
energy costs for businesses and consumers.
Mitigating this, the Group is contracted to
market competitive freight and energy prices
for at least the next 12 months and has
further cost saving programmes in progress.
We are expecting some impact on consumer
spending given the pressures on disposable
incomes, especially in “non-needs” based
spending areas but do not believe that these
external risks would cause a sales reduction
of greater than 23.3% in the next 12 months.
If sales were to reduce at this level,
then further actions could be taken by
management to prevent the breach. The key
mitigating action would be to halt strategic
investment in FY23.
The Audit Committee recently reviewed the
corporate risk register and confirmed that
it gave no reason not to adopt the Going
Concern principle.
The Group ended the year with cash of
£46.3m and continues to be cash generative.
The Group has a revolving credit facility
of £180m at the date of approval of these
financial statements, which expires on
4 December 2024, and has no other debt
or facilities. The Board has a reasonable
expectation that the Group and Company will
be able to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due; retain sufficient
available cash and not breach any covenants
under any drawn facilities over the remaining
term of the debt facility. They do not consider
there to be a material uncertainty around the
Group or Company’s ability to continue as a
Going Concern.
78
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022STRATEGIC REPORTannum, are removed. The downside
scenario also incorporates a further
£69m of fixed and semi fixed costs
which would be saved annually were
this sales scenario to materialise, with
savings across a number of business
areas including performance related
incentives, transformation programme
investment and head office costs.
Based on their assessment of the
plan, the Directors believe a downside
sales scenario of this magnitude and
duration is unlikely to materialise.
During FY22 the Group have extended
the facility expiration date to December
2024 and have the option to further
extend to December 2025 with
agreement from the lenders.
Viability statement
Based on this review, the Directors confirm
that they have a reasonable expectation
that the Group will continue to meet its
liabilities as they fall due over the three-year
period.
Viability Statement
In accordance with the Corporate
Governance Code, the Directors have
assessed the viability of the Company
over a three-year period to 28 March 2025.
The Directors believe this period to be
appropriate as the Company’s strategic
planning encompasses this period, and
because it is a reasonable period over
which the impact of key risks can be
considered within a fast-moving retail
business. This period is consistent with the
approach last year, and with many other
retailers’ disclosures.
The Directors have assessed the prospects
of the Group by reference to its current
financial position, its recent and historical
financial performance, its business model
and strategy, and the principal risks and
mitigating factors described on pages
72 to 77.
The Board regularly reviews financial
headroom and cash flow projections to
ensure that the business retains sufficient
liquidity to meet its liabilities in full as they
fall due.
The Group is, as results demonstrate,
financially strong, historically generating
cash and profit each year, which was true
throughout the year ended 1 April 2022 and
is expected to continue. The business has
delivered in line with scenarios developed
as part of the modelling during the year end
close process last year.
In making this viability statement, the
Directors have reviewed the overall
resilience of the Group and have specifically
considered:
• The likelihood and impact of the
principal risks. At a recent review
by the Audit Committee, Directors
agreed that ‘the risk register identifies
no matters that may jeopardise a
reasonable expectation that the
Company will be able to continue in
operation and meet its liabilities as they
fall due in the reasonably foreseeable
future (i.e., three years)’. The Audit
Committee’s review included a robust
assessment of the impact, likelihood
and management of principal risks
facing the Group, including those
risks that could threaten its business
model, future performance, solvency,
liquidity or day-to-day operations and
existence. Mitigating actions that would
serve to protect the sustainability of the
business model include an ongoing shift
to a services proposition, a continued
focus on reducing underlying costs
(e.g., rental costs through property
renegotiations) and driving down cost of
goods where possible through targeted
efficiencies and scale benefits.
• Financial analysis and forecasts. The
Board recently reviewed the five-year
financial plan, including the current
financial position and performance,
cash flow projections, dividend
strategy, funding requirements and
funding facilities. Sensitivity and stress
testing was subsequently applied to
the financial plan to determine the
extent to which sales and cash would
need to deteriorate before breaching
the financial covenants embedded
within the Group’s bank facilities. The
testing indicated that the business
could experience a sustained reduction
in sales of 23.3%, amounting to an
average of (£420m) revenue reduction
per annum across the next five years,
and still remain within existing facilities
and covenants. The downside scenario
makes an assumption on variable
cost savings, assuming that costs
equating to 15% of sales, or £63m per
79
halfords.annualreport2022.comSTRATEGIC REPORTe
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G
r
u
O
Contents
Board of Directors
– Executive Team
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Nomination Committee Report
ESG Committee Report
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
– Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Summary Report
– Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities
82
84
86
92
118
122
124
130
137
138
150
Board of Directors
Keith Williams N
Chair
Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer
Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer
Helen Jones A E N R EV
Jill Caseberry A N R E
Tom Singer A N R E
Senior Independent Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Current role
Appointed Chair of the Company and of the
Nomination Committee on 24 July 2018.
Current role
Graham was appointed Chief Executive
Officer (“CEO”) on 15 January 2018.
Current role
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) since
1 November 2018.
Additional roles held
Keith is the Non-Executive Chair of Royal
Mail Group (previously interim Executive
Chair). Keith is a qualified Chartered
Accountant.
Past roles
Keith was formerly a Non-Executive
Director and Deputy Chair of John Lewis,
a Non-Executive Director of Aviva plc, and
Chief Executive Officer and then Executive
Chair of British Airways, having previously
been at Boots, Reckitt and Colman,
and Apple Computer Inc. Keith was the
independent Chair of the government-
supported Rail Review.
Key strengths
Keith brings extensive leadership and plc
board experience. He is a highly regarded
business leader with a proven record in
retail and deep experience in relevant areas
such as customer service and digital.
Additional roles held
Graham is a Non-Executive Director of
The Magic Bean Co. Limited.
Additional roles held
Loraine is a Non-Executive Director of The
British Land Company plc.
Past roles
Previously, Graham was CEO of Dixons
Carphone plc’s software business,
Honeybee. Prior to that he was CEO of
Dixons Carphone’s Connected World
Services Division from 2015 to 2017
and CEO of Carphone Warehouse UK &
Ireland from 2013 to 2015. Graham’s early
career covered senior leadership roles in
Kingfisher plc from 2001 to 2005 and Marks
and Spencer plc from 1994 to 2001, prior
to which Graham set up and ran his own
business for several years. Graham was a
Trustee of the Make-A-Wish charity.
Key strengths
Graham is an outstanding business leader
and brings extensive skills and experience
to the plc Board.
Past roles
Prior to joining Halfords, Loraine spent five
years in senior finance roles within the John
Lewis Partnership. In 2014 Loraine was
appointed Acting Group Finance Director
and then, subsequently, Finance Director of
Waitrose. Prior to that, Loraine was Chief
Financial Officer of Hobbs, Finance Director
of Capital Shopping Centres Limited (Intu
plc) and Finance Director of Costa Coffee
Limited. Loraine’s early career included
finance and investor relations roles at
Kingfisher plc.
Key strengths
Loraine has extensive experience across
all finance disciplines and has worked
within many different sectors, latterly
focusing specifically on consumer service
businesses.
Committee Membership
A Audit Committee
E ESG Committee
82
EV Employee Voice Director
R Remuneration Committee
N Nomination Committee
Current role
Current role
Current role
Non-Executive Director since 1 March
Non-Executive Director and Remuneration
Non-Executive Director since 16 September
2014 and Senior Independent Director
Committee Chair since 1 March 2019.
2020, and Chair of the Audit Committee
from 15 September 2020; Chair of the
Environmental, Social and Governance
(“ESG”) Committee since 7 December
2015 and Employee Voice Director since
1 May 2019.
Additional roles held
Additional roles held
since 1 January 2021.
Jill is currently a Non-Executive Director,
Additional roles held
Remuneration Committee Chair and
Tom is a Non-Executive Director of
member of the Audit and Nomination
Mediclinic International plc.
Committees of Bellway plc; a Non-
Executive Director and member of the
Past roles
Helen is a Non-Executive Director and
Remuneration and ESG Committees of
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and
C&C Group plc; a Non-Executive Director,
a member of the Audit Committee of Fuller,
Employee Voice Director and a member
Smith & Turner plc and Virgin Wines UK plc;
of the Remuneration and Nomination
a Non-Executive Director and member of
Committees of Bakkavor Group plc; Jill
the Audit Committee of Premier Foods plc;
is also a Senior Independent Director,
and a Director of Hamsard 3145 Limited.
Remuneration Committee Chair and
Helen is a Board member of the Toast Ale
member of the Audit and Nomination
charity.
Past roles
Committees of St Austell Brewery.
Past roles
Tom was the Senior Independent Director
and Chair of the Audit and Remuneration
Committees at DP Eurasia NV and
Chair of the Audit Committee at Liberty
Living. Previously, he served as CFO of
InterContinental Hotels Group plc, Group
Finance Director of British United Provident
Association (“BUPA”), CFO and Chief
Operating Officer of William Hill plc and
Finance Director of Moss Bros plc, having
started his career in professional services
Previously, Helen was a member of
Previously, Jill was Non-Executive Director,
and spending a total of 12 years at Price
the Supervisory Board and the Audit
Remuneration Committee Chair and a
Waterhouse and McKinsey.
Key strengths
Tom brings extensive experience of strategy
development, corporate governance and
numerous finance disciplines.
Committee for Vapiano S.E. and a member
member of the Audit and Nomination
of the Supervisory Board of Directors of
Committees of Northgate Plc. During her
Ben & Jerry’s. Prior to that Helen was the
executive career Jill gained extensive
CEO of the Zizzi Restaurants group and
sales, marketing and general management
was also responsible for successfully
experience across a number of blue chip
launching the Ben & Jerry’s brand in the UK
companies, including Mars, PepsiCo and
and Europe. Helen previously held a senior
Premier Foods. She also founded a soft
executive role at Caffé Nero.
drink company and established a sales
Key strengths
and marketing consultancy.
Helen brings valuable and relevant
Key strengths
operations, marketing and branding
Jill brings extensive leadership experience
experience in consumer-focused
from senior sales and marketing roles in
businesses.
consumer goods businesses.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEKeith Williams N
Chair
Graham Stapleton
Chief Executive Officer
Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer
Helen Jones A E N R EV
Senior Independent Director
Jill Caseberry A N R E
Independent Non-Executive Director
Tom Singer A N R E
Independent Non-Executive Director
Current role
Current role
Current role
Appointed Chair of the Company and of the
Graham was appointed Chief Executive
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) since
Nomination Committee on 24 July 2018.
Officer (“CEO”) on 15 January 2018.
1 November 2018.
Additional roles held
Additional roles held
Additional roles held
Keith is the Non-Executive Chair of Royal
Graham is a Non-Executive Director of
Loraine is a Non-Executive Director of The
Mail Group (previously interim Executive
The Magic Bean Co. Limited.
British Land Company plc.
Chair). Keith is a qualified Chartered
Accountant.
Past roles
Past roles
Past roles
Previously, Graham was CEO of Dixons
Prior to joining Halfords, Loraine spent five
Carphone plc’s software business,
years in senior finance roles within the John
Keith was formerly a Non-Executive
Honeybee. Prior to that he was CEO of
Lewis Partnership. In 2014 Loraine was
Director and Deputy Chair of John Lewis,
Dixons Carphone’s Connected World
appointed Acting Group Finance Director
a Non-Executive Director of Aviva plc, and
Services Division from 2015 to 2017
and then, subsequently, Finance Director of
Chief Executive Officer and then Executive
and CEO of Carphone Warehouse UK &
Waitrose. Prior to that, Loraine was Chief
Chair of British Airways, having previously
Ireland from 2013 to 2015. Graham’s early
Financial Officer of Hobbs, Finance Director
been at Boots, Reckitt and Colman,
career covered senior leadership roles in
of Capital Shopping Centres Limited (Intu
and Apple Computer Inc. Keith was the
Kingfisher plc from 2001 to 2005 and Marks
plc) and Finance Director of Costa Coffee
independent Chair of the government-
and Spencer plc from 1994 to 2001, prior
Limited. Loraine’s early career included
supported Rail Review.
to which Graham set up and ran his own
finance and investor relations roles at
Key strengths
Keith brings extensive leadership and plc
board experience. He is a highly regarded
Key strengths
business for several years. Graham was a
Kingfisher plc.
Trustee of the Make-A-Wish charity.
Key strengths
Loraine has extensive experience across
business leader with a proven record in
Graham is an outstanding business leader
all finance disciplines and has worked
retail and deep experience in relevant areas
and brings extensive skills and experience
within many different sectors, latterly
such as customer service and digital.
to the plc Board.
focusing specifically on consumer service
businesses.
Current role
Non-Executive Director since 1 March
2014 and Senior Independent Director
from 15 September 2020; Chair of the
Environmental, Social and Governance
(“ESG”) Committee since 7 December
2015 and Employee Voice Director since
1 May 2019.
Additional roles held
Helen is a Non-Executive Director and
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and
a member of the Audit Committee of Fuller,
Smith & Turner plc and Virgin Wines UK plc;
a Non-Executive Director and member of
the Audit Committee of Premier Foods plc;
and a Director of Hamsard 3145 Limited.
Helen is a Board member of the Toast Ale
charity.
Past roles
Previously, Helen was a member of
the Supervisory Board and the Audit
Committee for Vapiano S.E. and a member
of the Supervisory Board of Directors of
Ben & Jerry’s. Prior to that Helen was the
CEO of the Zizzi Restaurants group and
was also responsible for successfully
launching the Ben & Jerry’s brand in the UK
and Europe. Helen previously held a senior
executive role at Caffé Nero.
Key strengths
Helen brings valuable and relevant
operations, marketing and branding
experience in consumer-focused
businesses.
Current role
Non-Executive Director and Remuneration
Committee Chair since 1 March 2019.
Additional roles held
Jill is currently a Non-Executive Director,
Remuneration Committee Chair and
member of the Audit and Nomination
Committees of Bellway plc; a Non-
Executive Director and member of the
Remuneration and ESG Committees of
C&C Group plc; a Non-Executive Director,
Employee Voice Director and a member
of the Remuneration and Nomination
Committees of Bakkavor Group plc; Jill
is also a Senior Independent Director,
Remuneration Committee Chair and
member of the Audit and Nomination
Committees of St Austell Brewery.
Past roles
Previously, Jill was Non-Executive Director,
Remuneration Committee Chair and a
member of the Audit and Nomination
Committees of Northgate Plc. During her
executive career Jill gained extensive
sales, marketing and general management
experience across a number of blue chip
companies, including Mars, PepsiCo and
Premier Foods. She also founded a soft
drink company and established a sales
and marketing consultancy.
Key strengths
Jill brings extensive leadership experience
from senior sales and marketing roles in
consumer goods businesses.
Current role
Non-Executive Director since 16 September
2020, and Chair of the Audit Committee
since 1 January 2021.
Additional roles held
Tom is a Non-Executive Director of
Mediclinic International plc.
Past roles
Tom was the Senior Independent Director
and Chair of the Audit and Remuneration
Committees at DP Eurasia NV and
Chair of the Audit Committee at Liberty
Living. Previously, he served as CFO of
InterContinental Hotels Group plc, Group
Finance Director of British United Provident
Association (“BUPA”), CFO and Chief
Operating Officer of William Hill plc and
Finance Director of Moss Bros plc, having
started his career in professional services
and spending a total of 12 years at Price
Waterhouse and McKinsey.
Key strengths
Tom brings extensive experience of strategy
development, corporate governance and
numerous finance disciplines.
83
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEExecutive Team
Karen Bellairs
Chief Customer Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
Andy Randall
Group Chief Operating Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
Paul O’Hara
Chief Property Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
Neil Holden
Chief Information Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
David Hutchinson
Chief Commercial Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
Rob Keates
Chief Transformation Officer and
Managing Director of Tredz
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
Wendy Taylor
Chief People Officer
Please see full biography on the corporate
website: www.halfordscompany.com/
about-us/our-executive-team/
84
See the Executive Teams biographies
at www.halfordscompany.com/
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
halfords.annualreport2022.com
85
Directors’ Report
The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements of Halfords Group plc (the “Company”) together with its subsidiary
undertakings (the “Group”) for the period ended 1 April 2022.
Halfords Group plc
Registered Number
Registered Office Address
Country of Incorporation
Type
04457314
Icknield Street Drive, Washford West, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 0DE
England and Wales
Public Limited Company
Additional Disclosure
The Company, in accordance with section 414C of the Companies Act 2006, has chosen to provide disclosures and information to the extent
necessary to understand the Company’s development, performance and position and the impact of its activity, relating to, as a minimum:
environmental matters, the Company’s employees, social matters, respect for human rights and anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters.
These matters and cross-references to the relevant sections of this Annual Report are shown in the table below:
Topic
Appointment and removal of Directors
Anti Bribery and Corruption
Articles of Association
Auditor
Audit Committee Report
Authority to issue or purchase shares
Board of Directors
Board effectiveness and leadership: role and composition of the
Board and Committees; meeting attendance; skills and experience;
independence; diversity; induction and development; evaluation;
Directors and their other interests; and Board Committees
Branches
Charitable donations
Colleague engagement
Location
Directors’ Report
Audit Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Audit Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Corporate Governance Report
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Directors’ Report
Colleagues’ involvement; training, diversity and inclusion;
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
and disability
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Community
Directors’ Report
Compensation for loss of office
Directors’ Report
Creditor payment policy
Corporate Governance Report
Culture
Board of Directors
Directors’ biographies
Directors’ Report
Directors’ indemnities
Directors’ interests
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Remuneration Policy Summary Directors’ Remuneration Report
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
Diversity and Inclusion
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Report and
Nomination Committee Report
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Note 22 to the Group Financial Statements
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
Energy and Carbon Emissions
Financial instruments
Future developments of the business
Financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position
and borrowing facilities
86
Page
88
129
90
91
124
90
88
110
91
51
104
51
89
51
51
90
91
102
82
89
144
130
150
115
121
54
193
16
60
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCETopic
Gender
Going concern
Governance
Important events since year-end
Independent Auditor
Internal control and risk management
Modern Slavery Statement
Nomination Committee Report
Political donations
Powers of the Directors
Principal activities
Re-election of Directors
Restrictions on transfer of securities
Section 172 statement
Share capital
Significant shareholders
Subsidiary and associated undertakings
Stakeholders
Statement of Corporate Governance
Strategic Report
Viability statement
Voting rights
Location
Strategic Report: Our ESG Strategy
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Independent Auditor’s Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Nomination Committee Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report
Strategic Report
Corporate Governance Report
Directors’ Report
Note 23 to the Group Financial Statements
Directors’ Report
Note 4 to the Company Financial Statements
Corporate Governance Report
Corporate Governance Report
Strategic Report
Strategic Report
Directors’ Report
Page
46
78
92
91
154
117
91
118
90
88
88
88
90
28
104
90
198
90
207
26
94
16
79
90
Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
The Company, in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4C, has disclosed the information required to be included in the Annual Report under
Listing Rule 9.8.4R. This information can be found on the following pages of the Annual Report:
Topic
Statement of the amount of interest capitalised
Long-term incentive schemes
Allotment for cash of equity securities (Placing)
Waiver of dividends
Report
Note 16 to the Financial Statements
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Consolidated Statement of Cash flow
Director’s Report
Page
191
130
166
88
No other disclosures under Listing Rule 9.8.4 are required.
Disclosures Required under Listing Rule 9.8.6
The Company, in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6, has included climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) recommendations and recommended disclosures. This information can be found on the
following page of the Annual Report:
Topic
Risk Management: Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (“TCFD”)
No other disclosures under Listing Rule 9.8.6 are required.
Report
Strategic Report: Principle Risks and Uncertainties
Page
68
87
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
In accordance with the Company’s Articles
of Association and the UK Corporate
Governance Code guidelines, all those
persons holding office as a Director of the
Company on 1 April 2022 will retire and
offer themselves for re-election at the 2022
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), with the
exception of Loraine Woodhouse who, as
announced on 13 October 2021, will retire
from her position on 16 June 2022 and will
leave the business on 1 July 2022, and Jo
Hartley will be appointed as Chief Financial
Officer in her place. Subsequently, Jo will
stand for election for the first time at the
2022 AGM.
The Service Agreements of the Executive
Directors and the Letters of Appointment of
the Non-Executive Directors are available
for inspection at the registered office of the
Company. A summary of these documents
is also included in the annual Directors’
Remuneration Report on page 130.
Appointment and
Removal of a Director
A Director may be appointed by an ordinary
resolution of shareholders in a general
meeting following recommendation by the
Nomination Committee in accordance with
its Terms of Reference, as approved by
the Board or by a member (or members)
entitled to vote at such a meeting.
Alternatively, a Director may be appointed
following retirement by rotation if the
Director chooses to seek re-election
at a general meeting. In addition, the
Directors may appoint a Director to fill a
vacancy or act as an additional Director,
provided that the individual retires at the
next Annual General Meeting and, if they
are to continue, they offer themselves for
election. A Director may be removed by the
Company in circumstances set out in the
Company’s Articles of Association or by a
special resolution of the Company.
Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act
and any directions given by the Company
by special resolution and any relevant
statutes and regulations, the business of
the Company will be managed by the Board
who may exercise all the powers of the
Company. Specific powers relating to the
allotment and issuance of ordinary shares
and the ability of the Company to purchase
its own securities are also included within
the Articles, and such authorities are
submitted for approval by the shareholders
at the Annual General Meeting each year.
The authorities conferred on the Directors at
the 2021 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”),
held on 8 September 2021, will expire on
the date of the 2022 AGM. As announced
on 2 December 2021, some of the Directors
agreed to subscribe for new ordinary
shares issued as part of the placing of
ordinary shares announced on 1 December
2021, these shares are included in their
shareholding information reported in the
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages
144 and 145.
Directors’ Interests
The Directors’ interests in, and options over,
ordinary shares in the Company are shown
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on
pages 144 and 145.
Since the end of the financial year and
the date of this report, the only changes
to such interests have been in relation to
Graham Stapleton, who exercised his 2018
Deferred Bonus Plan award on 13 April 2022,
further details can be found in the Directors’
Remuneration Report on page 142.
In line with the requirements of the
Companies Act, Directors have a statutory
duty to avoid situations in which they have,
or may have, interests that conflict with
those of the Company unless that conflict
is first authorised by the Board.
UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has applied the principles
of, and complied with, the provisions of the
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the
“Code”) throughout the year.
Principal Activities
The principal activities of the Group are:
the retailing and provision of motoring
and cycling products and services; auto
servicing, maintenance and repairs through
garages and mobile vans; and the provision
of software as a service. The principal
activity of the Company is that of a holding
company. The Company’s registrar is Link
Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29
Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL.
Profits and Dividends
The Group’s results for the year are set out in
the Consolidated Income Statement on page
162. The profit before tax was £96.6m (2021:
£64.5m) and the profit after tax amounted
to £77.7m (2021: £53.2m). The Board
proposed that a final dividend of 6.0 pence
per ordinary share be paid on 16 September
2022 to shareholders whose names are
on the register of members at the close of
business on 12 August 2022. An interim
dividend payment of 3.0 pence per ordinary
share was paid on 21 January 2022.
Computershare Trustees (Jersey) Limited,
trustee of the Halfords Employees’
Share Trust, has waived its entitlement
to dividends.
Performance Monitoring
The delivery of the Group’s strategic
objectives is monitored by the Board
through Key Performance Indicators
(“KPIs”) and periodic review of various
aspects of the Group’s operations. The
Group considers that the KPIs listed on
pages 56 to 58 are appropriate measures to
assess the delivery of the Group’s Strategy.
Directors
The following were Directors of the Company
during the period ended 1 April 2022 and at
the date of this report:
• Keith Williams
• Graham Stapleton
• Loraine Woodhouse
• Helen Jones
• Jill Caseberry
• Tom Singer
88
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEFor many years we held strong relationships
with a number of Apprenticeship partners
that allow us to offer personal and
professional growth. In addition, the Group
runs targeted Leadership Development
programmes and operational succession
programmes to further build capability in
skills identified to both ensure colleagues
are successful in their chosen roles, as well
as to help colleagues identify and develop
skills that will support them to be our
leaders of the future. Further information on
colleague training can be found on page 51
of Our ESG Strategy.
Whistleblowing
The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy and
Procedure (the “Whistleblowing Policy”)
enables colleagues to report concerns
on matters affecting the Group or their
employment, without fear of recrimination.
As part of our commitment to ensuring
a culture of honesty and integrity, during
FY22 we partnered with SeeHearSpeakUp
in order to launch externally operated
reporting channels, including a new
web-based channel. Posters publicising
whistleblowing channels are distributed to
all stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres
and the Support Centre.
During the year, the Whistleblowing
Policy was reviewed and approved by
the Audit Committee, and the Audit
Committee receives regular summaries of
whistleblowing contacts and resolutions.
The Company has in place procedures
for managing conflicts of interest. The
Company’s Articles of Association contain
provisions to allow the Directors to
authorise potential conflicts of interest, so
that if approved, a Director will not be in
breach of his or her duty under company
law. In line with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006, each Director has
notified the Company of any situation in
which he or she has, or could have, a direct
or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly
may conflict, with the interests of the
Company (a situational conflict). Directors
have a continuing duty to update any
changes to their conflicts of interest and the
register is updated accordingly.
The Directors are also aware of their duties
under Section 172 of the Companies Act
2006 and so in making their decisions
they consider the long-term impact
on the business as well as taking into
consideration the interests of stakeholders
such as colleagues, suppliers, customers
and the wider communities in which we
operate. More information on this can be
found on pages 28 to 29.
Directors’ Indemnities
Directors’ and Officers’ insurance has been
established for all Directors and Officers
to provide cover against their reasonable
actions on behalf of the Company.
The Directors of the Company and the
Company’s subsidiaries also have the
benefit of third-party indemnity provisions,
as defined by section 236 of the Companies
Act 2006, pursuant to the Company’s
Articles of Association.
Colleague Engagement
One of the Group’s key strengths is
engaged colleagues with great training.
Engagement with, and feedback from, our
colleagues across the business is vital to
the Group. The Group has an established
framework of colleague communications
providing regular information on business
performance and other important and
relevant matters. For more information
see Our ESG Strategy on page 51 and the
Corporate Governance Report on page 104.
Employment Policies
The Group encourages diversity and
inclusion and, as an equal opportunities
employer, is committed to providing
equal opportunities for all colleagues and
applicants during recruitment and selection,
training and career development and
promotion.
This commitment to equality of opportunity
applies regardless of anyone’s physical
ability, sexual orientation or gender identity,
pregnancy and maternity, race, religious
beliefs, age, nationality or ethnic origin.
This is underpinned by our Group’s policies
which ensure full and fair consideration to
employment applications from people from
diverse backgrounds, including those with
disabilities wherever suitable opportunities
exist, having regard to their particular
aptitudes and abilities. Should a colleague
become disabled, efforts are made to
ensure their continued employment with
the Group, with appropriate training as
necessary.
Further details of our Diversity Policy are
included in the Nomination Committee
Report on page 121.
The Group takes a zero-tolerance approach
to matters of discrimination, harassment
and bullying in all aspects of its business
operations. Appropriate policies and
procedures are in place for reporting and
dealing with such matters.
Colleague Training
and Development
The Group strives to meet its business
objectives by motivating and encouraging
all colleagues to be responsive to the needs
of its customers and to continually improve
operational performance. To achieve this,
we deliver a range of blended training and
development programmes, across the
Group, in Retail, Autocentres (including
National, McConechy’s and Universal)
and Performance Cycling businesses.
We regard the training and development
of our colleagues as being particularly
important for our business and also for the
communities in which we operate.
89
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
Share Capital and Shareholder Voting Rights
Details of the Company’s share capital and of the rights attaching to the Company’s
ordinary shares are set out in Note 23 on page 198. All ordinary shares, including those
acquired through Company share schemes and plans, rank equally with no special rights.
All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend, vote and speak at the general
meetings of the Company, appoint proxies, receive any dividends, exercise voting rights
and transfer shares without restriction. On a show of hands at a general meeting every
member present in person, and every duly appointed proxy, shall have one vote for every
share held, and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote
for every ordinary share held. The Company is not aware of any arrangements that may
restrict the transfer of shares or voting rights.
Significant Shareholders
As at 1 April 2022, the Company had been notified under the Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules (DTR5) of the following notifiable interests representing 3% or more
of the Company’s issued share capital. The information provided below was correct at the
date of notification. These holdings are likely to have changed since the Company was
notified.
Manager
Fidelity International
BlackRock
Aberdeen
Dimensional Fund Advisors
Janus Henderson Investors
JP Morgan Asset Management
Columbia Threadneedle Investments
Vanguard Group
Rathbones
Holding
9.51
5.78
4.76
4.43
4.27
4.15
3.85
3.67
3.08
% of Issued
Shares
20,819,291
12,645,781
10,428,212
9,701,157
9,358,972
9,080,917
8,434,813
8,026,096
6,745,071
90
Authority to Purchase Shares
At the 2021 Annual General Meeting,
shareholders approved a special resolution
authorising the Company to purchase a
maximum of 19,911,663 shares, representing
not greater than 10% of the Company’s
issued share capital at 12 July 2021, such
authority expiring at the conclusion of the
Annual General Meeting to be held in 2022
or, if earlier, on 30 September 2022.
Transactions with
Related Parties
During the period, the Company did not
enter into any material transactions with
any related parties.
Articles of Association
In accordance with the Companies Act
2006, the Articles of Association may only
be amended by a special resolution of
the Company’s shareholders in a general
meeting.
Political Donations
The Group made no political donations and
incurred no political expenditure during the
year (FY21: nil). It remains the Company’s
policy not to make political donations or
to incur political expenditure. However,
we recognise that the application of the
relevant provisions of the Companies Act
2006 is potentially very broad in nature
and, as last year, the Board is seeking
shareholder authority to ensure that the
Group does not inadvertently breach these
provisions as a result of the breadth of its
business activities. However, the Board
has no intention of using this shareholder
authority.
Credit Facilities, Change of
Control and Share Schemes
The Company’s revolving credit facilities
require the Company in the event of a
change of control to notify the Facility
Agent and, if required by the majority
lenders, these facilities may be cancelled.
The Company does not have agreements
with any Director or colleague that would
provide compensation for loss of office
or employment resulting from a takeover,
except that provisions of the Company’s
share schemes and Deferred Bonus Plan
may cause options and awards granted
to Directors and colleagues under such
schemes and plans to vest on a takeover.
Details of employee share plans are
provided in Note 24 on pages 200 to 202.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDisclosure of Information
to the Auditor
In accordance with Section 418(2) of the
Companies Act 2006, each Director in office
at the date and approval of the Directors’
Report confirms that:
i. so far as the Directors are aware, there
is no relevant audit information of which
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and
ii.
the Directors have taken all reasonable
steps to ascertain any relevant audit
information and to ensure that the
Company’s Auditor is aware of such
information.
Important Events Since Year End
On 6 April 2022, the Group acquired APT
Tyre Distributors Limited, please refer to
page 37 of the Strategic Report for further
information.
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM will be held at the Halfords
Group plc Support Centre, Icknield Street
Drive, Washford West, Redditch, B98 0DE
on Wednesday 7 September 2022. The
Notice of the AGM and explanatory notes
regarding the ordinary and special business
to be put to the meeting will be set out in a
separate circular to shareholders.
By order of the Board
Tim O’Gorman
Group Company Secretary
15 June 2022
road awareness training. Further information
on the Freewheel programme can be found
on their website www.rideforfreedom.org.
uk/freewheel-barking-dagenham/.
During the year, no concerns were raised
regarding any of the Group’s suppliers. It
is recognised that whilst no incidents were
raised (through contractual mechanisms)
this does not mean issues do not
potentially exist. The Company, therefore,
remains committed to further enhancing
its approach and understanding and
enhancing its due diligence process.
The Group’s Board of Directors reviews
its Modern Slavery Statement on an
annual basis. It was last approved on
2 February 2022.
Creditor Payment Policy
The Group does not follow any formal Code
of Practice on payment. Instead, it agrees
terms and conditions for transactions when
orders for goods or services are placed,
and includes relevant terms in contracts,
as appropriate. These arrangements are
adhered to when making payments, subject
to the terms and conditions being met by
suppliers. The number of trade creditor
days outstanding as at 1 April 2022 for the
Group was 70 days (2021: 73 days). The
Company is a holding company and has
no trade creditors.
Branches
The Company and its subsidiaries, where
relevant, have established overseas
branches in the countries in which they
operate.
Auditor
The Company’s current Auditor is BDO LLP.
A resolution proposing the reappointment of
BDO LLP will be set out in the Notice of the
2022 Annual General Meeting and will be
put to shareholders at the meeting.
Modern Slavery Statement
In order to support its estate of Retail
stores, garages, mobile vans and online
operations, the Group sources products
from a large number of suppliers both within
the UK and overseas. In particular, the
international suppliers – managed largely by
the Halfords Global Sourcing (“HGS”) team
based in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Shanghai
– are bound contractually by the Group’s
policies on modern slavery and human
trafficking, as detailed within the Global
Sourcing Code (the “Sourcing Code”).
The Company is committed to ensuring due
diligence processes remain robust, and, as
such, during the year, the Global Sourcing
Code was revised to further strengthen
minimum expectations in relation to
labour practices, including modern slavery
and environmental management. The
Sourcing Code supports the Company’s
commitment to respect human rights and
uphold international standards, including
the United Nations (UN) Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights and the
Organisation for Economic Cooperation
and Development (OECD) Guidelines for
Multinational Enterprises. The Company
has partnered with EcoVadis, a platform
which rates the environmental, social and
governance performance of suppliers.
The output of this data will support due
diligence process – and will assess good
supplier performance as well as where
corrective action, remediation or additional
audits may be required.
In line with the requirements of the Modern
Slavery Act, all colleagues are trained on
the issue of modern slavery. During the year,
a new e-learning module was launched to
support colleagues with their understanding
and what they should do if they suspect
modern slavery taking place. The Company
is proud to have supported the Freewheel
remediation programme with biking
accessories. The programme seeks to
empower survivors of modern slavery and
human trafficking to cycle to support their
physical and mental health, independence,
mobility, and their reintegration into society.
The Barking and Dagenham hub, launched
in March 2022, is the first of several hubs
to be rolled out in cities across the UK.
At each hub, the intention is to support
recovery for up to 20–30 survivors per year
by giving them a bike and accessories,
including helmets, locks and lights,
providing them with cycling proficiency and
91
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEOUR
GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report
We continued to make
strong progress on
aligning the culture of
our organisation with our
business strategy.
Keith
Williams
Chair’s Letter
Strategy
During FY22, we have continued to develop
our Group strategy which is “To Inspire and
Support a Lifetime of motoring and cycling”.
This strategy has been strengthened
considerably by the acquisitions we have
made throughout the year, as these are
helping to transform our business and
deliver on our increased focus on providing
the best-in-class range of services for our
customers. More details of our acquisitions
and our transformation programme can be
found on page 10 and on pages 32 to 39 in
the Strategic Report.
Purpose, Culture and Engaging
with the Workforce
During FY22, we continued to make strong
progress on aligning the culture of our
organisation with our business strategy.
We know that we will only continue to be
successful in wowing our customers if
we engage the hearts and minds of our
colleagues, and enable them to work
together as One Halfords Family for
the benefit of our customers. Achieving
this will help us to continuously develop
our expertise to meet the needs of our
customers. We have further developed our
framework of values and behaviours which
support colleagues as they progress their
careers with us – from when they initially
joined Halfords, to becoming the leaders in
our business.
We have created a one Halfords team
approach, which aims to unite all parts of
the business, including the acquisitions
we make from time to time. In FY22, we
also invested heavily in our technical
skills training, and as part of this, we have
continued to embed our values. We have
introduced a recognition programme
for our colleagues and at the end of
FY22, we recognised three individuals as
“Colleague of the Year”, one winner and
two runners-up.
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
In 2021, we were delighted to welcome
shareholders to the AGM held at our
Support Centre, and we look forward to
being able to do so in 2022. Further details
of the 2022 AGM arrangements can be
found on page 117 of this report.
Board changes
Finally, Loraine Woodhouse will be retiring
as Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) on
16 June 2022 and I would like to thank
Loraine for all her considerable work and
support over the period, particularly during
the COVID-19 pandemic, and to welcome
Jo Hartley as the new CFO.
Keith Williams
Chair
15 June 2022
92
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
O
U
R
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
halfords.annualreport2022.com
93
Corporate Governance Report
Governance at a Glance
Corporate Governance Statement
The Board confirms that during the year
ended 1 April 2022, and as at the date
of this report, the Company has applied
the principles of, and complied with, the
provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate
Governance Code (“Code”) throughout
the year.
This report, together with the other statutory
disclosures and reports from the Audit,
Nomination and Remuneration Committees,
provides details of how the Company has
applied the principles of good governance
as set out in the Code during the period
under review. A copy of the Code is
available on the Financial Reporting
Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk.
The Company has complied with the
relevant requirements under the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the
Listing Rules, the Directors’ Remuneration
Reporting regulations and narrative
reporting requirements.
Promoting Our
Purpose, Culture
and Long-Term
Success
Board Leadership
and Company
Purpose
Description
The Company is led by an effective
Board, which promotes the long-term
success of the Company and engages
with its shareholders and stakeholders.
The Board has established the
Company’s purpose, values and
strategy and is satisfied that these and
its culture are aligned.
The Board has established an effective
governance and risk framework.
The Board has ensured that the
workforce is able to raise any matters
of concern, and that all policies and
practices are consistent with the
Company’s values.
Ensuring a
Clear Division of
Responsibilities
Division of
Responsibilities
Description
The Chair leads the Board which
includes an appropriate combination of
Executive Directors and Non-Executive
Directors.
The Non-Executive Directors provide
constructive challenge, strategic
guidance and advice and, have
sufficient time to meet their Board
responsibilities.
There is a clear division of
responsibilities between the running
of the Board and the running of the
business, and the Board has identified
certain ‘reserved matters’ that
only it can approve. Other matters,
responsibilities and authorities have
been delegated as appropriate,
and there are relevant policies and
processes in place for the Board to
function effectively and efficiently.
Delivering
Effectiveness
Through a
Enabling Reporting
Integrity and an
Effective Controls
Balanced Board
Environment
Ensuring Alignment
with the Successful
Delivery of Our
Long-Term Strategy
Composition,
Succession and
Evaluation
Audit Risk and
Internal Control
Remuneration
Description
A comprehensive and tailored
induction programme is in place for
new Directors joining the Board. The
induction programme facilitates their
Description
Description
The Board has established formal and
The Company has designed the
transparent policies and procedures
remuneration policies and practices
to ensure the independence and
effectiveness of both internal and
to support strategy and promote
long-term sustainable success. The
understanding of the Group and the key
external audit functions. The Board
Executive remuneration is aligned to the
drivers of the Group’s performance.
A rigorous, effective and transparent
satisfies itself on the integrity of
financial and narrative statements.
appointment process is in place, which,
The Board presents a fair, balanced
together with the effective succession
and understandable assessment of the
plans, promotes diversity of gender,
Group’s position and prospects.
social and ethnic backgrounds,
cognitive and personal strengths.
The Board has established procedures
to manage risk, oversee the internal
control framework and determine the
nature and extent of the principal risks
of the Group.
interests of our shareholders and to the
Company’s purpose and values and is
clearly linked to the successful delivery
of our long-term strategy.
There is a formal and transparent
procedure for developing Executive
remuneration policy and determining
Director and senior management
remuneration.
Directors are able to exercise
independent judgement and discretion
when authorising remuneration
outcomes, taking into account
Company and individual performance
and wider circumstances.
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more on Our Strategy on
pages 32 to 39
Read more on Culture on pages
102 to 104
Read more on Board Composition
on pages 88 and 110
Read more on the Division of
Responsibilities on pages 110 to 113
Read more on Risk Management
on pages 66 to 78
Read more on Matters Reserved
for the Board on page 110
Read more on Board Appointments
Read more on the Audit
and Induction on page 119
Committee on pages 124 to 129
Read more on Directors’
Remuneration on pages 130 to 149
Read more on Board Evaluation
Read more on Risk Management
on page 116
on pages 66 to 78
Read more on Risk Management
and Internal Control on page 117
94
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPromoting Our
Purpose, Culture
and Long-Term
Success
Ensuring a
Clear Division of
Responsibilities
Board Leadership
Division of
Responsibilities
and Company
Purpose
Description
Description
The Company is led by an effective
The Chair leads the Board which
Board, which promotes the long-term
includes an appropriate combination of
success of the Company and engages
Executive Directors and Non-Executive
with its shareholders and stakeholders.
Directors.
The Board has established the
Company’s purpose, values and
The Non-Executive Directors provide
constructive challenge, strategic
strategy and is satisfied that these and
guidance and advice and, have
its culture are aligned.
sufficient time to meet their Board
The Board has established an effective
responsibilities.
governance and risk framework.
There is a clear division of
The Board has ensured that the
workforce is able to raise any matters
of concern, and that all policies and
practices are consistent with the
Company’s values.
responsibilities between the running
of the Board and the running of the
business, and the Board has identified
certain ‘reserved matters’ that
only it can approve. Other matters,
responsibilities and authorities have
been delegated as appropriate,
and there are relevant policies and
processes in place for the Board to
function effectively and efficiently.
Delivering
Effectiveness
Through a
Balanced Board
Composition,
Succession and
Evaluation
Description
A comprehensive and tailored
induction programme is in place for
new Directors joining the Board. The
induction programme facilitates their
understanding of the Group and the key
drivers of the Group’s performance.
A rigorous, effective and transparent
appointment process is in place, which,
together with the effective succession
plans, promotes diversity of gender,
social and ethnic backgrounds,
cognitive and personal strengths.
Enabling Reporting
Integrity and an
Effective Controls
Environment
Ensuring Alignment
with the Successful
Delivery of Our
Long-Term Strategy
Audit Risk and
Internal Control
Remuneration
Description
The Board has established formal and
transparent policies and procedures
to ensure the independence and
effectiveness of both internal and
external audit functions. The Board
satisfies itself on the integrity of
financial and narrative statements.
The Board presents a fair, balanced
and understandable assessment of the
Group’s position and prospects.
The Board has established procedures
to manage risk, oversee the internal
control framework and determine the
nature and extent of the principal risks
of the Group.
Description
The Company has designed the
remuneration policies and practices
to support strategy and promote
long-term sustainable success. The
Executive remuneration is aligned to the
interests of our shareholders and to the
Company’s purpose and values and is
clearly linked to the successful delivery
of our long-term strategy.
There is a formal and transparent
procedure for developing Executive
remuneration policy and determining
Director and senior management
remuneration.
Directors are able to exercise
independent judgement and discretion
when authorising remuneration
outcomes, taking into account
Company and individual performance
and wider circumstances.
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more
Read more on Our Strategy on
Read more on Board Composition
pages 32 to 39
on pages 88 and 110
Read more on Culture on pages
102 to 104
Read more on the Division of
Responsibilities on pages 110 to 113
Read more on Risk Management
on pages 66 to 78
Read more on Matters Reserved
for the Board on page 110
Read more on Board Appointments
and Induction on page 119
Read more on the Audit
Committee on pages 124 to 129
Read more on Directors’
Remuneration on pages 130 to 149
Read more on Board Evaluation
on page 116
Read more on Risk Management
on pages 66 to 78
Read more on Risk Management
and Internal Control on page 117
95
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Promoting Long-Term Sustainable Success of the Company
Addressing Opportunities
and Risks to the Future
Success of the Business
The Board’s primary role is to ensure
the long-term success of the Group,
by delivering sustainable value for
all its stakeholders. The Board has
responsibility for setting the Group’s
strategy and monitoring its execution,
for ensuring the implementation of a
robust risk management framework, and
for overseeing financial and operational
performance. These responsibilities
are supported by the Group’s culture
and values, designed to drive the right
behaviours and by a strong corporate
governance framework.
The Sustainability of
our Business Model
Our current strategy was launched
in September 2018, built around our
purpose to ‘Inspire and Support a
Lifetime of motoring and cycling’.
Through formal Board meetings and
regular engagement with the Executive
Team, the Board continues to oversee
the implementation of this strategy to
ensure it remains fit for purpose, thus
providing the Group with a sustainably
differentiated business model. Further
details of our strategy and business
model are provided on pages 32 to 39.
How the Board Contributes
to the Delivery of Halfords’
Strategy
These values are critical in driving the
right behaviours and for underpinning
the culture of the Group.
Our purpose is to Inspire and Support a Lifetime of motoring and cycling
The successful implementation of our strategy is critical to the delivery of the Group’s purpose
and is underpinned by the values and behaviours that shape our culture and the way
we conduct our business.
OUR PURPOSE
To Inspire and Support a Lifetime
of motoring and cycling
OUR VISION
The super-specialist in motoring and cycling, trusted
by the nation
OUR MISSION
1. Make motoring easier, safer and more enjoyable for everyone.
2. Get more people cycling, more frequently.
Our Strategic Priorities
Inspire
Support
Inspire our customers through a
differentiated, super-specialist
shopping experience
Support our customers through
an integrated, unique and more
convenient services offer
Lifetime
Enable a lifetime of
motoring and cycling
Culture
A team inspired and motivated to drive towards delivering our Goals, Mission,
Vision and Purpose who live and breathe our brand values and represent the very best
of what we offer as a business to our customers.
Our Values
one halfords family
With togetherness and teamwork we
have strength and compassion
wow our customers
We put customers first and are
obsessed with meeting their needs
be better every day
We act and behave as
market leaders
pride in expertise
We continually develop our skills to
deliver market-leading services
Our approach to ESG
Enabling better decision making everyday.
96
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
How we are working towards our vision: being a super-specialist
in motoring and cycling, trusted by the nation
Dynamic to the
Market Needs
Engagement with
our Stakeholders
Our Group operates in
markets in which customer
needs and expectations are
ever-changing. We need to
be able to evaluate external
trends so that we can make
the best strategic choices.
Skills our Board has
Retail industry-specific knowledge in
relation to both our core businesses and in
those areas of increased focus under our
strategy (i.e. motoring services and offering
financial products that provide more
convenient ways for customers to pay).
Board members
• Keith Williams
• Helen Jones
• Jill Caseberry
• Tom Singer
Commitment to
Delivering Financial
Value
Commitment to
delivering financial
value to shareholders.
Skills our Board has
Experience in setting and delivering
financial KPIs in challenging retail and
services markets.
Board members
• Keith Williams
• Helen Jones
• Jill Caseberry
• Tom Singer
Engagement with our
stakeholders to maintain trust
and enhance understanding of
our business.
Skills our Board has
Experience in stakeholder engagement
activities, such as our Employee Voice
initiative and shareholder consultation in
relation to our Remuneration Policy.
Board members
• Keith Williams
• Helen Jones
• Jill Caseberry
• Tom Singer
Sustainable
Operations
Commitment to operating in a
responsible way so that we are
a Company that people want
to work for and invest in.
Skills our Board has
Experience of the setting and delivery of
ESG commitments, including recycling,
energy usage and sustainable electric
cars and bikes.
Board members
• Keith Williams
• Helen Jones
• Jill Caseberry
• Tom Singer
t
s
i
l
i
a
c
e
p
S
-
r
e
p
u
S
97
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”)
We recognise the importance of managing and mitigating our impact on the environment as well as the risks and opportunities we are
faced with from a changing climate. We have published our first climate-related disclosure in line with the requirements set out by the
TCFD, see pages 68 to 71, where we report our approach to climate-related governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and
targets, detailing how scenario analysis has helped to inform our approach.
98
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEHow the Board Operates
The Board and its Committees have a scheduled forward programme of meetings. This ensures that sufficient time is allocated to
each relevant discussion and activity and the Board’s time is used effectively.
The table below shows the attendance of Directors at the Board and Committee meetings held during the year. In addition to those
scheduled meetings, unscheduled Board and Committee meetings were convened throughout the year as and when the need arose.
An additional Board call was held during the period to discuss the capital structure approval as part of the acquisition of Axle Group
Holdings Limited (“National”) in December 2021. During the year, the Board also held strategy sessions during the Board meetings to
review and refresh the Company’s strategic direction.
Board member
Executive Directors
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
Non-Executive Directors
Keith Williams
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Board
scheduled: 12
Audit Committee
scheduled: 4
Remuneration
Committee
scheduled: 5
Nomination
Committee
scheduled: 3
ESG Committee
scheduled: 2
12 12
12 12
12 12
12 12
12 12
12 12
N/A
N/A
N/A
4
4
4
4
4
4
N/A
N/A
N/A
5
5
5
5
5
5
N/A
N/A
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
2
2
2
2
2
Meetings attended
Possible meetings
Other members of the Executive Team and professional advisors attended Board meetings by invitation as appropriate throughout the year.
At each Board meeting, the Chief Executive Officer delivers a high-level update on the business, and the Board considers specific reports,
reviews business and financial performance, as well as key initiatives, risks and governance. In addition, throughout the year the Executive
Team and other colleagues deliver presentations to the Board on proposed initiatives and progress on projects.
Case Study
Board in Action
Our colleagues are our greatest asset,
and a focus on colleague engagement
across the Group is one of our key
priorities every year.
To ensure that we capture feedback from
every part of the business, a comprehensive
programme of listening groups is in place,
bringing together colleagues from across
the Group with senior leaders, to discuss
how we can make Halfords an even better
place to work.
These forums encourage debate around
what’s going well, what’s on colleagues’
minds, ideas and solutions colleagues
may have developed in their role or
part of the business, and sharing best
practice from across other parts of the
retail and garage industry.
Listening Groups are attended by
regional and divisional managers,
members of our senior leadership team,
and our Executive team. Non-Executive
Director and Employee Voice Director,
Helen Jones, also attends Listening
Groups across a diverse cross-section of
the business.
The feedback captured is then used to
identify common Group-wide themes,
issues specific to certain business areas,
and ideas which can be scaled up and
form part of our ongoing colleague
engagement plan.
99
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Board Activities in FY22
Main Areas:
Strategy
Governance
Board Matters
• Received updates on FY22 key
strategic initiatives and operational
highlights.
• Received regular updates from the
Chairs of the Remuneration, Audit,
Nomination and ESG Committees.
• Reviewed the succession plans for
the Board and the restructure of the
senior management team.
• Discussed and reviewed updates on
the acquisition strategy and M&A
activities.
• Received an update on Group
Strategy and Budget.
• Received an update on the Tredz
Strategy and an update on the
Transformation milestone plan.
• Discussed and reviewed a presentation
on external competitive benchmarking.
• Discussed the integration plan
for National and agreed the
required capex.
• Discussed and reviewed the long-term
recruitment and retention strategy.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Financial and Risk
Management
• Reviewed monthly business reviews
and trading performance.
• Reviewed and approved the
prelim, interim and trading update
approaches and announcements.
• Reviewed updates on banking
arrangements, liquidity, cash control,
treasury matters and currency
hedging.
• Reviewed and approved the FY21
Group Viability Statement.
• Received an update on the Group
legal entity reduction project.
• Reviewed and approved the FY22
budget and forecast.
• Reviewed the FY23 stress test.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
100
• Reviewed and approved the FY21
• Reviewed the Board and
Annual Report.
• Reviewed and approved the
Directors’ Conflicts of Interests
Register, Group policies, the Group
Risk Register and the roles of the
Chair, the Chief Executive Officer
and Senior Independent Director.
• Reviewed and approved the
proposal to engage an external third-
party whistleblowing helpline.
• Discussed and reviewed the Group’s
ESG targets and disclosures.
• Discussed the joining arrangements
of the new Chief Financial Officer.
• Received regular corporate
governance updates.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Commercial Matters
• Received updates on the process
for, and approval of, the annual
renewal of the Group’s insurance
policies.
• Reviewed and approved a number
of large commercial contracts
and spend.
• Discussed, managed and mitigated
the risks presented by the COVID-19
pandemic.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Committees’ programme and
forthcoming meeting schedule.
• Received updates from the
Nomination Committee on the
progress of the search for a new
Chief Financial Officer.
• Discussed and agreed the scope of
the internal FY22 Board evaluation.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Shareholder and
Stakeholder Relations
• Reviewed results of colleague
engagement surveys and the launch
of the new Company Values.
• Discussed and approved colleague
health and wellbeing programmes.
• Reminder to Directors of their
obligations under Section 172 of
the Companies Act 2006.
• Reviewed monthly investor relations
reports and annual shareholder body
reports.
• Reviewed and approved the 2021
Notice of the Annual General
Meeting and the arrangements for
the 2021 Annual General Meeting.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE
Key to stakeholders:
Colleagues
Investors
Communities
Media
Customers
Suppliers
Environment
Government
Key to strategy:
1 Inspire
2 Support
3 Lifetime
Board Priorities for FY23:
Main Areas:
Strategy
Governance
Board Matters
• Review the annual strategy
• Receive regular updates from the
• Review succession plans
refresh and associated financial
business plan.
Chairs of the Remuneration, Audit,
Nomination and ESG Committees.
for the Board and the Senior
Management Team.
• Review any potential M&A
• Review and approve the FY22
• Review the Board and Committees’
opportunities.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Annual Report.
• Review and approve the Directors’
programme and forthcoming
meeting schedule.
Conflicts of Interests Register, Group
policies, the Group Risk Register and
the roles of the Chair, CEO and SID.
• Discuss the outcome of the FY22
Board evaluation and agree the
scope of the FY23 Board evaluation.
• Continue the process to ensure that
the composition of the Board is
compliant with the Parker Review.
Link to Stakeholder
• Review the Board programme of
visits.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
Financial and Risk
Management
Commercial Matters
Shareholder and
Stakeholder Relations
• Review monthly business reviews
• Review commercial matters brought
• Review colleague engagement
and trading performance.
• Review and approve trading update
approaches and announcements.
• Review and approve the dividend
policy and any dividend payments.
• Review and approve the FY23
updated forecast, the FY24 budget,
banking arrangements and the
debt/hedging strategy.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
to the Board for attention and
potential approval.
survey results and the progress on
the health and wellbeing programme.
• Discuss and review deep dives on
• Focus on ESG agenda, particularly
the supply chain, on commercial
margin, on garage capacity and the
roll-out of selling training and tools
across the estate.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
environmental issues.
• Reminder to Directors of their
obligations under Section 172 of
the Companies Act 2006.
• Review monthly investor relations
reports and annual shareholder body
reports.
• Review and approve the 2022 Notice
of the Annual General Meeting.
Link to Stakeholder
Link to Strategy
1 2 3
101
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Our Board has made progress against
monitoring culture in the past year
Our Culture Journey
The Board recognises the importance
of its role in ensuring the culture of the
organisation is aligned to its business
strategy and ambition to become a customer
led, market-leading services business. In
support of this, a full cultural review was
completed in early 2021 which resulted in
the refresh of colleague values with several
activities undertaken to embed the values.
Our Colleague Engagement Survey in April
2021 told us that over 90% of colleagues
know and feel aligned with our values.
During FY22 we created a One Halfords
team approach and united all parts of the
business, including new acquisitions.
We know that we will only be successful in
wowing our customers through engaging
the hearts and minds of our colleagues,
compelling them to work together, as
One Halfords Family, to continuously
develop and deliver expertise to meet
the customers’ needs. The values and
behaviour framework defines how we
expect colleagues across the business
to role model our values as they progress
their careers with us – from joining as a
colleague, to leading others, leading teams,
and ultimately leading the business.
Well established technical skills training
complements this framework by providing
the technical knowledge to support the
delivery of our market leading services.
During FY22 we invested heavily in
technical skills training and increased skills
from 16,000 to 40,000 additional skills.
We continued to embed our values. The
roll out saw all colleagues across the
Group attend leader-led workshops. These
workshops were followed by the launch of
a series of initiatives designed to both fully
embed our values and to recognise and
reward our values in action, as referenced in
the plan that we shared with you last year.
A refreshed Group induction programme
was launched in April 2022. This has
been designed to ensure all colleagues
have a warm welcome to Halfords and
Culture and Values
Create a ‘One Halfords’ performance culture where colleagues enjoy working efficiently and effectively together using
their skills and expertise to win the hearts and minds of our customers.
Values
Behaviours
Plan
Do
Act
Check
Work with colleagues across all
areas of the business, to define the
appropriate values and behaviours
for our Group as a whole, that
will underpin our forward strategy
and build on the language of our
purpose and create beliefs that are
active and give all our colleagues
clear direction.
Customers
• Will have a joined-up
experience wherever they
shop across the Group
Create a leader-led roll out plan
that will introduce all colleagues
across the Group to the refreshed
values which will shape our culture
and offer all colleagues clarity and
a sense of belonging as part of the
One Halfords Family.
Integrate our newly defined
values into the performance
management framework and
appropriate elements of the
colleague lifecycle.
Colleagues
• Engaged colleagues will
work together and use their
skills and expertise to deliver
an excellent and efficient
customer experience
Shareholders
• Will benefit from our financial
commitments, through the
generation of additional
profitable sales and a
reduction in costs
l
s
a
o
G
s
t
n
e
m
e
v
e
h
c
A
y
e
K
i
s
e
m
o
c
t
u
O
102
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE
can immediately see our values living and
breathing through a number of values-led
activities. All new colleagues are introduced
to our values as part of their induction,
we also now review annual performance
against the values, and colleagues are
assessed against the behaviours that
underpin each value. To further support
embedding our values, we have introduced
a recognition programme which recognises
our “Colleague of the Quarter”. We received
over 800 nominations throughout the year,
over 50 colleagues were recognised as a
“Colleague of the Quarter” and at the end of
FY22, three colleagues were recognised as
“Colleague of the Year”.
As a truly amazing place to work, we
recognise that some of our colleagues may,
at times, unfortunately have to deal with
difficult personal issues and/or financial
difficulties. We are committed to supporting
colleagues through difficult times to help them
move through the challenges they face and
return to normality as quickly as possible.
The Halfords “Here to Help” Fund has been
set up by the Halfords Group to enable us
to provide grants to colleagues who suffer
significant financial hardship or who find
themselves at risk of significant financial
hardship. Colleagues who are eligible can
apply to the Halfords “Here to Help” fund
for a grant to support them through their
H1
situation. We really care about the wellbeing
of our colleagues and believe this intervention
supports our wellbeing strategy.
We have also launched Wagestream, which
is a financial benefit App that gives our
colleagues greater control over their pay
and can help educate on better money
management. The App has four modules,
these are:
• Track – gives colleagues visibility of
earnt wages in real time and supports
personal finance management;
• Stream – allows colleagues to have
early access to earnt wages through
the month. Streaming is capped at
30% of wages earnt that month, which
helps them to absorb a financial shock
without getting into debt;
• Learn – access to a trusted and
impartial financial education hub, to
help build money confidence. Delivering
a range of bite-sized topics, to enable
colleagues to be in a better position
to engage with their finances and start
planning for their future; and
• Save – encouraging colleagues to
build an emergency or rainy-day fund.
Colleagues can choose to contribute a
set amount each month, with no penalties
for accessing or pausing contributions.
In FY23, we will be designing leadership
capability programmes for all. These
programmes are designed to ensure that
all our managers and leaders are immersed
immediately into an experience that clearly
sets out ‘how to be a great Halfords
manager and leader’ and how we live
and breathe our values and leadership
behaviours through strong communication
and team management. The programme is
also intended to provide the opportunity to
further practice and enhance these skills.
Initiatives to embed the values included
integrating our values and behaviours into
our performance review framework, so
ensuring a link to pay and reward; as well
as the introduction of a values recognition
scheme which recognises and rewards
colleagues that role model our values.
Under the scheme, 800 nominations were
received throughout FY22. The success of
the roll out can be measured through data
collected in our most recent engagement
survey, in which 90% of colleagues
confirmed they “know what Halfords
values are.”
This activity was undertaken as part of
a broader programme of engagement
initiatives, which are referenced in the
section below.
• Roll out of the values and behaviour framework to all
• Halfords launched the Wagestream App.
colleagues across the Group commenced.
• Annual pay review for all hourly colleagues
completed.
• Full annual colleague engagement survey conducted.
•
“Supporting colleagues to feel safe and engaged,
putting One Halfords Family at the heart of
everything we do” is positioned as one of our top
three business priorities and discussed weekly in
colleague huddles.
2
2
Y
F
H2
• Group-wide intranet was launched to all colleagues.
• Colleague of the Year launched – values recognition.
• Bonusable engagement targets set for Executive
Directors and the Executive Committee and approved
by the Board.
• Listening groups recommenced across all areas of
• Selected a national charity partner, as part of
the business.
colleague nomination process.
• Mental Health First Aider training rolled out.
• Launched four Colleague Network groups.
• Wellbeing toolkit launched to all managers.
• First “Colleague of the Year” winner announced and
• Annual pay review for all management colleagues
received a prize of £5,000.
across the Group.
103
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Workforce Engagement
Halfords has a long established practice of
inviting feedback from colleagues across
all areas of the business, including holding
regular listening groups, appointing and
meeting with local colleague engagement
(“people”) champions, and conducting
regular colleague surveys.
The People Champions hold meetings to
gauge how colleagues are feeling which
informs the programme of engagement and
wellbeing activities. During the course of
the year, People Champions were invited to
provide input into broader business initiatives,
including ESG and reward practice, to gain an
understanding of corporate governance and
executive remuneration.
To support colleague communications,
a Group-wide intranet was launched
during FY22. This site has a dedicated
wellbeing hub with useful tools and links
for colleagues to access. Colleagues also
have access to Mental Health First Aiders.
We rolled out Mental Health training to
managers to be better placed to support
their colleagues. The intranet is a one stop
shop for access to benefits and high street
discounts, further supporting financial
wellbeing. Over 3,000 colleagues are
enrolled on the Wagestream App, allowing
them to have early access to their earnings,
to better control their finances and to tap
into financial education information.
In addition to the above, the Group has long
established grievance and whistleblowing
policies that facilitate colleagues’ ability
to raise any matters of concern more
formally, and in total confidence, should
the need arise. The Board reviews reports
relating to whistleblowing cases and the
process is outlined in the Audit Committee
Report on page 129. We know from the
calls received and the data obtained that
a large proportion of the whistleblowing
calls received via the helpline are from store
colleagues seeking clarification on HR or
safety issues, this shows that the process
works well as an adjunct to our normal HR
processes and ensures we provide the best
support we can to our colleagues.
The table on page 102 outlines the key
culture, values and engagement activities
undertaken this year:
Monitoring Culture
The Board monitors culture on an ongoing
basis, both formally and informally, through
the outputs of colleague engagement
surveys, and through regular listening
groups that are held across all areas of the
business.
Helen Jones, the Senior Independent
Director, with accountability for representing
the voice of our colleagues in Board
meetings, personally attends many of the
listening groups held, alongside other Board
and Executive colleagues.
Survey and listening group outputs and
associated actions are regularly reviewed
by the Board and are incorporated into
Executive Directors’ and Executive
Committee functional engagement plans.
As in prior years, colleague engagement
remains a bonusable objective for this
population.
Our more holistic review of the culture of the
business told us that Halfords is a great,
collaborative place to work, is engaging and
is values led with knowledgeable friendly
colleagues that go the extra mile to serve
our customers. Our most recent survey
confirmed that this remains the case today
with our colleague engagement index
at 81%, which means our engagement
index remains in the upper quartile when
compared with other benchmarks.
Engagement with
Our Stakeholders
We understand the importance of
engagement with all our stakeholders. It is
of significant value to our decision-making
and planning processes and, ultimately, the
long-term success of the business.
Read more about How We Engage
With Stakeholders on pages 26 to 29.
Section 172(1) Statement
The Chair leads the Board which is
collectively responsible for the long-term
success of the Company. The Chair’s role is
to ensure that the Board contains the right
balance of skills, diversity and experience,
to set the strategy of the Company and
oversee the successful execution of it by
the business.
A key element of business success is having
good corporate governance. Halfords
has effective frameworks and practices to
ensure that high standards of governance,
as well as good values and behaviours, are
consistently applied throughout the Group.
The Board considers these as being critical
factors for the integrity of the business
and in helping to maintain the trust of all
stakeholders in Halfords.
Read our Section 172(1) Statement
on pages 28 to 29.
104
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEBoard Listening Approach
Non-Executive Director Employee Voice
Virtual focus groups
What This Channel Brings
• Provides a forum for colleagues to express their views, suggestions
or concerns to ensure they are heard and acted upon where possible.
Insights and feedback from colleagues employed in different parts of the
Group focused on a particular topic such as communication, wellbeing
or engagement.
•
Colleague engagement survey
• Measures how engaged colleagues are and how they feel about working
Blogs and written communications
at Halfords. The insights are used to identify priority areas and drive actions
to improve these measures.
• Connects colleagues across all areas of the Group with our Halfords’
strategy by sharing updates from senior leaders on the latest business
performance, transformation activity, strategic commercial and customer
experience initiatives as well as colleague engagement activity.
Stakeholder Management
The Board understands the importance of
strong relationships with all stakeholders
and strongly values their input into
its decision-making and planning
processes. The Board seeks to ensure
that engagement with our stakeholders
is effective, either by engaging directly
or through oversight of the management
team. This includes the monitoring of KPIs,
such as Customer Net Promoter Score and
Colleague Engagement Index. Furthermore,
the Board ensured that stakeholder
interests were carefully considered in the
Company’s recent sustainability strategy
review, playing a key role in determining our
key focus areas for the years ahead.
Directors’ and their Other
Interests
Details of the Directors’ service contracts,
and emoluments, as well as the interests
of the Directors and their immediate
families in the share capital of the Company
and options to subscribe for Company
shares, are shown in the annual Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149.
In line with the requirement of the
Companies Act 2006, each Director has
notified the Company of any situation
in which he or she has, or could have, a
direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or
possibly may conflict, with the interests of
the Company (a situational conflict), and
a register of these is maintained by the
Company Secretary.
All Directors are aware of the need to
consult with the Company Secretary should
any possible situational conflict arise, so
that prior consideration can be given by the
Board as to whether or not such conflict will
be approved.
Concerns
The Chair seeks to resolve any concerns
raised by the Board, whether these arise in
a Board meeting or in another forum. Where
raised and unresolved in a Board meeting,
the unresolved business can be recorded
on behalf of a Director in the minutes of
the relevant meeting. A resigning Non-
Executive Director would also be able to
raise any concerns in a written letter to the
Chair, who would bring such concerns to
the attention of the Board.
No such concerns have been raised
throughout the period.
105
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
Stakeholder Engagement
Key Themes Discussed with
Shareholders in FY22
• Resilience of the business and mitigating actions in
response to the global COVID-19 pandemic and its ongoing
implications on the global supply chain.
• Progress on our strategy, “To Inspire and Support a
Lifetime of motoring and cycling”, including our intention to
accelerate investment in our Services and B2B businesses.
• The dynamics of the motoring and cycling markets,
including our growth opportunities, short and longer-term
trends given the significant disruption of the last two years,
and relative financial returns from each segment.
• Risk and opportunities caused by macroeconomic trends
or legislation such as Government spending on cycling
infrastructure or the ban on combustion engines from 2030.
• Capital allocation priorities, specifically the balance of
maintaining a prudent balance sheet, maintaining the
dividend and enabling investment for growth.
• Gross and operating margin performance.
The Chair is responsible for ensuring that appropriate channels
of communication are established between Directors and
shareholders and that Directors are aware of any issues
or concerns that major shareholders may have. Regular
engagement provides investors with an opportunity to discuss
any areas of interest and raise concerns. The Group is eager to
make sure that it understands shareholders’ views and that it is
able to communicate its strategy in the most effective way. The
Group engages through regular communications, the Annual
General Meeting and other investor relations activity (such as
the investor perception study).
Investor Relations
Programme
The Group has a comprehensive investor relations (“IR”)
programme through which the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and the Corporate Finance Director regularly
engage with the Company’s largest shareholders on a one-to-
one basis, to discuss strategic issues and give presentations
on the Group’s results. Further communication is achieved
through the Annual Report and Accounts, corporate website and
investor meetings as follows:
• Annual Report and Accounts – this is the most significant
communication tool, ensuring that investors are kept fully
informed regarding Group developments. Management
continually strives to produce a clear and easily accessible
Annual Report and Accounts, which provides a complete
and transparent picture;
• The corporate website – provides investors with timely
information on the Group’s performance as well as details of
Environmental, Social and Governance activities;
• Management roadshows – allow key investors access
to management. These are usually attended by the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the
Corporate Finance Director; and
• Responding promptly – the Group is committed to
responding to any investor-related queries within a short
time frame.
106
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
halfords.annualreport2022.com
107
Corporate Governance Report
Board Leadership and Company Purpose
The Board is committed to ensuring
colleagues have a forum where
their views, suggestions or
concerns will be heard.
Helen Jones
Senior Independent Director
Employee Voice Director
Workforce Engagement
at a Glance
3
Colleague of the Year
winners announced
4
Colleague Network
groups launched
Q&A with our Employee
Voice Director, Helen Jones
Q. How do you ensure
the employee voice is
heard on the Board?
A. I was nominated by the Board to be
the representative for colleagues back
in 2018. Since then, I’ve attended many
listening groups across the business, both
in person and more recently via virtual
sessions. The Board is committed to
ensuring colleagues have a forum where
their views, suggestions or concerns will
be heard, so I provide that link. This is a
responsibility I take very seriously, and I
always encourage colleagues to be open
and honest when providing their feedback.
In addition to these listening groups, the
Company conducts an annual Colleague
Engagement Survey which also provides a
wealth of valuable insight and data. During
FY22, I attended over 20 listening sessions
across Retail, Halfords Autocentres, Tredz,
Halfords Mobile Expert and the Support
Centre. I also visited a number of stores
throughout the year, both independently
and with members of the Senior Leadership
team. I continue to report to the Board
quarterly, highlighting the key themes,
including what’s working well for colleagues
but also, importantly, those of concern
which the Company should address. The
work with our Colleague Engagement
Champions on pay reporting to ensure
they have a good understanding of our
approach to reward at Halfords is ongoing.
The People team also invite colleagues
to comment on what we might consider
when developing future pay policies for
Executives and colleagues across the
Group.
108
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEQ. How do you share
outcomes with the
wider employee base?
A. All feedback from listening groups
is captured in writing and then shared
with attendees. The information is
logged centrally and ‘You Said, We Did’
communications are shared across the
Halfords Group through the various
platforms. Subsequent listening groups
report on actions taken as a result of the
feedback and I’m aware that colleagues
really appreciate these sessions and value
the opportunity to share their views in a
safe space.
Q. What areas does
the Board want to
focus on in future?
A. The Group continues to expand its
garage services business and expertise
across motoring and cycling. The ambitious
ESG agenda is now gaining traction with a
clear plan in place to achieve our net zero
targets. In addition, we continue to promote
diversity and inclusion across the Group
and are working to further strengthen our
succession plans and talent pipeline. As
we continue to emphasise our specialist
credentials, ensuring we provide the
appropriate skills training to colleagues
and therefore exceptional levels of expert
service to our customers, remains a priority.
Q. For you, what were
the key highlights
this year?
A. The positive sentiment expressed
towards the Company and in particular the
prospects for colleagues, given our focus
on multi-skills training. The opportunity to
develop and progress as we strengthen
our expertise in services was noted by
colleagues along with our investment
in systems, enabling them to serve our
customers more effectively and efficiently.
The team spirit is evident across the Group
and colleagues feel well supported despite
the many challenges faced during, and
as a result of the pandemic. The impact
on families has, in some instances, taken
its toll and we’re mindful to ensure our
colleagues’ health and wellbeing are
prioritised. Whilst there will always be
issues which need to be brought to the
Board’s attention and addressed, I was
struck this year by the overwhelming sense
of pride our colleagues feel for Halfords
as we progress towards a market-leading,
digitally enabled services business.
109
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Division of Responsibilities
Board Independence
The Non-Executive Directors bring wide
and varied experience to the Board and its
Committees. The Code recommends that at
least half of the Board of Directors, excluding
the Chair, should comprise Non-Executive
Directors, who are determined by the
Board to be independent and are free from
relationships or circumstances which may
affect or could appear to affect the Non-
Executive Director’s judgement. Following
a review, the Board considers Helen
Jones, Jill Caseberry and Tom Singer to be
independent in character and judgement.
The Chair, Keith Williams was considered
independent upon his appointment.
Re-election and Election
In compliance with the Code and the
Company’s Articles of Association, as at
15 June 2022, the following Directors will
seek re-election at the 2022 Annual General
Meeting (“AGM”) on 7 September 2022:
Keith Williams, Helen Jones, Jill Caseberry,
Tom Singer and Graham Stapleton.
Jo Hartley, having been appointed on
16 June 2022, will seek election for the
first time at the 2022 AGM.
Board Key Responsibilities
The Board is collectively responsible for
the long-term success of the Company and
is committed to ensuring that it provides
leadership to the business as a whole,
having regard to the interests and views of
its shareholders and other stakeholders. It
provides leadership and direction on the
Company’s culture, values and purpose;
sets the strategic direction; agrees the risk
framework and ensures these are managed
effectively. The Board is accountable
to shareholders for the financial and
operational performance of the Group.
Details of the Group’s business model and
strategy can be found on pages 32 to 39.
A complete list of Matters Reserved
for the Board is available on
the Company’s website www.
halfordscompany.com/environmental-
social-and-governance/governance/
matters-reserved-for-the-board
Division of Responsibilities
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive
Officer are separate and clearly defined,
with the division of responsibilities set out
in writing and agreed by the Board.
The Chair is responsible for effective
leadership, operation and governance
of the Board and its Committees. He
ensures effective communication with
shareholders, facilitates the contribution of
the Non-Executive Directors and ensures
constructive relations between Executive
and Non-Executive Directors.
The Chief Executive Officer is responsible
for the management of the Group’s
business and for implementing the Group’s
strategy.
The Directors, together, act in the best
interests of the Company via the Board and
its Committees, devoting sufficient time
and consideration as necessary to fulfil
their duties. Each Director brings different
skills, experience and knowledge to the
Company, with the Non-Executive Directors
additionally bringing independent thought
and judgement. This combination seeks to
ensure that no individual or group unduly
restricts or controls decision-making.
A formal schedule of matters reserved
for the Board is in place and is annually
reviewed as referred to above.
To discharge these responsibilities
effectively, the Board has a system of
delegated authorities, which enables
the effective day-to-day operation of the
business and ensures that significant
matters are brought to the attention of
management and the Board as appropriate.
It is through this system that the Board is
able to provide oversight and direction to
the Executive Directors, the Executive Team
and the wider business.
Matters specifically reserved for the
Board include: strategy and management;
corporate structure and capital; investor
relations; audit, financial reporting and
controls; nominations to the Board;
Executive remuneration and certain material
contracts.
Board Composition
At the date of this report, the Board of
Directors comprised of six members,
namely the Non-Executive Chair, three other
Non-Executive Directors and two Executive
Directors. The composition of the Board is
set out on page 88, and the biographies of
each Director, including any other business
commitments, are available on pages 82 to
83. The Board believes it has an appropriate
balance of Executive and independent
Non-Executive Directors, having regard to
the size and nature of the business. The
Board is responsible for the long-term
success of the Company and is committed
to ensuring that it provides leadership to the
business as a whole, having regard to the
interests and views of its shareholders and
other stakeholders. It is also responsible
for setting the Group’s strategy, values and
standards. Details of the Group’s business
model and strategy can be found on pages
32 to 39.
Chair 1
Executive Directors 2
Non-Executive Directors 3
Board Changes
In October 2021 it was announced that
Jo Hartley would be joining the business
in mid-April 2022, replacing Loraine
Woodhouse who announced her intention
to retire from a full-time plc. In order to
ensure a smooth transition, Loraine will
remain in post until 16 June 2022 at which
point she will step down from her role and
pass her responsibilities to Jo. Loraine will
leave the business on 1 July 2022.
110
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDirector Tenure and Board Succession
Succession planning for the Board is monitored regularly and in particular is considered in
detail during the annual evaluation of the Board performance as described on page 116.
Details of the tenure for all Board members are as follows:
Keith Williams
Jill Caseberry
3 years, 10 months, 15 days
3 years, 3 months, 15 days
Helen Jones
8 years, 3 months, 15 days
Graham Stapleton
4 years, 5 months, 15 days
Loraine Woodhouse
3 years, 7 months, 15 days
Tom Singer
1 years, 9 months, 15 days
3
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
4
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
5
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
6
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
7
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
8
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
9
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
0
2
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
1
2
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
2
2
0
2
l
i
r
p
A
1
Board Committees
The Board’s principal Committees are
the Audit Committee, the Nomination
Committee, the Remuneration Committee
and the Environmental, Social and
Governance (“ESG”) Committee. Each
Committee has its own Terms of Reference
which are approved and regularly reviewed
by the Board.
On the following pages each Committee
Chair reports how the Committee they chair
discharged its responsibilities in FY22 and
the material matters that were considered.
Following a Committee meeting, the
relevant Committee Chair provides a report
to the Board. Whilst not entitled to attend,
professional advisors and members of
senior management attend when invited
to do so, as do those Directors who are
not formally a member of the relevant
Committee. The external Auditor attends
Audit Committee meetings by invitation. No
person is present at Nomination Committee
or Remuneration Committee meetings
during discussions pertinent to them. The
Company Secretary acts as the secretary to
the principal Committees.
Matters which require Board approval
between scheduled Board meetings can
be approved by a Board Committee, which
consists of a minimum of two Directors.
There were no Board Committee meetings
held during the period.
The final wording of market announcements
is approved prior to release by a Disclosure
Committee which is made up of a minimum
of two Directors. Six Disclosure Committee
meetings were held during the period.
At Executive level, the day-to-day
investment decisions of the Group are
approved by an Investment Committee,
chaired by the Chief Financial Officer.
Similarly, the treasury needs of the Group
are managed by the Treasury Committee,
chaired by the Chief Financial Officer;
the other members of these Executive
committees are senior members of the
Finance and Treasury teams.
The Board may establish other ad hoc
committees of the Board to consider
specific issues from time to time. During
the year, the Finance Risk Committee was
established, the purpose of which is to
progress governance over areas of financial
crime exposure concerning HMRC and
FCA, as well as anti-fraud measures and
existing policy areas such as Anti Money
Laundering.
111
OUR GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report
Division of Responsibilities
Halfords Group plc Board of Directors
Nomination Committee
Chair
Key Objectives
To ensure that the Board has the balanced skills, knowledge and experience to be effective in discharging its
responsibilities and to have oversight of all governance matters.
Main Responsibilities
Making appropriate recommendations to maintain the balance of skills and experience of the Board by:
•
•
•
considering the size, structure and composition of the Board;
considering Board and Executive Team succession plans with a commitment to improving gender and
ethnic diversity; and
identifying and making recommendations to the Board on potential Board candidates.
Audit Committee
Key Objectives
To provide effective governance over the Group’s financial reporting processes. This includes the internal audit
function and external Auditor. The Committee maintains oversight of the Group’s systems of internal controls
and risk management activities.
Main Responsibilities
• making recommendations to the Board on the appointment/removal of the external Auditor, and their terms of
engagement and fees;
reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including its annual and interim
reports and preliminary results announcements and any other formal announcement relating to its financial
performance, and recommending the same to the Board;
assisting the Board in achieving its obligations under the Code in areas of risk management and internal
control; and
focusing on compliance with legal requirements, whistleblowing, accounting standards and the Listing Rules.
•
•
•
Remuneration Committee
Key Objectives
To ensure that a Board policy exists for the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chair, Non-Executive
Directors, other Executive Directors and members of the executive management.
Main Responsibilities
•
•
•
recommending to the Board the total individual remuneration package of Executive Directors and members
of the executive management;
approving senior executive remuneration and oversight of remuneration matters generally;
recommending the design of the Company’s share incentive plans to the Board, approving any awards
to Executive Directors and other executive managers under those plans and defining any performance
conditions attached to those awards;
• determining the Chair’s fee, following a proposal from the Chief Executive Officer; and
• maintaining an active dialogue with institutional investors and shareholder representatives.
ESG Committee
Key Objectives
To ensure that the Company has an ESG strategy which is aligned with the Company’s strategy.
Main Responsibilities
• development of an ESG strategy including the setting of appropriate targets; and
• monitoring progress against key targets and initiatives.
Chair:
Keith Williams
Members:
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Chair:
Tom Singer
Members:
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Chair:
Jill Caseberry
Members:
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Chair:
Helen Jones
Members:
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Committee
Key Objectives
•
• develops the Group’s objectives and strategy for Board
responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company;
•
approval;
creates and recommends to the Board an annual budget and
financial plan;
• delivers the annual budget and plan and executes the agreed
•
Group strategy and other objectives;
identifies and executes new business opportunities and
potential acquisitions or disposals;
•
keeps the Chair informed on all important matters; and
• manages the Group’s risks in line with the Board-approved
risk profile.
Key Objectives
• oversees the creation of customer and commercial
strategy, approves marketing and digital creative,
monitors performance against the implementation of
the commercial plan, and approves investment against
strategy;
acts as the senior steering group for the Transformation
Programme, approving and monitoring significant
programme spend and monitoring programme risk;
• oversees the Group’s risk management framework,
•
providing assurance over risk mitigation and scanning the
horizon for emerging risk; and
approves all Group financial investment.
•
112
Key Responsibilities
• manages and provides leadership to the Board;
• builds an effective and complementary Board of Directors;
•
•
•
sets the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions;
facilitates and encourages active engagement in meetings,
promoting effective relationships and open communication;
ensures effective communication with shareholders and other
stakeholders;
•
•
•
•
ensures that the performance of individuals and of the Board as a
whole and of its Committees is evaluated at least once a year, and
the results are acted upon;
acts as an advisor to the Chief Executive Officer;
• meets with the Non-Executive Directors without Executive Directors
being present;
facilitates the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors; and
ensures constructive relations between Executive Directors and
Non-Executive Directors.
Senior Independent Director
Key Responsibilities
• provides a sounding board for the Chair;
•
•
holds meetings with the other Non-Executive Directors
without the Chair at least once a year to appraise the Chair’s
performance;
acts as an intermediary for the other Directors; and
•
is available to other Directors and shareholders in order to address
concerns that cannot be raised through the normal channels.
Non-Executive Directors
Key Responsibilities
•
evaluate and appraise the performance of Executive Directors
and Senior Management against agreed targets;
• participate in the development of the Group’s strategy;
• monitor the financial information, risk management and
• periodically visit Group sites, stores and Distribution Centres;
• meet together without the Executive Directors present;
• participate in a training programme, including store visits and
updates from management; and
•
formulate Executive Director remuneration and succession
controls processes of the Group to make sure that they are
planning.
sufficiently robust;
• meet regularly with senior management;
Employee Voice Director
Key Responsibilities
•
ensures colleague feedback is brought to the attention of the
Board to help shape and influence some of the decisions that
are taken.
Company Secretary
Key Responsibilities
• works closely with the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer
and Board Committee Chairs in setting the rolling calendar
of agenda items for the meetings of the Board and its
Committees;
•
ensures accurate, timely and appropriate information flows within
the Board, the Committees and between the Directors and Senior
Management; and
• provides advice on Board matters, legal and regulatory issues,
corporate governance, Listing Rules compliance and best practice.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEHalfords Group plc Board of Directors
Nomination Committee
Key Objectives
To ensure that the Board has the balanced skills, knowledge and experience to be effective in discharging its
responsibilities and to have oversight of all governance matters.
Main Responsibilities
Making appropriate recommendations to maintain the balance of skills and experience of the Board by:
considering the size, structure and composition of the Board;
considering Board and Executive Team succession plans with a commitment to improving gender and
ethnic diversity; and
identifying and making recommendations to the Board on potential Board candidates.
Audit Committee
Key Objectives
and risk management activities.
Main Responsibilities
engagement and fees;
To provide effective governance over the Group’s financial reporting processes. This includes the internal audit
function and external Auditor. The Committee maintains oversight of the Group’s systems of internal controls
• making recommendations to the Board on the appointment/removal of the external Auditor, and their terms of
reviewing and monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including its annual and interim
reports and preliminary results announcements and any other formal announcement relating to its financial
performance, and recommending the same to the Board;
assisting the Board in achieving its obligations under the Code in areas of risk management and internal
control; and
focusing on compliance with legal requirements, whistleblowing, accounting standards and the Listing Rules.
Remuneration Committee
Key Objectives
Main Responsibilities
of the executive management;
To ensure that a Board policy exists for the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chair, Non-Executive
Directors, other Executive Directors and members of the executive management.
recommending to the Board the total individual remuneration package of Executive Directors and members
approving senior executive remuneration and oversight of remuneration matters generally;
recommending the design of the Company’s share incentive plans to the Board, approving any awards
to Executive Directors and other executive managers under those plans and defining any performance
conditions attached to those awards;
• determining the Chair’s fee, following a proposal from the Chief Executive Officer; and
• maintaining an active dialogue with institutional investors and shareholder representatives.
ESG Committee
Key Objectives
Main Responsibilities
To ensure that the Company has an ESG strategy which is aligned with the Company’s strategy.
• development of an ESG strategy including the setting of appropriate targets; and
• monitoring progress against key targets and initiatives.
Chair:
Keith Williams
Members:
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Chair:
Tom Singer
Members:
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Chair:
Jill Caseberry
Members:
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Chair:
Helen Jones
Members:
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Key Objectives
approval;
financial plan;
responsible for the day-to-day management of the Company;
• develops the Group’s objectives and strategy for Board
creates and recommends to the Board an annual budget and
Key Objectives
• oversees the creation of customer and commercial
strategy, approves marketing and digital creative,
monitors performance against the implementation of
the commercial plan, and approves investment against
strategy;
• delivers the annual budget and plan and executes the agreed
•
acts as the senior steering group for the Transformation
Group strategy and other objectives;
identifies and executes new business opportunities and
potential acquisitions or disposals;
keeps the Chair informed on all important matters; and
• manages the Group’s risks in line with the Board-approved
risk profile.
Programme, approving and monitoring significant
programme spend and monitoring programme risk;
• oversees the Group’s risk management framework,
providing assurance over risk mitigation and scanning the
horizon for emerging risk; and
•
approves all Group financial investment.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chair
Key Responsibilities
• manages and provides leadership to the Board;
• builds an effective and complementary Board of Directors;
•
sets the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions;
•
facilitates and encourages active engagement in meetings,
promoting effective relationships and open communication;
ensures effective communication with shareholders and other
stakeholders;
•
Senior Independent Director
Key Responsibilities
• provides a sounding board for the Chair;
•
holds meetings with the other Non-Executive Directors
without the Chair at least once a year to appraise the Chair’s
performance;
acts as an intermediary for the other Directors; and
•
•
ensures that the performance of individuals and of the Board as a
whole and of its Committees is evaluated at least once a year, and
the results are acted upon;
acts as an advisor to the Chief Executive Officer;
•
• meets with the Non-Executive Directors without Executive Directors
•
•
•
being present;
facilitates the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors; and
ensures constructive relations between Executive Directors and
Non-Executive Directors.
is available to other Directors and shareholders in order to address
concerns that cannot be raised through the normal channels.
Non-Executive Directors
Key Responsibilities
•
evaluate and appraise the performance of Executive Directors
and Senior Management against agreed targets;
• participate in the development of the Group’s strategy;
• monitor the financial information, risk management and
controls processes of the Group to make sure that they are
sufficiently robust;
• meet regularly with senior management;
• periodically visit Group sites, stores and Distribution Centres;
• meet together without the Executive Directors present;
• participate in a training programme, including store visits and
•
updates from management; and
formulate Executive Director remuneration and succession
planning.
Employee Voice Director
Key Responsibilities
•
ensures colleague feedback is brought to the attention of the
Board to help shape and influence some of the decisions that
are taken.
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Committee
Company Secretary
Key Responsibilities
• works closely with the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer
and Board Committee Chairs in setting the rolling calendar
of agenda items for the meetings of the Board and its
Committees;
•
ensures accurate, timely and appropriate information flows within
the Board, the Committees and between the Directors and Senior
Management; and
• provides advice on Board matters, legal and regulatory issues,
corporate governance, Listing Rules compliance and best practice.
113
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEOUR
GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report
Composition, Succession and Evaluation
A Skilled and Experienced Board
The below graphic illustrates the number of Directors on the Board who have the relevant skills and experience alongside the
years’ worth of experience combined.
Supply Chain: 4
Total years: 77
Corporate: 6
Total years: 107
Banking: 3
Finance: 5
Total years: 194
Marketing: 4
Cross-Functional: 6
M&A: 5
Total years: 84
retail
Total years: 111
Total years: 137
Leadership: 6
Strategy: 6
Governance: 6
Total years: 416
Retail: 6
Total
years: 116
Customer Service: 5
Business Development/
Brand Building: 5
Digital: 5
Total years: 103
Total years: 131
Total years: 70
114
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022
Board Training Sessions
Jun 2021 Diversity and
Inclusion
Employee voice updates
Nov 2021 ESG
ESG horizon scanning
update from PwC and
climate risk training
Nov 2021 Governance
Restoring Trust in Audit
and Corporate Governance
update from BDO
Remuneration update from
Deloitte
Cyber
Cyber risk update
Mar 2022 Diversity and
Inclusion
Gender Pay
Jan 2022 Diversity and
Inclusion
Employee voice updates
Gender
Female 50%
Male 50%
Educational Attainment
Level 7 – Master’s degree = 1
Level 6 – Bachelor’s degree = 3
Level 5 – Higher National Diploma = 2
Diversity and Inclusion
The Group recognises the importance
of diversity and inclusion, including
gender and ethnicity, at all levels of the
organisation. The Group’s Diversity Policy
(the “Policy”) is reviewed annually and
sets out our commitment to eliminating
unlawful discrimination and promoting
equality of opportunity. The Policy is
applied to the Group, including the Board,
and it is considered that the background
and experience brought to the Board by
each individual Director exemplifies and
personifies the Board’s commitment to its
Policy.
The Nomination Committee keeps under
review the composition and diversity of the
Board and the capability and capacity to
commit the necessary time to the role in
its recommendations to the Board. Whilst
the Group does not apply a fixed quota on
diversity to decisions regarding recruitment,
the Nomination Committee considers the
Policy and ensures we have a sufficiently
diverse Board in terms of age, gender,
ethnicity and educational and professional
background and that the Board members
work together effectively to achieve its
objectives. The intention is to ensure the
appointment of the most suitably qualified
candidate to complement the Board and
to promote diversity. Those appointed are
deemed to be the best able to help lead
the Company in its long-term strategy.
At Halfords half of the Board is female,
which exceeds the recommended target
as published by the Hampton-Alexander
Review (“Improving Gender Balance in
FTSE Leadership”) in November 2017,
and we are committed to improving ethnic
diversity at Board and senior management
level with a target of improving ethnicity
on the Board by December 2023, more
information can be found in the Nomination
Committee Report on pages 118 to 121.
The Board is well placed by the mixture
of skills, experience and knowledge of its
Directors, to act in the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders.
115
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Composition, Succession and Evaluation
Board Evaluation
A formal Board effectiveness review is conducted on an annual basis. This includes an assessment of the Board, its
Committees and individual Directors.
FY21
Internal Evaluation
FY22
Internal Evaluation
FY23
External Evaluation
Evaluation Process
Step One
Step Two
Step Three
Step Four
Issued online surveys and
cross-surveys to the Board
members.
Received and analysed the
feedback with the Chair
of the Board. The Chair
produced a note of action
points to be addressed,
which was circulated to the
Board members.
The Chair of each Board
Committee received the
evaluation report in relation
to their Committee, and
time was arranged to
consider the findings and
agree an action plan.
Implementation and
monitoring of the
action plans.
The findings identified by the FY22 internal review are as follows:
Topic
ESG
Diversity within the Board
FY22 Outcomes
The Board is fully committed to the Company’s ESG strategy, and during the year under the
Board’s direction, the business made strong progress on the key priority areas of: electrification;
net zero commitment; diversity and inclusion; and product, packaging and waste management.
As the regulatory landscape continues to evolve in response to climate change, supply chain
transparency and corporate due diligence, the Board will develop its approach to ensure we
achieve a sustainable business for all our stakeholders.
The Group is committed to providing equal opportunities to colleagues and candidates, and
during the year has worked hard to build a strategy which develops how Halfords thinks about
diversity, inclusivity and equal opportunities across all areas of the business. We are committed
to creating a Board that has an appropriate level of diversity. In 2023, Helen Jones, the Senior
Independent Director, will step down from the Board as she will reach her nine-year tenure, this
will provide an opportunity to improve ethnic diversity on the Board in line with the Parker Review.
Transformation across the Business A key part of our transformation is the development of our digital journey which includes
the integration of our newly acquired businesses. The Board will continue to support the
transformation journey as we develop an omni-channel business that is agile and therefore
able to respond fully to the ever-changing needs of our customers.
The findings identified by the FY21 external review were as follows:
Topic
Board composition
FY21 Outcomes
To ensure the Board has the right mix of skills,
diversity and experience going forward.
Progress Made in FY22
The Nomination Committee keeps the
composition and diversity of the Board
constantly under review to ensure the Board
is sufficiently diverse in terms of age, gender,
ethnicity, experience, and educational and
professional background. In 2023, Helen Jones,
the Senior Independent Director, will reach the
end of her nine-year tenure and so will step
down from the Board. This will provide the
opportunity to improve Board diversity in line
with the Parker Review.
116
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCETopic
Stakeholder oversight
FY21 Outcomes
To have more insight over suppliers and
employee voice.
Succession and talent
management
To ensure appropriate succession planning
for Board and senior management.
Progress Made in FY22
We continue to work closely with our suppliers
to foster engagement with them and develop
long-standing relationships into the future. We
will do this by increasing the integration and
use of supplier score cards and working with
them to ensure we comply with the Green
Claims code which will enable customers to
make greener choices.
On 13 October 2021, the Board was delighted
to announce the appointment of Jo Hartley as
Chief Financial Officer. She will replace Loraine
Woodhouse when she retires in the summer
of 2022. During the year, the Nomination
Committee and all the Directors reviewed and
updated the succession plans for the Board
and the senior management team.
IR Calendar Dates
16 Jun
2022
FY22 Prelim
Results
7 Sept
2022
FY23 20-week
Trading Update
7 Sept
2022
AGM
Risk Management and Internal Control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s risk management processes and the system
of internal control. The Audit Committee has a delegated responsibility to keep under
review the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control framework.
Throughout the year, the Committee maintained oversight to ensure a robust process is in
place to monitor and evaluate the principal risks of the group. The Group’s principal risks and
uncertainties, and mitigating actions, are detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 72 to 78.
The Audit Committee considers the principal and emerging risks of the business and
reviews the mitigating controls with senior management. The Group Risk Committee
reports on the development of the risk management framework and provides insight to the
Audit Committee on regulatory and compliance risks.
Our process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the
Group and assessing the effectiveness of related controls routinely identifies areas for
improvement. The Committee has neither identified nor been advised of any failings or
weaknesses that it has determined to be material or significant.
16 Nov
2022
FY23 Interim
Results
The management of risk and review of the internal control environment is a continual
process supported by all colleagues. The Committee supports the development of risk
maturity and a strong control culture.
12 Jan
2023
FY23 Q3 Trading
Statement
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
We aim to encourage our shareholders to receive communications by electronic means,
helping to make the Company more environmentally friendly. The information available
on the Company’s website includes current and historic copies of the Annual Report
and Accounts, full and half-year financial statements, market announcements, corporate
governance information, the Terms of Reference for the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration
and ESG Committees and the Matters Reserved for the Board.
The AGM gives all shareholders the opportunity to communicate directly with the Board
and their participation is welcomed. It is the Company’s practice to propose separate
resolutions on each substantial issue at the AGM. The Chair will advise shareholders on the
proxy voting details at the meeting.
We very much hope that we will be able to once again hold our 2022 AGM in person and
look forward to seeing shareholders on 7 September 2022.
Tim O’Gorman
Company Secretary
15 June 2022
117
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCENomination Committee Report
The Committee successfully secured
the appointment of Jo Hartley
to succeed Loraine Woodhouse
as Chief Financial Officer.
Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee
Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee
comprised:
Keith Williams (Chair)
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
Nomination Committee
meetings held:
3
118
Chair’s Letter
The Nomination Committee’s objective is to
ensure that the Board comprises individuals
with the necessary skills, knowledge,
experience and diversity to ensure that
the Board is effective in discharging its
responsibilities. The Committee also
ensures that the composition and structure
of the Board and its Committees are kept
under constant review and nominates
candidates for appointment as Directors
to the Board. The Committee monitors
and develops Board and Executive
succession plans.
During the year, the Committee successfully
secured the appointment of Jo Hartley
to succeed Loraine Woodhouse as Chief
Financial Officer. Jo joined the business on
19 April 2022 and will be appointed as Chief
Financial Officer on 16 June 2022 when
Loraine retires from the role. The Committee
also undertook an annual Board evaluation,
the details of this internal evaluation can
be found on page 116 in the Corporate
Governance Report.
Looking ahead, long-term succession
planning at Board and Executive level will
remain a key priority of the Committee. As
announced in last year’s annual report, we
are committed to creating a Board that has
an appropriate level of gender diversity and
ethnic diversity. Helen Jones, our Senior
Independent Non-Executive Director, will
reach her nine-year tenure in 2023 and
will consequently step down during 2023,
this will provide the opportunity for us to
improve ethnic diversity on the Board in line
with the Parker review.
By order of the Board
Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee
15 June 2022
Main Responsibilities
of the Committee
• Review the size, structure and
composition of the Board and its
Committees.
• Ensure plans are in place for orderly
succession to the Board and senior
management positions.
Activities During the Year
• Successfully completed the recruitment
of Jo Hartley as Chief Financial Officer
as successor to Loraine Woodhouse.
• Continued with the progression of the
succession and talent development
plan, taking into account the
recommendations of the Parker Review.
• Lead the process for appointments
• Reviewed the internal FY21 Board
by identifying and making
recommendations on potential
candidates to join the Board.
evaluation action plan and distributed
the internal FY22 Board evaluation
action plan.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE• Reviewed the composition of the Board
and its Committees.
• Carried out an annual review of the
Committee’s Terms of Reference.
• Approved the appointment of Paul
O’Hara as the People and Property
Director following the resignation of
Wendy Taylor, the Chief People Officer.
• Recommended the re-election of the
Board at the 2021 Annual General
Meeting.
Areas of Focus in FY23
• Progression of succession plans for the
Board and senior management team.
FY22 Key Activities
• Appointment of Jo Hartley as Chief
Financial Officer as successor to
Loraine Woodhouse.
• Progression of succession and talent
development plans.
• Recruit a new Non-Executive Director
from a more diverse background.
Board Appointments
On 13 October 2021, we announced that Loraine Woodhouse would be retiring
as Chief Financial Officer in the summer of 2022, and that Jo Hartley would be
appointed in her place. Jo joined the business on 19 April 2022 and, to ensure
a smooth transition, Loraine will remain with the business and in post until
16 June 2022, at which point she will step down from her role and pass her
responsibilities to Jo.
Odgers Berndtson was appointed as advisor to the Committee in the search for
external candidates for this role and this process was led by Keith Williams as Chair,
together with the Committee. Odgers Berndtson does not have any other connection
with the Company.
Jo Hartley’s Induction
•
Introductory meetings with members of the Senior Management Team and
Executive Committee.
• Retail store and Autocentre visits, including an introduction to Halfords Mobile
Expert.
• Visit to Washford and Coventry distribution centres.
•
In-depth teach-ins with functional experts across the business, including
Strategy, ESG, Customer, Commercial and People Teams.
•
Introductory meeting with Corporate Broking teams and advisors.
• Meetings with specialist financial stakeholders, including Auditors, consultants
and lending banks.
Prior to joining Halfords, Jo was the Group
Chief Financial Officer for Virgin Active for
over six years. Before that, Jo worked at
Tesco plc in a number of finance roles in
the UK and internationally, having qualified
as a chartered accountant at Deloitte UK.
Jo has extensive experience across all
finance functions gained within consumer-
facing businesses.
119
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCENomination Committee Report
What process did the Committee go through to appoint a new Chief Financial Officer?
1 Appointed an external search
consultancy to identify and approach
suitable candidates.
2 Developed a detailed candidate spec
aligned to the Group’s values and
culture.
3 Created a long list of suitable and
diverse candidates.
4 Commenced the interview process,
encompassing Executive and Non-
Executive Directors.
5 Made an offer to the successful
candidate and the relevant
announcement made to the London
Stock Exchange.
6 A suitable induction programme put
in place and tailored to the successful
candidate’s requirements.
120
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEDirector Training
and Development
All Directors have the opportunity for
ongoing development and support via:
• A programme of visits to the Support
Centre, Distribution Centres, stores and
Autocentres.
• Reviews with the Chair to identify any
training and development needs.
• Access to the Company Secretary
for advice on governance, regulatory
and legislative changes affecting the
business or their duties as Director.
• Access to independent professional
advice at the Company’s expense.
• Membership of the Deloitte Academy,
a training and guidance resource for
Boards and Directors.
Diversity and Inclusion
The Group’s Diversity Policy (“Diversity
Policy”) sets out Halfords’ commitment to
eliminate discrimination and to encourage
diversity and inclusion across the Board
of Directors and amongst all colleagues.
Halfords’ Diversity Policy applies to all
activities, including its role as an employer
and as a provider of services, ensuring
that no colleague, potential colleague,
customer, visitor or contractor will receive
less favourable treatment on the grounds
of gender, race, ethnic origin, disability,
age, nationality, national origin, sexual
orientation, gender reassignment, marital
or civil partnership status, pregnancy or
maternity, religion, beliefs and social class.
The Company does not currently publish
specific diversity targets but, in practice, it
has created a more balanced and diverse
Board and Senior Management Team. Half
of the Board comprises of women; 44%
of the Senior Management Team is female
and 28% of their direct reports are women.
The Board is committed to improving
diversity at Board and senior management
level. In 2021 we announced in our annual
report that we had a target of improving
ethnic diversity on the Board by 2023.
In this regard, the Board has recently
appointed a well-known firm of head
hunters to progress this appointment,
which will need to be considered in the
context of Helen Jones retiring as a
Director and Senior Independent Director in
2023. The Board is reviewing all the options
and expects to make an appropriate
appointment in 2023.
Board Succession
The Halfords’ Board considers succession
planning each year in respect of both
Director roles and the Senior Management
Team. Senior Executives have well
developed skills and experience to fulfil
their roles, and their skills are constantly
updated as new challenges arise. A key
factor in making better decisions is that the
business has a diverse range of Directors,
Executives and colleagues. Diversity and
gender positions are monitored each
year to ensure Halfords is able to identify
any improvements and benefits and, as
detailed above, we have an action plan to
ensure compliance with the Parker review
by 2023.
Looking Ahead
Looking ahead, long-term succession
planning at Board and Executive level will
remain a key priority of the Committee,
together with creating a Board that has an
appropriate level of gender diversity and
ethnic diversity.
Keith Williams
Chair of the Nomination Committee
15 June 2022
Board
Female 50%
Male 50%
Senior Management Team
Female 44%
Male 56%
Senior Management
Team direct reports
Female 28%
Male 72%
121
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEESG Committee Report
Building on the strategy work that we
undertook last year, we are pleased with
the strong progress that we’ve made
this year.
Helen Jones
Chair of the ESG Committee
Chair’s Letter
During the year, the Committee’s focus has
been to ensure the ongoing delivery against
objectives and targets for the four priority
areas: Electrification; Net Zero; Diversity
and Inclusion; and Product, Packaging
and Waste Management. We are pleased
with the strong progress made across all
four areas, particularly meeting our electric
servicing target, which formed part of our
first ESG Executive bonus target.
Recognising the importance of managing
and mitigating our impact on the
environment, as well as the risks and
opportunities we are faced with from a
changing climate, the November 2021 ESG
Committee meeting was extended to all
Board and Executive members to undergo
a climate training session. Facilitated by
PwC, the session focused on climate risks
and opportunities and the requirements set
out by the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”). We are
pleased with our first disclosure against
the TCFD framework and see this as an
important step forward on our journey
to net zero. See pages 68 to 71 for more
information.
In addition to the two meetings held this
year, we also met as a Board to review and
approve the revised Global Sourcing Code.
Along with investment in systems, the
revised Code will support strengthening due
diligence processes, ensuring we remain
compliant with increasing supply chain
transparency requirements. This is a notable
improvement, ensuring we continue to drive
the right behaviours and culture to deliver
long-term sustainable growth.
The Company’s Chair, Keith Williams, whilst
not a member of the Committee, attends
the meetings upon the invitation of the
Committee Chair.
There were two Committee meetings
held during the year and after each one,
I reported to the Board on the key issues
that we covered. I held informal discussions
between Committee members and business
leaders regularly throughout the year.
Building on the strategy work that we
undertook last year, we are pleased with the
strong progress that we’ve made this year.
As the regulatory landscape continues
to evolve in response to climate change,
supply chain transparency and corporate
due diligence, we remain committed to
evolving our approach and ensuring we
have a sustainable business that delivers for
all stakeholders.
The Board remains committed to improving
diversity at Board and senior management
level. In line with the recommendations
set out in the Parker Review, the Board is
reviewing all the options and expects to
make an appropriate appointment in 2023,
please see page 121 for further information.
Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee
comprised:
Helen Jones (Chair)
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
ESG Committee
meetings held:
2
FY22 Key Achievements: We
delivered strong performance against
ESG priority issues. To highlight our
commitment, we recruited a new
Head of ESG and dedicated ESG
expertise within packaging to ensure
the successful ongoing delivery of
our ESG strategy.
Areas of focus in FY23: Maintain
momentum against priority ESG issues.
As well as strengthen stakeholder
engagement with colleagues, suppliers
and customers to ensure our strategy
remains effective in delivering long-
term sustainable growth.
122
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEMain Responsibilities of the Committee
• Oversight and continued development of our ESG strategy.
• Setting KPIs and targets and monitoring progress.
• Ensuring the Group continues to meet stakeholder expectations.
• Maintaining the highest possible standards of ethical trading in our supply chain.
Activities Undertaken
During the year, the Committee:
• Created the ESG Board, comprising members of the Senior Leadership Team, with the
responsibility of leading ongoing ESG strategic direction.
• Participated in climate risk and opportunity training.
• Challenged ESG performance throughout the year.
• Reviewed and approved the Global Sourcing Code.
• Reviewed and agreed our science-based targets to strengthen short-term carbon
reduction commitments.
•
Inputted into and approved the TCFD statement.
• Supported with the recruitment of the newly appointed Head of ESG.
Further information on the Group’s approach to managing ESG, performance against
the priority areas and performance data can be found on pages 40 to 55 of the Strategic
Report.
Looking Ahead
In FY23, our focus will be to maintain the momentum from this year and continue to deliver
positively towards our ESG targets. We will continue to engage with stakeholders, to ensure
our strategy and governance systems and approach remain effective. This will include
engagement with customers to ensure we continue to respond to their needs; engagement
with our suppliers as we roll out the revised Global Sourcing Code and begin scope 3 data
collection; and importantly, further colleague engagement to ensure we continue to drive
the right culture to deliver our ESG ambitions.
Helen Jones
Chair of the ESG Committee
15 June 2022
123
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report
The Committee has continued to
play an important role in engaging
with the management team to ensure
the integrity of financial reporting,
internal controls and risk management
processes.
Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee
Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee
comprised:
Tom Singer (Chair)
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Audit Committee
meetings held:
4
Chair’s Letter
I am pleased to present the report of the
Audit Committee for the 52 weeks ended
1 April 2022.
This report describes how the Committee
has carried out its responsibilities during
the year. The Committee reviews financial
reporting judgements and monitors risk and
the effectiveness of the system of internal
control through engagement with executive
management, internal audit and the external
Auditor.
During the year, the Committee considered
several key issues, most notably:
•
•
•
•
the impact of COVID-19 and the war in
Ukraine, and specifically whether the
business remained a Going Concern;
the extension of the Group’s revolving
credit facility;
judgements in respect of M&A activity
in the year;
the carrying value of investments,
tangible and intangible assets;
•
•
•
•
the BEIS proposals for Audit and
Corporate Governance reform,
considering the impact on our reporting
and control environment;
the application of the new IFRIC in
regards to IAS 38;
the acceleration of our business and
financial controls programme; and
the concluded review of the legal entity
restructure across the Group.
We announced in October that Jo Hartley
would be joining the Halfords Board as
Chief Financial Officer, succeeding Loraine
Woodhouse. I would like to express my
thanks to Loraine for her dedication and
commitment to Halfords and I wish her well
with her non-executive career.
Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee
15 June 2022
124
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEFY22 Key Activities
• Reviewed and approved the Committee’s updated Terms of Reference.
• Carried out our responsibilities as set out in the Terms of Reference, including
reviewing the external reporting to ensure it is fair, balanced and understandable.
• Reviewed the accounting treatment associated with the acquisitions made during
the year.
• Reviewed and challenged the Longer-Term Viability Statement and Going Concern
basis of preparation in advance of approval by the Board, including a review of
the carrying value of goodwill. This assessment was inclusive of stress testing to
ascertain the level of headroom in the plans against possible covenant breach.
• Review preparations for inaugural TCFD reporting
• Reviewed and challenged the external Auditor’s year-end and half-year reports.
• Reviewed the statement of external Auditor’s independence.
• Reviewed and approved the external Auditor’s audit strategy and fees.
• Approved the non-audit fee policy.
• Reviewed key and emerging risks and the effectiveness of the Group’s risk
management framework.
• Reviewed and challenged progress of the Internal Audit plan and received regular
updates on internal control systems.
• Review and approve Information Security Management Policy
• Review Cyber risk and associated strategy
• Reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Charter.
• Received an update on the Group’s GDPR and compliance, and on health and
safety matters.
• Reviewed and challenged the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing procedures
and approved the Group Whistleblowing Policy.
• Reviewed and approved the Anti-Money Laundering Policy.
• Reviewed and approved the Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy.
• Received regular updates on the Gifts and Hospitality register.
• Reviewed and approved the Group’s tax strategy and arrangements.
• Reviewed plan for Halfords response to BEIS proposals.
• Ensured the finance function is appropriately resourced and has qualified executives
in key positions, and that a well-managed succession planning process is in place.
Areas of Focus
• Continue to monitor the impact of
macroeconomic issues upon the
Group’s Viability and Going Concern.
• Continue emphasis on the quality
of financial reporting, including
the application of accounting
judgements.
• Maintain focus on the adequacy
of the control environment and
further development of the risk
management framework, focus on
complying with the outcome of the
BEIS recommendations on audit and
governance.
The effects of COVID-19 continued
into FY22, which, together with the war
in Ukraine, has led to a challenging
macroeconomic environment for UK
consumer-facing businesses. This further
underlines the importance of a robust risk
management process and strong financial
controls, key topics that have been high
on the agenda for the Audit Committee
in FY22.
Halfords Group completed three
acquisitions during the year, including that
of Axle Group Holdings, the owner of the
National Tyres brand. The Audit Committee
reviewed the accounting treatment of each
transaction, ensuring that the judgements
were appropriate.
The Group’s legal entity reduction exercise
was completed during the year, which
simplified the corporate structure and ensured
that distributable reserves were sufficient to
support future dividend payments.
After the Department for Business, Energy
and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) published
their consultation paper on proposals for
significant reform to UK audit and corporate
governance in March 2021, the Audit
Committee has stayed abreast of updates
and reviewed Halfords’ preparedness for
the most likely final proposals. The most
significant impact of the BEIS proposals
on Halfords is the likely requirement for an
enhanced financial control environment,
for which the Committee has overseen
an investment in people and processes
that will enable Halfords to meet the
requirements within the timeframe.
Finally, the Committee reviewed the
company’s principal risks, ensuring that
robust risk mitigation was in effect during
the year and that emerging risks were
identified and flagged appropriately.
I would like to thank the members of the
Committee, the management team and our
external Auditor for the open discussions
that take place at our meetings and their
contribution and support during the year.
Member
Tom Singer
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Role
Chair
Member
Member
Attendance
4/4
4/4
4/4
Four scheduled Committee meetings were
held during the year and attended by all
members. After each Committee meeting,
the Audit Committee Chair reported to the
Board on the key issues discussed.
Although the Company Chair, CEO and
CFO are not members of the Committee,
they do attend meetings regularly and so
contribute to the work of the Committee,
assisting with the fulfilment of its oversight
functions.
125
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEMatters Considered in Relation
to the Financial Statements
In order to discharge its responsibility
to consider accounting integrity, the
Committee carefully considers key
judgements applied in the preparation of
the consolidated financial statements which
are set out on pages 167 to 167.
The Committee has considered the
following key accounting judgements during
the year:
Impairment of Goodwill Associated with
the Group’s Retail and Car Servicing
Cash Generating Units (CGU):
• Following several business
combinations across both CGUs, the
Group holds significant goodwill. There
are a number of factors that could
impact on the future profitability of the
business (e.g. loss of key customers,
change in market behaviour) and,
therefore, there is a risk that the
business may not meet the growth
projections necessary to support
the carrying value of the CGUs (see
Note 11 on page 187 of the Financial
Statements);
• The Audit Committee has received
detailed reports from Halfords’ finance
team addressing this issue. The
finance team has undertaken detailed
work to consider the impairment of
goodwill associated with the CGUs.
Consideration has been given to
ensuring that cash flow models,
discount rates, sensitivity analysis and
store and centre profitability are all
reasonable. The Committee concluded
that it is satisfied with the impairment
assessment of goodwill.
Audit Committee Report
Membership and Remit of
the Audit Committee
During the year, the members of the
Audit Committee were considered to be
independent Non-Executive Directors.
Tom Singer is a Non-Executive Director
of Mediclinic International plc and was,
until recently, the Senior Independent
Director and Chair of the Audit and
Remuneration Committees at DP Eurasia
NV. Previously, Tom served as CFO of
InterContinental Hotels Group plc and
Group Finance Director of British United
Provident Association (“BUPA”), and, as
such, is considered by the Board to have
recent and relevant financial experience
to chair the Committee. Each of the other
independent Non-Executive Directors has,
through their other business activities,
significant experience in financial matters.
The Audit Committee is considered to have
competence relevant to the sector in which
the Company operates. The effectiveness
of the Audit Committee is reviewed at least
annually through discussions at the Board
and Audit Committee and through a formal
Board survey.
The Company’s Chair, Executive Directors,
senior managers and key advisors are
invited to attend meetings, as appropriate,
in order to ensure that the Committee
maintains a current and well-informed view
of events within the business and reinforce
a strong risk management culture. The
Audit Committee meets according to the
requirements of the Company’s financial
calendar. The meetings of the Audit
Committee also provide the opportunity for
the independent Non-Executive Directors
to meet without the Executive Directors
present and to raise any issues of concern
with the internal audit team and external
Auditor. There have been four such
meetings in the period ended 1 April 2022
and nothing of note was reported.
Principal Responsibilities
Financial Reporting
• Review the interim and final financial
statements of the Group and
assess whether appropriate suitable
accounting policies have been adopted,
and whether management has made
appropriate estimates and judgements.
Assess the appropriateness of
disclosures in the Annual Report and
Accounts and ensure that it is fair,
balanced and understandable.
126
Risk and Control Environment
• Assist the Board in achieving its
obligations under the UK Corporate
Governance Code in areas of risk
management and internal control,
focusing particularly on compliance
with legal requirements, accounting
standards and the Listing Rules.
• Review the risk management framework
and the principal risks and mitigation
strategies, including the investigation of
fraudulent activity.
Internal Audit
• Review reports from Internal Audit on
developments in the internal control
framework to ensure that an effective
system of internal financial and non-
financial control is maintained on an
ongoing basis.
External Audit
• Make recommendations to the Board
on the reappointment of the external
Auditor, including on effectiveness,
independence, non-audit work
undertaken (against a formal policy) and
remuneration.
Policies
• Approve a formal Whistleblowing Policy
whereby colleagues may, in confidence,
disclose issues of concern about
possible malpractice or wrongdoings by
any of the Group’s businesses or any of
its employees without fear of reprisal,
including arrangements to investigate
and respond to any issues raised.
• Approve the Company’s systems and
controls for the prevention of bribery
and corruption, including the receipt of
any reports on non-compliance.
• Approve the Group’s Tax Policy and
published tax strategy.
• Approve the Group’s Treasury Policy,
including foreign currency and interest
rate exposure.
The Audit Committee has reviewed its
Terms of Reference and its composition
during the year and believes that both
remain appropriate.
Copies of the full Terms of Reference are
available on the Company’s website or on
request from the Company Secretary.
The Terms of Reference for the Committees
are available at www.Halfordscompany.
com/environment-social-and-governance/
governance/committees-terms-of-
reference/.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEValuation of Inventory Within the
Retail Division:
• With the business holding a wide
range of stock and changing consumer
demands, some lines will not be sold
or will be sold at below the carrying
value. Provisions are made to reflect
this. Given the inherent difficulties of
forecasting market trends, there is a
risk that inventory provisions made will
be inappropriate or incomplete (see
Note 15 on page 190 of the Financial
Statements). Management has fully
reviewed the inventory provision in
the current year, and believe the level
of provisioning is appropriate. Range
reviews are regularly undertaken to
ensure that all discontinued inventory is
identified; and
• The Audit Committee has received
detailed reports from Halfords’ finance
team addressing this issue. The finance
team has undertaken detailed work
around the valuation of inventory within
the Retail division. After consideration
of the accuracy of the provisioning
model, the completeness and accuracy
of range reviews, and the reflection of
these reviews within the provisions, the
Committee concluded that it is satisfied
with the accounting treatment of the
valuation of inventory.
Impact of new IFRIC agenda decision
regarding IAS38 Intangible Assets
During the year, the IFRS Interpretations
Committee (IFRIC) issued a clarification on
‘Configuration or Customisation Costs in
a Cloud Computing Arrangement (IAS38
Intangible Assets)’. Management undertook
a review of their capitalisation policy and
associated processes to ensure that the
new guidelines have been applied correctly.
The Audit Committee has received the
detailed reports from Halfords’ finance
team addressing this issue and are satisfied
with the resulting accounting treatment.
127
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report
Non-Underlying items and Alternative
Performance Measures
The Group recorded a net credit of £6.8m
in Non-Underlying items in FY22, having
recorded larger debits in the two years
prior. This credit was driven by the release
of a provision relating to an HMRC audit
of National Minimum Wage practices,
and the utilisation of provisions relating
to the closure of stores and garages in
FY21. The Audit Committee has reviewed
management’s assessment of Non-
Underlying items and are satisfied that the
correct accounting treatment has been
applied.
Management has continued to use
Alternative Performance Measures (“APM”)
to provide the reader with a more insightful
analysis of the Group’s performance. In
particular, management has chosen to
place greater emphasis on comparing
FY22 performance to FY20, alongside
the prior year FY21. This was considered
to be appropriate given that FY21 was
significantly disrupted by COVID-19 and
the Government’s response to it through,
for example, providing business rates relief.
The Audit Committee has reviewed the use
of APM and are satisfied this strikes an
appropriate balance for the benefit of the
reader of the accounts.
Halfords’ preparedness for BEIS’
proposed reforms to audit and
corporate governance
The proposed reforms are wide-ranging
and, if introduced, are likely to impact
Halfords in several material ways. The
Committee continues to stay abreast of
updates from the Government and reviews
Halfords preparedness for the reforms
at each meeting. The most significant
piece of reform is the likely requirement
for enhanced internal controls and the
associated reporting of their effectiveness.
The Group’s response to this is well
underway, having invested in a team of
controls specialists to put in place Risk and
Controls matrices and testing programmes.
External Auditor
BDO UK LLP present their audit plan, risk
assessment, and audit findings to the
Committee, identifying their consideration
of the key audit risks for the year, and the
scope of their work. These reports are
discussed throughout the audit cycle.
Effectiveness of External Audit
The effectiveness of the external audit is
considered throughout the year through,
128
amongst other factors: assessment of the
degree of the audit firm’s challenge of key
estimates and judgements made by the
business; feedback from any external or
internal quality reviews on the audit; and
the wider quality of communication with the
Committee.
In addition, at its meeting in March 2022,
the Committee reviewed the External
Audit Planning document prepared by
BDO. Following this, the Committee
concluded that:
• The overall audit approach, materiality,
threshold, and areas of audit focus were
appropriate to the business; and
• The audit team possessed the
necessary quality, expertise and
experience to provide an independent
and objective audit.
Approach to Appointment
or Reappointment
BDO UK LLP was appointed as external
Auditor to the Group in 2019 following
a formal tender process. The Audit
Committee considers that the relationship
with the Auditor is working well and is
satisfied with its independence, objectivity
and effectiveness and has not considered
it necessary to require BDO UK LLP to re-
tender for external audit work this year. The
Audit Committee has recommended to the
Board, for approval by shareholders at the
Annual General Meeting on 7 September
2022, the reappointment of BDO UK LLP
as external Auditor. The Audit Committee
monitors, and will continue to comply with,
best practice and external guidance in
respect of the frequency of audit tenders.
Approach to Safeguarding Objectivity
and Independence if Non-Audit Services
are Provided
The Audit Committee has established a
policy to ensure that any non-audit services
delivered by the external Auditor will not
jeopardise objectivity and independence.
The policy is consistent with the Ethical
Standards for Auditors.
The policy specifies:
“The external Auditor can be used to
provide non-audit services subject to any
non-audit engagement proposal provided
by the external Auditor being formally
approved by the Audit Committee before
contractual arrangements are entered
into, except for activities set out in a list of
prohibited activities. Other than for these,
for each separate service proposed to be
provided by the external Auditor, the Group
Chief Financial Officer will prepare a note
either to be tabled and minuted at an Audit
Committee meeting or to be circulated via
email to the Audit Committee members
and the Chief Executive Officer giving a
description of the work to be undertaken,
the reasons why the external Auditor is
involved in the proposal and how objectivity
and independence has, and is seen to be,
safeguarded.
In addition, the fees for any proposal for
non-audit services will not exceed 70%
of the three-year average statutory audit
fees when taken into consideration with
total fees for non-audit services already
committed in the financial year.
Consent is required from the Audit
Committee Chair, on behalf of the Audit
Committee, before the external Auditor can
be engaged for non-audit services.”
In addition, the external Auditor follows
its own ethical guidelines and continually
reviews its audit team to ensure that its
independence is not compromised.
An analysis of the fees earned by the
external Auditor is disclosed in Note 3 on
page 180 to the Financial Statements.
Role and Effectiveness
of Internal Audit
Internal Audit follows an annual risk-
based programme of audits to review the
effectiveness of the control environment.
The Audit Committee reviews the annual
audit programme for coverage and may
revise it according to changing business
circumstances or requirements. The
Audit Committee ensures that there are
sufficient resources to undertake the audit
programme.
The Head of Internal Audit attends each
Committee meeting, providing a summary
of audit findings and an update on progress
against the plan. The Committee also
reviews the status of implementation of
audit recommendations ranked by age and
level of risk to the business. All internal
audit reports are shared upon completion
with the external Auditor. Internal audits
are financial and non-financial and during
the year included Cyber Security, Data
Governance, Supplier Management,
Financial Controls and Health & Safety
Framework.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEThe Audit Committee has requested that
anti-bribery and corruption safeguards are
periodically reviewed by Internal Audit.
Internal Control and
Risk Management
The Board is responsible for the Group’s
risk management processes and the system
of internal control. The Audit Committee
contributes to this purpose by providing
oversight and challenge to the Group’s risk
management framework. A newly formed
Executive Risk Committee reports to the
Audit Committee on the risk management
framework, providing insight on principal
and emerging risks, risk appetite and
ongoing updates on regulatory and
compliance risk.
At each meeting during the year, the
Committee received a presentation on the
Group’s control framework in preparation
for changes in the UK’s governance and
reporting.
Further details of the Group’s internal
control and risk management framework
are set out on pages 72 to 77.
CMA Order 2014
Statement of Compliance
The Group confirms that it was compliant
with the provisions of The Statutory
Audit Services for Large Companies
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014
during the financial year ended 1 April 2022.
Tom Singer
Chair of the Audit Committee
15 June 2022
The Head of Internal Audit reports to the
Chief Financial Officer but maintains direct
and regular communication with the Audit
Committee Chair outside of Committee
meetings.
The Audit Committee is satisfied that
the Internal Audit team has the quality,
experience, and expertise appropriate for
the business.
Alongside the Internal Audit programme, the
team also continued to drive the Group’s
risk management framework, with key areas
of progress outlined below. Internal Audit
reports to the Chief Financial Officer but
maintains direct and regular communication
to the Audit Committee Chair outside of
Committee meetings.
The Audit Committee is satisfied that
the Internal Audit team has the quality,
experience, and expertise appropriate for
the business.
Whistleblowing
A Whistleblowing Policy and procedure
(the “Policy”) enables colleagues to
report concerns on matters affecting
the Group or their employment, without
fear of recrimination. Posters publicising
whistleblowing channels are distributed to
all stores, Autocentres, Distribution Centres
and the Support Centre.
The Policy was reviewed and approved by
the Audit Committee and the Company
Secretary provides the Audit Committee
with a regular summary of whistleblowing
contacts and resolutions.
Anti-Bribery and
Corruption Policy
The Group’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption
Policy statement reinforces that the
Halfords Board is committed to conducting
its business affairs in a way that ensures
it does not engage in or facilitate any form
of corruption. It is Halfords’ policy to
prohibit all forms of corruption amongst its
colleagues, suppliers and any associated
parties acting on its behalf. The Group
has a detailed Anti-Bribery and Corruption
Policy and maintains a Gifts and Hospitality
Register. Anti-bribery expectations are
set out in standard purchasing terms and
conditions. Face-to-face and online training
has been provided to colleagues to raise
awareness of anti-bribery and corruption
legislation.
129
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Chair’s Letter
Another strong performance
for the Group, against a
challenging backdrop.
Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee
comprised:
Jill Caseberry (Chair)
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Remuneration Committee
meetings held:
5
130
Chair’s Letter
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee,
I am pleased to present the Remuneration
Report for the financial period ended
1 April 2022.
The Report consists of three sections:
• A summary of the pay outcomes for
FY22, and our approach for FY23;
• A summary of our Directors’
Remuneration Policy – The Company’s
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the
“Policy”) was approved at the 2020
Annual General Meeting. A copy
of our full Policy is available on our
website; and
• The annual Directors’ Remuneration
Report – this summarises the
remuneration outcomes for FY22 and
explains how we intend to apply the
Remuneration Policy in FY23.
FY22 Key Achievements
During FY22 we reverted to a more normalised
approach to setting performance measures
following changes in FY21 in light of the impact
of COVID-19.
A pay review was undertaken of our hourly
paid colleagues in retail, the new adult rate
increased to £10 per hour, which is 50p
over the National Minimum Wage rate.
Areas of focus in FY23
During FY23 we will continue to monitor the
approach to remuneration to ensure that
it remains aligned with our strategy and
operational focus.
We will continue to monitor the impact of
rising inflation on our colleagues.
2020 Directors’
Remuneration Policy
At the 2020 AGM we put forward our
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the
“Policy”) to shareholders. The Policy was
largely based on the same principles as
the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Policy;
however, the Committee made a number
of changes to reflect the introduction of the
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the
“Code”) and to align with best practice.
We were pleased that over 97% of
shareholders voted in support of the policy
and the Committee believes it remains
appropriate in supporting the Company’s
execution of the strategy and long-term
shareholder value creation. As a result, no
changes have been made to the Policy and,
accordingly, we are not seeking approval
for a new Policy this year.
Performance in the Year
Our Group results in FY22 were very strong,
with underlying profit before tax of £89.8m,
representing growth of £36.2m versus
FY20 (pre-pandemic). This is particularly
impressive given the macro-headwinds that
were present throughout the year.
In the UK, we started the year attempting
to return to some form of “post-pandemic”
normality, but the reality was that COVID-19
still very much disrupted FY22. Not only did
illness and self-isolation impact many of
our colleagues, but we also saw significant
supply chain disruption, particularly from
products and componentry shipped from
countries still feeling the impact of peak
COVID-19.
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEThe annual bonus will continue to be based
80% on financial measures (Group profit
before tax – 50%, Group revenue – 15%,
Operating Cash Flow – 15%) and 20%
on strategic metrics (NPS, Employee
Engagement, Group Services-Related Sales
and ESG, all equally weighted). Last year
we introduced an Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) measure to our annual
bonus scheme which was well received by
our stakeholders and this will continue to be
included this year.
In light of the macroeconomic uncertainty,
the Committee is currently reviewing the
performance measures and targets for the
2022 PSP awards. Performance measures
and targets will be disclosed in the RNS
announcement at the time of award. It is
the Committee’s intention that TSR and
EPS will continue to be included as key
measures of profit progress and shareholder
value creation.
Further details of the performance
measures for the FY23 annual bonus are set
out on page 146.
The Committee remains mindful of the
increasing shareholder expectation that
incentive outturns should be carefully
considered to ensure that they reflect
the underlying financial and non-financial
performance of the Group, as well as
the experience of our stakeholders and
colleagues. Therefore, as is the case in
prior years, the Committee evaluated
performance in the round against a range
of factors to assess whether the level
of annual bonus and PSP payout was
appropriate.
Given the strong performance of the
Group and the individual performance of
our Executive Directors, the Committee
felt comfortable that the outturns were
appropriate. The Committee, therefore,
determined that no changes needed to
be made for the formulaic outcome nor
adjustments were required based on the
share price, and the pay-outs were approved.
Remuneration for FY23
Having reviewed the structure of our
incentive awards, it was agreed that the
overall approach to the annual bonus and
PSP will remain largely unchanged for
FY23. The maximum incentive opportunities
will remain at 150% of base salary for the
annual bonus and 200% of base salary for
the PSP.
I’d like to extend my sincere thanks to all
of our amazing colleagues who worked
tirelessly throughout the year to keep
each other and our customers safe, whilst
continuing to provide record customer
service levels.
As we enter FY23, we see new challenges
emerging – this time, in the way of
unprecedented inflation and the worst cost
of living crisis for a generation. We will
inevitably see some impact in our more
discretionary, high value product areas.
That said, these conditions only serve to
underline the importance of our strategic
direction towards becoming an increasingly
consumer and B2B focused motoring
services business, with a greater proportion
of needs-based revenue, generating more
predictable returns.
The performance measures in FY23 reflect
our desire to continue this strategic journey,
as we remain convinced it is the right one.
Remuneration in the Year
For FY22, we were pleased to be able
to revert back to our more normalised
approach to performance measures which
are considered to be more reflective of
our ongoing strategy and our Group’s key
strategic KPIs. Further detail is set out
below and on pages 56 to 58.
The annual bonus was assessed against
underlying Group profit before tax – 50%,
Group revenue – 15%, Operating Cash
Flow – 15% and strategic metrics (NPS,
Employee Engagement, Group Services-
Related Sales and ESG – all equally
weighted) – 20%.
During the year, Group profit before tax was
£89.8m, Group revenue was £1,369.6m and
Operating cash flow was £101.0m.
Taking into account the strong financial and
non-financial performance delivered during
the year, the Remuneration Committee
determined that the Executive Directors
would receive annual bonuses of 79.37%
of maximum. Consistent financial metrics
were applicable across all central bonus
schemes.
The 2019 Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
also performed very strongly with vesting
at 100% reflecting our excellent progress
in delivering the strategy and value for
shareholders over the past three years. All
our measures vested in full - EPS (50% of
award), Revenue (25% of award) and Free
Cash Flow (25% of award).
131
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Chair’s Letter
Concluding Remarks
I hope that you find the report clear,
transparent and informative. The Committee
has sought to promote a remuneration
environment that strongly aligns the
commercial direction of the Group with the
interests of shareholders, whilst reflecting
best practice developments and market
trends.
I look forward to your support on the FY22
annual Directors’ Remuneration Report at
the Annual General Meeting.
Jill Caseberry
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
15 June 2022
Changes to Executive Directors
As announced in October 2021, Loraine
Woodhouse will retire from the Board during
the summer, having served as our Chief
Financial Officer (CFO) for the past four
years. I would like to take this opportunity
to thank Loraine for her integral support
over the last few years, particularly during
the COVID-19 pandemic where she
demonstrated exceptional leadership.
Loraine’s departure terms will be
consistent with the shareholder-approved
Remuneration Policy. In respect of her
outstanding share awards, she will be
treated as a good leaver with all awards
being subject to performance and time
pro-rating, vesting at the normal time in line
with plan rules. She will also be expected
to comply with the post-employment
shareholding requirement for two years
after her departure.
In April 2022, we were delighted to welcome
Jo Hartley to the business. Jo will be
assuming the role of CFO on 16 June 2022
when Loraine retires from the role. Jo was
appointed on a salary of £395,000 and her
pension contribution has been set in line with
the wider workforce at 3% of salary. For the
first year of her appointment, her incentive
opportunities have been set at a lower level
to her predecessor at 125% of salary and
150% of salary for the annual bonus and
PSP respectively. Subject to her personal
performance, the current intention is that her
maximum opportunities will be increased
in line with the Remuneration Policy and
her predecessor. Upon appointment, she
also received a like-for-like cash payment
of £112,000 to replace a bonus she was
required to repay on cessation of previous
employment. The Committee recognises that
Jo’s base salary is set at a level above the
previous CFO’s salary but the Committee
considers this appropriate taking into
account the level of Jo’s fixed pay in her
previous role which was at a similar level to
that which she will receive at Halfords.
Further details of Loraine’s and Jo’s
remuneration terms can be found on
page 144.
132
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEO
U
R
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
halfords.annualreport2022.com
133
Remuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance
At Halfords, the reward framework is consistent across all colleague
populations – although benefit levels vary to reflect market salary and
benefits benchmarks across all roles.
Colleagues Managers
Senior
Managers
Executive
Team
Element
Salary
Pension
Paid holiday
Share plans
Bonus/incentives
Death in service
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Car allowance
Job need
Private medical
✗
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Reward at Halfords
underpinned by our values
one halfords
family
wow our
customers
be better
every day
pride in
expertise
Why is Reward Structured Differently at Senior Levels?
The Corporate Governance Code protects the interests of shareholders by ensuring that
reward is structured in a way that ensures executives make the right long-term decisions
for the business. As a consequence, a high proportion of executive reward is directly
linked to long-term performance, resulting in ‘variable pay’ which only pays out when the
Company does well. The Executive Directors participate in two variable reward plans as
follows (further details can be found on pages 137 to 149):
Typical Fixed versus
Variable Pay
Colleagues
Annual Bonus
Targets are assessed over the financial year (a
proportion of any payment is deferred for three years
after payment).
Performance
Share Plan
Targets are assessed over three financial years.
Vested awards are subject to a two-year holding
period.
Variable
Fixed
Executive
Variable
Fixed
134
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEExecutive Directors’ Remuneration
Single Total Figure of Remuneration
for Executive Directors
for the year ended 1 April 2022
Fixed pay comprises base salary, benefits and pension.
Variable pay comprises of the annual bonus and PSP award.
Further information on the single figure of remuneration can
be seen on page 140.
3,500
3,000
2,500
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
Fixed pay
Annual bonus
PSP
£3,146k
£1,788k
£2,016k
£679k
£679k
£1,147k
£435k
£433k
CEO (Graham Stapleton)
CFO (Loraine Woodhouse)
Aligning Pay with Performance
Key Performance
Indicator
2021/22 Annual Bonus*
Underlying Group PBT
Group revenue
Result
£79.6m
£1,314.0m
Operating cash flow
£101.0m
Group NPS
Group services-related
sales (£m)
Group Colleague
Engagement
ESG metric
2019 PSP
EPS growth
68.4%
£476.2m
81%
86.6%
35.5p
Group revenue growth
£1,369.6m
Free cash flow
£185.1m
* Excluding government support and acquisition profit.
Below threshold target
Between threshold and stretch target
At or above stretch target
Annual Bonus and Long-Term Plan Incentives Outcomes
The charts below show the results of the performance targets for the annual bonus and PSP. Further information about the annual
bonus is shown on page 140 and about the PSP on page 141.
2021/22 Annual Bonus
100%
20%
15%
15%
79%
14%
15%
50%
50%
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0
100%
25%
100%
25%
25%
25%
50%
50%
2019 PSP
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0
Maximum
Actual
Maximum
Actual
Non-financial measures
Revenue
Operating cash flow
Profit before tax
Free cash flow
Group revenue growth
Underlying EPS growth
135
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance
Aligning Our Performance Measures to Our Strategy
Over the past few years, our strategy has remained unchanged with motoring and cycling products remaining at the core of our
proposition. However, as we continue to evolve into a consumer and B2B services-focused business, we placed greater emphasis
on motoring, generating higher and more sustainable financial returns.
As such, we have sought to ensure that the performance measures for our incentive awards reflect our strategic ambitions. The table
below provides a summary of our alignment.
Alignment to Strategy
Alignment to
Our Stakeholders’ Interests
Annual Bonus Bonus
Underlying
Group PBT
• PBT is one of our main KPIs assessing the profitability of our
business.
Customer NPS
• As our business evolves to be more consumer and B2B
services-focused, this measure focuses on our commitment
to customer service both in Retail and Autocentres.
ESG
• We are committed to an ambitious ESG agenda and strategy
that works towards promoting electrification, reducing plastics
from packaging and promoting diversity and inclusion across
the Group.
Performance Share Plan
Relative TSR
• Aligns management with the wider shareholder experience.
EPS
• EPS is a measure of our investment thesis and indicates whether
we are achieving our aim to manage revenues, margins and
invest in long-term growth.
Group-services
related sales
Key to stakeholders:
• Sales are a key indicator of a retailer’s trading and performance.
ESG
Financial
Customers
Shareholder
For details of how our Remuneration Policy aligns with the UK Corporate Governance Code, please see page 122 of the 2020 Annual
Report and Accounts.
136
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE
Directors’ Remuneration Policy Summary Report
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. The full Policy is available on the Company’s website,
but as context for the rest of this report, the main elements of the Policy, as well as how the Policy was implemented during the year and
how it will be implemented for FY23, are summarised below:
Elements
Base salary
Objective
To attract and retain
management of a
high calibre.
Key features
Reviewed annually with increases
effective from 1 October. Salary
increases generally in line with
wider employees.
Benefits
Pension
Provide market
competitive benefits
consistent with the
role.
Set at an appropriate level taking
into account the individual’s
circumstances, market practice
and other employees in the Group.
To provide individuals
with retirement
arrangements.
Directors eligible for defined
employer contribution, payments
into a personal fund and/or a cash
allowance in lieu of pension.
Total contribution capped at 15%
of salary for Graham Stapleton and
Loraine Woodhouse.
Contributions for Graham Stapleton
will be aligned with the maximum
employer pension contribution
available to the majority of the
workforce from 1 April 2023.
New Executive Director’s pension
contribution is to be aligned with
the wider workforce.
Maximum opportunity of 150% of
salary with one-year performance
period.
One-third of any award is deferred
into shares for three years. Malus
and clawback provisions apply.
Annual
bonus
Incentivise the
achievement of
annual financial
targets and key
strategic objectives.
Implementation in FY22
Graham Stapleton: £575,710
Loraine Woodhouse:
£369,250
Increased by 1.8% in line with
the increases awarded across
the wider workforce with
effect from 1 October 2021.
Executive Directors received
benefits in relation to a
car plus fuel or a cash
allowance, private health
insurance, life assurance.
Executive Directors received
cash allowances of 15%
of salary.
Implementation in FY23
Salaries will next be reviewed
with effect from 1 October
2022 and it is expected that
any increase will be in line
with the increase received
for the wider workforce.
Jo Hartley’s salary was set at
£395,000 upon appointment.
No changes proposed.
Graham Stapleton: 15%
of salary.
Loraine Woodhouse: 15%
of salary.
Jo Hartley: 3% of salary
(in line with workforce).
Based on 80% financial
measures and 20% delivery
of strategic measures (full
details on page 140).
Graham Stapleton: 150% of
salary.
Loraine Woodhouse: 150%
of salary.
Both financial and non-
financial performance was
strong in the year and the
bonus paid out at 79.37%.
Jo Hartley: 125% of salary
(first year of appointment).
For 2022/23 measures will
be 80% financial:
• Underlying Group PBT
(50%),
• Group revenue (15%)
• Operating cash
flow (15%)
20% non-financial measures
• Group NPS (5%)
• Group services-related
sales (£m) (5%)
• Group Colleague
Engagement (5%)
• ESG metric (5%)
137
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Remuneration at a Glance
Implementation in FY22
Graham Stapleton and
Loraine Woodhouse were
granted awards of 200% of
salary in the year.
Awards granted in October
2021 were based on:
• EPS growth 50%
• Group service-related
revenue 20%
• Relative TSR vs the
FTSE All Share General
Retailers Index 30%
Targets are disclosed
on page 141.
Executive Directors were
subject to a 200% of salary
shareholding guideline.
Implementation in FY23
Graham Stapleton: 200% of
salary.
Jo Hartley: 150% of salary
(first year of appointment).
FY23 awards will be based
on:
• EPS growth 50%
• Group services-related
revenue 20%
• Relative TSR vs the
FTSE All Share General
Retailers Index 30%
No change.
Elements
Performance
Share Plan
Objective
Align Executive
Directors’ interests
with those of our
shareholders by
incentivising them to
deliver the Company
strategy and to
create a sustainable
business and
maximise returns to
shareholders.
Key features
Maximum opportunity of 200% of
salary.
Three-year performance period.
Two-year holding period
after vesting.
Malus and clawback provisions
apply.
Shareholding
guidelines
Align individuals with
shareholders.
Executive Directors are expected to
build and retain a shareholding with
a value equal to at least 200% of
their annual base salary.
Expectation that 75% of any
post-tax shares that vest from
incentive plans are retained until
the guideline is met.
Executive Directors will normally be
expected to maintain a minimum
shareholding of 200% of salary (or
actual shareholding if lower) for two
years following stepping down as
an Executive Director.
Structure and Content of the Remuneration Report
This Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large
and Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (the “Regulations”). This report meets
the requirements of the UK Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.
The information set out below represents auditable disclosures referred to in the Independent Auditor’s Report on pages 154 to 161, as
specified by the UK Listing Authority and the Regulations.
Committee Composition
During the year, the Committee consisted of:
Jill Caseberry (Chair)
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Five scheduled Committee meetings were held during the year and were attended by all relevant members at the time of the meeting.
After each Committee meeting, the Remuneration Committee Chair reported to the Board on the key issues that had been discussed.
A number of informal discussions were also held with the Committee members throughout the year when the need arose.
138
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEActivities During the Year
During the year, the Policy operated as
intended. The Committee undertook the
following activities:
•
reviewed and approved the Directors’
Remuneration Report published in the
FY21 Annual Report and Accounts;
• discussed and approved incentive
outcomes for FY22;
• approved grants under the Company’s
share schemes;
• considered the approach to
implementing remuneration policy
for FY22, including setting Executive
Director and Non-Executive Director
salaries from 1 October 2021;
reviewing considering and setting the
approach to performance measures
for the FY22 annual bonus and
performance share plans;
reviewed the mechanics and assets of
the Employee Benefit Trust and hedging
arrangements;
•
•
• discussed and approved remuneration
•
•
•
•
arrangements for the Executive
management team below the Board;
reviewed the Committee’s Terms of
Reference;
reviewed and approved the Company’s
share plan rules to ensure compliance
with UK GDPR;
reviewed remuneration arrangements
for the wider workforce and took
these into account when considering
Executive pay; and
reviewed and approved the
appointment of remuneration advisors
and set the appropriate fee.
Shareholder Dialogue
The voting outcome from the 2020 AGM
reflected very strong individual and
institutional shareholders’ support for the
revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy
(“Policy”). We consulted extensively with
shareholders prior to introducing the revised
Policy. Furthermore, the voting outcome
from the 2021 AGM showed strong support
for our FY21 Directors’ Remuneration
Report.
The following table sets out the votes cast
at the 2020 AGM in respect of the Directors’
Remuneration Policy, and the votes cast
at the 2021 AGM in respect of the FY21
Directors’ Remuneration Report.
% of
votes
For
% of
votes
Against
96.86%
3.14%
97.58%
2.42%
FY21 Directors’
Remuneration
Report*
FY20 Directors’
Remuneration
Policy†
* 63,020 votes (0.04% of votes) were withheld in
relation to this resolution.
† 40,378 votes (0.03% of votes) were withheld in
relation to this resolution.
We continue to be mindful of the
views of our shareholders and other
stakeholders and encourage discussion
with shareholders on any issue related to
executive remuneration.
In the event of a substantial vote against
a resolution in relation to Directors’
remuneration, we would seek to understand
the reasons for any such vote to determine
appropriate actions and detail any such
actions in response to it in the Directors’
Remuneration Report.
Advisors and Other Attendees
During the year, the Committee has been
supported by Wendy Taylor, Chief People
Officer, together with Tim O’Gorman,
Company Secretary (who acts as secretary
to the Committee). The Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer also
attend Committee meetings on occasion,
at the request of the Committee; they
are never present when their own
remuneration is discussed. In carrying
out its responsibilities, the Committee is
authorised to obtain the advice of external
independent remuneration consultants and
is solely responsible for their appointment,
retention and termination. During the year,
the Committee has taken advice from
Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”), which advised
on remuneration reporting, share option
evaluations and other remuneration matters.
Deloitte also provided unrelated advice
on debt advisory work, tax services and
legal support during the year. Total fees
paid to Deloitte in respect of remuneration
advice were £43,500 charged on a time and
materials basis.
Deloitte is a founding member of the
Remuneration Consultants Group and
adheres to the Remuneration Consultants
Group Code of Conduct when providing
services. The Committee considers
Deloitte’s advice independent and
impartial, and is also satisfied that the
Deloitte engagement team that advises
the Remuneration Committee does not
have connections with the Company
or its Directors that might impair their
independence. The Committee considered
the potential for conflicts of interest
and judged that there were appropriate
safeguards against such conflicts.
WTW (previously known as Willis Towers
Watson) also provided the Committee with
executive salary market data. WTW is also a
signatory of the Remuneration Consultants
Group Code of Conduct. Fees paid to WTW
for this advice were £4,125 charged on a
time and materials basis. WTW also provide
insurance broking services and employee
benefits services to the Group.
139
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCE
Remuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration
How the Remuneration Policy was Implemented in FY22 – Executive Directors
Single Remuneration Figure (Audited)
Base
Salary
(£)
570,619
365,985
Benefits
(£)
22,767
12,510
Pension
(£)
85,593
54,898
Other1
(£)
–
–
Total
Fixed
(£)
678,979
433,393
Bonus
(£)
PSP
(£)
679,352 1,787,7132
435,723 1,146,6012
Total
Variable
(£)
2,467,065
1,582,324
Total
“Single
Figure”
(£)
3,146,045
2,015,716
560,526
359,512
20,816
12,517
84,079
53,927
377
377
665,798
426,333
777,730 1,255,1913
852,6243
498,820
2,032,921
1,351,444
2,698,719
1,777,777
2021/22
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
2020/21
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
1.
In December 2020, Graham Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse each received a working from home payment of £377, in line with all Support Centre
Colleagues.
2. For 2021/22, the 2019/20 PSP has been valued based on the average share price during the three-month period to 1 April 2022 of £2.978 and a vesting
outcome of 100% as referenced on page 141. The share price used to determine the level of award was £1.696; therefore, of the vested amount £1.2824
relates to share price appreciation over the performance period. No discretion has been exercised in relation to share price changes.
3. For 2021/22, the 2018/19 PSP value has been restated to reflect the share price at the date of vesting of £3.88 and a vesting outcome of 84.9%. No
discretion has been exercised in relation to share price changes.
FY22 Annual Bonus
The annual bonuses for FY22 for the Executive Directors were based as follows:
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
80% financial measures and 20% delivery of
strategic measures
The targets and performance against these are set out below:
Performance measures for
FY22 annual bonus*
Financial Measures
Profit before tax (50%)
Operating cash flow (15%)1
Revenue (15%)
Strategic Measures
NPS (5%)2
Services-related sales (5%)
Employee engagement (5%)
ESG (5%)
Threshold
(15%
payable)
Target
(50%
payable)
Maximum
(100%
payable)
FY22
outturn
% maximum
bonus
achieved
80%
20%
£65.7m
£57.2m
£1,397.6m
£69.2m
£59.2m
£1,440.8m
£77.4m
£71.0m
£1,484.0m
£78.6m
£101.0m
£1,326.5m
–
–
67.2%
£500.9m
76%
67.7%
£515.9m
78%
68.4%
£476.2m
81%
See targets and summary of performance
below
100%
100%
0%
100%
0%
100%
86.6%
1. Operating cash flow here is defined as EBITDA plus the movement in average working capital in FY22 compared to the prior year.
2.
In order for the NPS target to be met, both the Retail and Autocentres scores must be achieved. NPS achievement is based on P12 exit numbers.
* Excluding government support and acquisition profit.
ESG Measure (5% of award)
The ESG portion of the annual bonus was based on an assessment of progress against key objectives in this area. For target performance,
electrification targets were set for both Retail (30%) and Autocentres (50%). Maximum performance was assessed against the first-year delivery
of our multi-year programmes, including our Group inclusion policy and recommendations from the packaging review.
The Committee reflected on the Group’s performance against the above targets. It also took into consideration our wider diversity and inclusion
(“D&I”) ambitions such as the development of our overall D&I strategy, the launch of our colleague network groups and the delivery of a masterclass
to our senior leaders in D&I (50 senior leaders).
Overall Performance
The performance in the year is summarised on page 130.
140
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPerformance Outcomes for 2019 PSP Awards
Metric
Underlying EPS growth – CAGR
Group revenue growth – CAGR
Free Cash Flow (aggregate FY20 to FY22)
Total
* Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum.
Threshold
targets
(25%
vesting)*
5.0%
3.5%
£125m
Maximum
targets
(100%
vesting)* Performance
13.2%
6.4%
£185.1m
10.0%
6.0%
£165m
Estimated %
total award
vesting
100%
100%
100%
100%
Weighting
50%
25%
25%
100%
As with the annual bonus, the Committee retains the discretion to adjust the PSP vesting outcome if it is not considered to be reflective
of underlying financial or non-financial performance of the business or the performance of the individual or where the outcome is not
considered appropriate in the context of the experience of shareholders or other stakeholders.
The Committee considered the outcome in the context of the business and determined that no changes to the formulaic outcomes
were required.
Benefits
Benefits include payments made in relation to a car plus fuel or a cash allowance, private health insurance, life assurance and a driver.
Pension
Pension payments represent contributions made either to defined contribution pension schemes or as a cash allowance. Graham
Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse both received a contribution of 15% of base salary. Pension contributions/allowances for the
Executive Directors in role will be aligned with the maximum employer pension contribution available to the majority of the workforce
from 1 April 2023.
Share Awards Granted During the Year (Audited)
Performance Share Plan
During the period, the following awards were granted to the Executive Directors under the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) as follows:
Graham Stapleton
Date
of award
7 October 2021
Loraine Woodhouse
7 October 2021
Type
of award
Nil cost option
(0p exercise price)
Nil cost option
(0p exercise price)
1. These awards were based on 200% of salary.
Maximum
face
value of
award2
£1,131,060
Threshold
vesting
(% of award)
25%
Number
of shares1
387,216
248,353
£725,440
25%
Performance
period
3 April 2021 to
29 March 2024
3 April 2021 to
29 March 2024
2. Based on the average mid-market price on three preceding days of the awards of £2.921 on 7 October 2021.
Performance Conditions
The performance conditions and targets for PSP awards granted during FY22 are as follows:
Award
(200% of salary)
100% vesting
Straight-line vesting
25% vesting
0% vesting
Underlying EPS
growth – CAGR
(50% of the award)
12%
Between 5%
and 12%
Relative TSR
(30% of the award)
Upper quartile
Between market
median and upper
quartile
Market median
Below 5% Below market median
5%
Group services
-related sales
(total of sales for
FY22 to FY24)
(20% of the award)
£617.0m
Between £586.2m
and £617.0m
£586.2m
Below £586.2m
The award shares that vest will become exercisable in 2024. The shares that vest will be subject to a two-year holding period.
141
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration
Deferred Bonus Plan
During the period, the following awards were granted to the Executive Directors under the Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”) as follows:
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
Date of
award
30 June 2021
30 June 2021
Number of
shares1
60,121
38,560
Maximum
face value of
award2
£259,242
£166,271
Vesting
30 June 2024–30 June 2025
30 June 2024–30 June 2025
1. One third of the FY21 bonus was deferred into shares for a period of three years. These awards are not subject to further performance conditions.
2. Based on the average mid-market price on the date of the award of £4.312 on 30 June 2021.
Outstanding Share Awards (Audited)
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The following summarises outstanding awards under the PSP:
Grant
price5
(£)
Awards
held
3 April
2021
3.1970 381,040
1.696 585,611
2.425 458,162
2.921
–
3.079 258,832
1.696 375,598
2.425 293,855
–
2.921
Awarded
during
the
period
–
–
–
387,216
–
–
–
248,353
Dividend
reinvest-
ment6
8,073
14,615
11,434
3,376
5,484
9,374
7,333
2,165
Forfeited
during
the
period
57,538
–
–
–
39,084
–
–
–
Lapsed
during
the
period
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Award
date
5 Oct 20181
20 Sept 20192
16 Oct 20203
7 Oct 20214
9 Nov 20181
20 Sept 20192
16 Oct 20203
7 Oct 20214
Exercised
during
the
period
Awards
Perform-
held
Holding
ance period
1 April
period to
years to
2022
2 Apr 2023
2 Apr 2021
– 331,575
– 600,226
1 Apr 2024
1 Apr 2022
– 469,596 31 Mar 2023 31 Mar 2025
– 390,592 29 Mar 2024 29 Mar 2026
2 Apr 2023
2 Apr 2021
– 225,232
– 384,972
1 Apr 2024
1 Apr 2022
– 301,188 31 Mar 2023 31 Mar 2025
– 250,518 29 Mar 2024 29 Mar 2026
Graham
Stapleton
Loraine
Woodhouse
1. FY19 awards are subject 50% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 1.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 6.0% p.a. growth), 25% to Group Revenue
Growth targets (25% vesting for 3.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 8% p.a. growth), and 25% subject to Free Cash Flow (25% vesting for £125m, 100%
vesting for £165m). In addition, any vesting of the PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on
average for the three years of the plan. The performance targets for this award were met based on performance for FY21 and 84.9% of the award vested
in FY21 and 15.1% was forfeited. A two-year deferral period was applied and the award will remain in the EBT until June 2023 when it will become
exercisable.
2. FY20 awards are subject 50% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 10.0% p.a. growth), 25% to Group Revenue
Growth targets (25% vesting for 3.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 6% p.a. growth), and 25% subject to Free Cash Flow (25% vesting for £125m, 100%
vesting for £165m). In addition, any vesting of the PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on
average for the three years of the plan.
3. FY21 awards are subject 40% to Relative TSR (25% vesting achieving below market median, 100% vesting achieving upper quartile), 30% to Free Cash
Flow (25% vesting for £117m, 100% vesting for £128m), 20% to underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 2.5% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 8% p.a.
growth), and 10% to Group Services Related Sales (25% vesting for 30% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 35% p.a. growth). In addition, any vesting of the
PSP will be subject to an underpin whereby the net debt to EBITDA ratio remains below 1.5 times on average for the three years of the plan.
4. FY22 awards are subject to 50% underlying EPS growth (25% vesting for 5.0% p.a. growth, 100% vesting for 12% p.a. growth), 30% to Relative TSR
targets (25% vesting for lower quartile and 100% for upper quartile) and 20% to Group Revenue Growth targets (25% vesting for £586.2m of sales, 100%
for £617m of sales).
5. The grant price is calculated by taking the mid-market average across the three preceding days prior to the grant date.
6. The interim and final dividends have been reinvested in shares at prices between £3.11 and £3.44.
Deferred Bonus Plan (“DPB”)
Award
date
31 May
2018
30 June
2021
30 June
2021
Graham
Stapleton
Loraine
Woodhouse
Grant
price1
(£)
Awards
held
3 Apr
2021
Awarded
during
the
period
Dividend
reinvest-
ment2
Forfeited
during
the
period
Lapsed
during
the
period
Exercised
during
the
period
Awards
held
1 Apr
2022
3.3760
13,499
–
336
4.312
4.312
–
–
60,121
1,499
38,560
961
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
13,8353
61,620
39,521
Vesting
31/05/21–
31/05/22
30/06/24–
30/06/25
30/06/24–
30/06/25
1. The grant price is calculated by using the mid-market quotation on the date of grant.
2. The interim and final dividends have been reinvested in shares at prices between £3.11 and £3.44.
3. Graham exercised his 2018 DBP award on 13 April 2022 achieving a share price of £2.50, after the payment of tax liabilities, Graham retained the
balance of 7,145 shares.
142
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCECEO Pay Compared to Performance
The following graph shows the TSR performance of the Company since April 2012, against the FTSE All Share General Retailers Index
(which was chosen because it represents a broad equity market index of which the Company is a constituent).
250
200
150
100
50
0
2
1
0
2
3
1
0
2
4
1
0
2
5
1
0
2
6
1
0
2
7
1
0
2
8
1
0
2
9
1
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
2
0
2
Halfords Group
FTSE All-Share General Retailers
Source: Thompson Research
The following table summarises the CEO single figure for the past ten years and outlines the proportion of annual bonus paid as a
percentage of the maximum opportunity and the proportion of PSP awards vesting as a percentage of the maximum opportunity. The
annual bonus is shown based on the year to which performance related and the PSP is shown for the last year of the performance period.
FY13
FY14
FY15
FY16
FY17
FY18
FY19
FY20
FY21
FY22
CEO Single Figure (£000)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5
Annual Bonus (% of maximum)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5
PSP Vesting (% of maximum)
Graham Stapleton1
Jonny Mason2
Jill McDonald3
Matt Davies4
David Wild5
–
–
–
499
198
–
–
–
1,372
–
–
–
–
645
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
50% 97.5%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
851
54
–
–
–
23.5%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
741
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,818
236
295
–
–
70%
42.3%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
670
–
–
–
–
678
–
–
–
–
2,699
–
–
–
–
3,146
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
92.5% 79.37%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
84.9%
–
–
–
–
100%
–
–
–
–
1. Graham Stapleton was appointed in January 2018. An incorrect benefits figure was reported for FY19 in error, this was corrected and reflected in the total
for FY19. The single figure for FY21 has been restated to reflect the share price of the PSP at the date of vesting on 9 June 2021 of £3.88.
2. Jonny Mason was appointed as interim Chief Executive Officer for the period from September 2017 to the date of Graham Stapleton joining in January
2018, and the figures represent pro-rated amounts of his bonus and overall remuneration for FY18.
3. Jill McDonald was appointed in May 2015 and resigned as CEO in September 2017.
4. Matt Davies was appointed in October 2012 and resigned as CEO in April 2015.
5. David Wild resigned as CEO in July 2012.
143
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration
Shareholding Guidelines
The Committee believes that it is important that Executive Directors’ interests are aligned with those of the shareholders. Executive
Directors are encouraged to acquire and retain shares with a value equal to 200% of their annual base salary. Executive Directors are
expected to retain 75% of any post-tax shares that vest under any share incentive plans until this shareholding guideline is met. For FY22,
neither Executive Director met their shareholding guidelines but made good progress towards the requirement.
Shareholding guideline
Shareholding as at 1 April 2022
Current value (based on share price on 1 April 2022)
Current % of salary
Graham Stapleton
200%
235,7261
£611,003
106.13%
Loraine Woodhouse
200%
167,2161
£433,424
117.38%
1 The shareholding figure include the vested shares from the 2018 Performance Share Plan award (on a net of tax basis) which are currently being held in a
two-year deferral period in the EBT. The figure also includes the shares held in the EBT in relation to the Deferred Bonus Plan grants made in 2021 (on a net
of tax basis). Historically, shares granted under the Deferred Bonus Plan had not been included in the Directors’ shareholdings but have now been included
in line with recent guidance from the Investment Association.
These figures include those of their spouse or civil partner and infant children, or stepchildren, as required by Section 822 of the Companies Act
2006. On 13 April 2022, Graham exercised the Deferred Bonus Plan award granted to him on 31 May 2018; this resulted in Graham receiving
7,145 shares, bringing his total shareholding to 242,871 shares. There was no change in the beneficial interest of Loraine Woodhouse between
1 April 2022 and 15 June 2022.
In light of the Code and evolving market practice, in FY20, the Committee introduced a post-employment shareholding guideline to support the
alignment of interests between Executive Directors and shareholders following an Executive’s departure from the Board. Under this guideline,
Executive Directors are expected to retain their shareholding guideline (200% of salary) for a period of two years post stepping down as an
Executive Director. This post-employment shareholding guideline applies to any performance incentive shares that vest from 1 April 2020.
Executive Directors’ Appointments
Director
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
Date of Service Agreement
8 September 2017
12 July 2018
Notice Period
6 months
6 months
Outside Appointments
Halfords recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies. Such Non-Executive duties
can broaden experience and knowledge which can benefit Halfords. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive Directors are allowed to accept
Non-Executive Director appointments and retain the fees received, provided that these appointments are not likely to lead to conflicts of interest.
Graham Stapleton is a Non-Executive Director of The Magic Bean Co. Limited (appointed on 21 January 2021) and Loraine Woodhouse is a Non-
Executive Director of The British Land Company plc (appointed on 1 March 2021). Both Graham and Loraine retain their earnings for these roles.
Appointment Terms for Jo Hartley
Jo Hartley joined Halfords on 19 April 2022 and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer upon Loraine Woodhouse’s departure in the
summer.
She was appointed on a base salary of £395,000 per annum. Her benefits package is in line with our Remuneration Policy, with a pension
contribution of 3% of base salary in line with the wider workforce. The Committee recognises that Jo’s base salary is set at a level above
the previous CFO’s salary but the Committee considers this appropriate, taking into account the level of Jo’s fixed pay in her previous role
which was at a similar level to that which she will receive at Halfords.
For the first year of appointment, her annual bonus and PSP awards has been set at 125% and 150% of base salary respectively. This is
below the maximum opportunities under our Policy and below the incentive opportunities of her predecessor. From FY24, the Committee
intends, subject to satisfactory individual performance, to increase her annual bonus and PSP award opportunities to 150% and 200% of
base salary respectively in line with the incentive opportunities for the previous CFO.
On joining, she received a gross payment of £112,000 to replace a cash bonus she was required to repay on cessation of employment
from her previous employer. The value of this payment directly mirrored the amount repaid to the previous employer. The award is to be
subject to malus and clawback provisions for a period of six months.
Leaving Arrangements for Loraine Woodhouse (Audited)
As announced in October 2021, Loraine Woodhouse will be retiring from the Board in the summer of 2022 following four years as Chief
Financial Officer.
In line with the Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee has approved good leaver status for Loraine in relation to her outstanding
share awards. The awards will be pro-rated for the portion of the performance period elapsed on departure and will vest on the ‘normal’ date
subject to the assessment of performance conditions. In line with plan rules, the deferred bonus awards will vest on cessation of employment.
144
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCELoraine will be required to hold her actual shareholding for two years post-cessation. Shareholding during this period will be monitored
by the Company, and shares may only be sold with the prior consent of the Chair or by compulsory purchase.
Loraine was eligible to receive an annual bonus for FY22 as outlined above. The Committee has also determined that Loraine will be
eligible to participate in the FY23 annual bonus on a pro-rated basis given that she will be employed for part of the year. Any payment will
be made after the end of the financial year, be pro-rated for the period up until her departure from the Company and be paid fully in cash
given deferred bonus awards will vest on cessation. She will not receive a PSP award in 2022.
Her salary, benefits and pension will be paid up until her departure date and there will be no payment in lieu of notice.
Loss of Office Payments (Audited)
No loss of office payment was made to a Director during the year.
Payments to Former Directors (Audited)
No payments were made to former Directors during the year.
How the Remuneration Policy was Implemented in FY22 – Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Director single figure comparison (Audited)
Senior
Independent
Director fee
(£)
–
10,000
Board fees
(£)
194,135
52,470
Committee
Chair/
Employee
Voice
Director fees
(£)
–
10,000
Taxable
benefits1
(£)
–
93
Total “Single
Figure”2
2022
(£)
194,135
72,563
Total “Single
Figure”
2021
(£)
192,400
67,548
52,470
52,470
–
–
10,000
10,000
133
–
62,603
62,000
62,470
30,667
Role
Director
Keith Williams3 Company Chair
Helen Jones
Senior Independent
Director, ESG Committee
Chair and Employee
Voice Director
Jill Caseberry Remuneration
Tom Singer4
Committee Chair
Audit Committee Chair
1.
Includes hotel and travel costs incurred when attending Halfords’ meetings and Board visits.
2. The Chair and Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in any of the Group’s incentive plans or pension plans so all pay is fixed.
3. Keith Williams did not claim any taxable benefits during the year.
4. Tom Singer was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 16 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair on 1 January 2021. Tom did not claim any
taxable benefits during the year.
Non-Executive Director Shareholding
Director
Keith Williams
Helen Jones
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer
2022
150,000
8,000
3,125
30,000
2021
130,000
3,000
–
30,000
These figures include those of their spouses, civil partners and infant children, or stepchildren, as required by Section 822 of the
Companies Act 2006. There was no change in these beneficial interests between 1 April 2022 and 15 June 2022.
Non-Executive Directors do not have a shareholding guideline but they are encouraged to buy shares in the Company.
Non-Executive Directors’ Appointments
None of the Non-Executive Directors has an employment contract with the Company. However, each had entered into a letter of
appointment with the Company confirming their appointment for a period of three years, unless terminated by either party giving the other
not less than three months’ notice or by the Company on payment of fees in lieu of notice.
Director
Jill Caseberry
Helen Jones
Tom Singer
Keith Williams
Appointed
01-Mar-19
01-Mar-14
16-Sep-20
24-Jul-18
Date of current
appointment
01-Mar-22
01-Mar-20
16-Sep-20
24-Jul-21
Expiry date
28-Feb-25
28-Feb-23
15-Sep-23
23-Jul-24
Unexpired term at the
date of this report
32 months
8 months
15 months
25 months
145
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration
Their appointments are subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association, and, in particular,
the need for re-election. Continuation of an individual Non-Executive Director’s appointment is also contingent on that Non-Executive
Director’s satisfactory performance, which is evaluated annually. The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for
inspection by shareholders at the Company’s registered office.
How the Remuneration Policy will be Implemented for FY23 – Executive Directors
Salary
Salaries for Executive Directors were increased by 1.8% with effect from 1 October 2021 in line with the increase received across the wider
workforce. The salaries for the current Executive Directors are as follows:
CEO - Graham Stapleton
CFO (incoming) – Jo Hartley1
CFO (departing) – Loraine Woodhouse2
£575,710
£395,000
£369,250
1. Jo Hartley joined Halfords 19 April 2022 and will assume the role of Chief Financial Officer upon Loraine Woodhouse’s departure.
2. As announced in October 2021, Loraine Woodhouse will retire from the Board on 16 June 2022. In order to ensure a smooth transition, she will remain in
post until this date, stepping down after the FY22 Preliminary Results.
Salaries will next be reviewed with effect from 1 October 2022.
Pension
Graham Stapleton and Loraine Woodhouse will continue to receive a pension allowance of 15% of base salary. The Committee acknowledges
that this level of pension is above the rate that is available to the wider workforce in the UK; however, given the existing contractual
entitlements and limited tenure in role it was deemed appropriate that the pension level remained unchanged at this stage. However, mindful
of shareholder guidance that pensions for Executives should be aligned with the pension provision available for the wider workforce, Graham
Stapleton has agreed to reduce his pension to be in line with the rate available for the wider workforce from 1 April 2023.
In line with the Remuneration Policy, the newly appointed CFO (Jo Hartley) will receive a pension opportunity of 3% of salary. This rate is
in line with the policy for the majority of the workforce.
Annual Bonus
The normal maximum annual bonus for Executive Directors is 150% of base salary with 2/3 paid in cash and 1/3 paid in Halfords’ shares
deferred for three years.
For the incoming CFO, it was agreed that her annual bonus opportunity would be 125% of base salary for the first year of her appointment.
From FY24, the Committee intends, subject to satisfactory individual performance, to increase the bonus opportunity to 150% of base
salary in line with the Remuneration Policy and the opportunity level of her predecessor.
For FY23, following a review of the performance measures, the Committee agreed that there would be no changes to the annual bonus
performance measures from prior year. The performance measures and their weightings have been summarised below.
Performance measures for FY23 annual bonus
Financial Measures
• Underlying Group PBT (post exceptions) – 50%
• Group revenue – 15%
• Operating cash flow – 15%
Strategic Measures
• Group NPS – 5%
• Group services-related sales – 5%
• Group colleague engagement – 5%
• ESG Metric – 5%
80%
20%
Targets have not been disclosed at the current time as they are considered to be commercially sensitive. The Committee intends to
disclose targets in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.
146
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEPerformance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The normal PSP award for Executive
Directors is 200% of base salary.
For the incoming CFO, Jo Hartley, it was
agreed that her PSP opportunity would be
150% of base salary for the first year of
her appointment. Similarly to the annual
bonus, the current intention is that for FY24
onwards her maximum opportunity will
increase to 200% of base salary, subject to
individual performance during the year. The
departing CFO will not be entitled to a PSP
award in 2022.
The Committee is mindful of shareholder
guidance that award levels should be
adjusted where the share price has fallen
significantly compared to prior years. Based
on the current share price, no adjustment is
required; however, the Committee will take
this into account when determining award
levels in September.
In light of the macroeconomic uncertainty,
the Committee is currently reviewing the
performance measures and targets for the
2022 PSP awards. Performance measures
and targets will be disclosed in the RNS
announcement at the time of award. It is
the Committee’s intention that TSR and
EPS will continue to be included as key
measures of profit progress and shareholder
value creation.
Our normal practice is to grant awards in
September.
The Committee believes that these
performance measures provide an appropriate
balance between incentivising management
to drive shareholder value creation, deliver
improved financial performance and to execute
our strategy to focus the business more on
service-related offerings.
How the Remuneration Policy
will be Implemented for FY23 –
Non-Executive Directors Fees
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are
normally reviewed every two years. Any
changes to these fees will be approved by the
Board as a whole following a recommendation
from the Chief Executive Officer.
The fees of the Non-Executive Directors
were reviewed in October 2021, where
a 1.8% fee increase was applied to the
Chair’s fee and the base Non-Executive
Director fee; however, no increase was
applied to the Committee Chair fees. The
next fee review will be in October 2022.
Current fees for Non-Executive Directors are as follows:
Chair
Base fee
Additional fees
Senior Independent Director
Committee Chair (Audit and Remuneration)
Employee Voice Director
Committee Chair (ESG)
FY22
£195,870
£52,940
£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000
FY21
£192,400
£52,000
£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000
Change in Remuneration of Directors compared to Group Colleagues
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Director and that of all colleagues in FY22 compared with the prior year.
Executive Directors
Graham Stapleton
Loraine Woodhouse
Non-Executive Directors
Keith Williams
Helen Jones1
Jill Caseberry
Tom Singer2
David Adams3
Average pay of all colleagues in the
Group
Base salary/
fees %
change
FY21 to FY22
Annual
bonus %
change
FY20 to FY21
Benefits %
change
Base salary/
fees %
change
Annual bonus
% change
Benefits %
change
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
1.8%
N/A
100%4
100%4
–7
–7
–7
–7
N/A
–5
–5
–8
–8
–8
–8
N/A
1.8%
1.8%
0.0%
9.5%
0.0%
N/A
N/A
–6
–6
–7
–7
–7
–7
–7
2.8%
76.3%9
–5
4.02%
45.42%10
–5
–5
–8
–8
–8
–8
–8
–5
1. Helen Jones was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 15 September 2020.
2. Tom Singer was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 16 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair on 1 January 2021.
3. David Adams stepped down as Senior Independent Director on 15 September 2020, and as Audit Committee Chair and Non-Executive Director on
31 December 2020.
4. Bonus payable for FY21.
5. No change to the benefits available for both Directors and colleagues.
6. No bonus payable for FY20.
7. Not eligible for a bonus.
8. Not eligible for benefits.
9.
Increase due to more bonus and incentive potential available in operational roles.
10. Based on all colleagues who were paid a bonus during FY20 and FY21. Includes the Frontline Fund bonus paid to all eligible colleagues in August 2020.
147
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCERemuneration Committee Report
Annual Report on Remuneration
CEO Pay Ratio
Halfords being a UK listed Company with more than 250 employees means that the Company is required to disclose annually the ratio of
its CEO’s pay to the median, lower quartile and upper quartile pay of their UK employees. Details of this can be found in the table below.
Year
2021/22
2020/21
Method
Option B
Option B
25th percentile
pay ratio
167:1
143:1
Median
pay ratio
147:1
126:1
75th percentile
pay ratio
90:1
99:1
In addition to the ratio of the CEO’s pay to the 25th, median and 75th percentile of UK employees, companies are also required to disclose:
• an explanation of the methodology used, including an explanation of the reason where any components of total remuneration have
been omitted and a brief explanation of any assumptions used to determine full-time equivalent remuneration;
•
the total remuneration and salary value (the £ value) for the 25th, median and 75th percentile employees used in the pay ratio
calculation;
• an explanation for changes to the ratio year on year (not applicable for first year disclosures); and
• whether the Company considers the median pay ratio consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and
progression.
Of the three options set out in the new legislation for calculating the CEO pay ratio, we have used Option B using Gender Pay Gap
data. This option was chosen as it represents the most efficient method to determine the respective pay ratios. The colleagues at the
three quartiles were identified and their respective single figure values calculated as of 5 April 2021. To ensure the identified colleagues
were representative, the total remuneration for a group of individuals above and below the identified colleague at each quartile was also
reviewed.
The Board has confirmed that the ratio is consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression.
In order to determine the full-time equivalent salary component for the representative colleagues, the hourly rate was multiplied by full-time
hours to calculate the full-time equivalent salary. No component of total remuneration was omitted. The base salary and total remuneration
for each representative colleague are outlined below.
There is an increase in the CEO pay ratio in 2022 compared to 2021. As is appropriate, the remuneration arrangements for the Executive
Directors are more closely linked to performance. Given the strong performance for FY22, remuneration for the CEO has risen more than
for the wider workforce.
Component
Base Salary
Total Remuneration
P25
£18,860.40
£18,860.40
P50
£20,714.20
£21,456.72
P75
£30,819.36
£34,819.93
Workforce Engagement in Remuneration
As referenced on pages 51 and 104, Halfords has long established practices of engaging with colleagues across all areas of the business,
including holding regular listening groups, appointing and meeting with local colleague engagement (“people”) champions, and conducting
regular colleague surveys.
During the course of the year, People Champions were invited to input to a number of broader business initiatives, including ESG and
reward practice, so gaining an understanding of corporate governance and Executive remuneration. The content of the remuneration
session specifically talked to how executive pay aligns with wider Company pay policy, including benefits provision, and invited feedback
from People Champions in respect of the reward framework. Detailed remuneration briefing sessions were also held with senior leaders on
the launch of the FY22 bonus and PSP plans.
148
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCEGender Pay Gap Report
Details of the Group’s Gender Pay Gap Report for 5 April 2021 are available at www.Halfordscompany.com/environmental-social-and-
governance/our-colleagues/gender-pay-gap/.
Relative Importance of Pay
The Committee is also aware of shareholders’ views on remuneration and its relationship to other cash disbursements. The following table
shows the relationship between the Company’s financial performance, payments made to shareholders, payments made to tax authorities
and expenditure on payroll.
EBITDA (underlying)
PBT (underlying)
Payments to employees:
Wages and salaries
Executive Directors1
Dividend paid to shareholders and share buybacks
2022
£207.1m
£89.8m
£283.4m
£5.2m
£16.5m
2021
£233.0m
£99.5m
£262.3m
£4.5m2
£nil
1. Based on the single figure calculation, not all of which is included within wages and salary costs.
2. The FY21 figure has been restated to reflect the share price of the PSP award at the date of vesting, further information is available in the Single
Remuneration Figure table on page 140.
149
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Responsibilities
Directors’ Responsibilities
Pursuant to DTR4
The directors confirm to the best of their
knowledge:
• The financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with the
applicable set of accounting standards,
give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit
and loss of the group.
• The annual report includes a fair review
of the development and performance of
the business and the financial position
of the group and company, together
with a description of the principal risks
and uncertainties that they face.
Approved by order of the Board.
Keith Williams
Chair
15 June 2022
The directors are responsible for keeping
adequate accounting records that
are sufficient to show and explain the
company’s transactions and disclose
with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the company and
enable them to ensure that the financial
statements comply with the Companies
Act 2006.
They are also responsible for safeguarding
the assets of the company and hence
for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other
irregularities. The Directors are responsible
for ensuring that the annual report and
accounts, taken as a whole, are fair,
balanced, and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the group’s performance,
business model and strategy.
Website Publication
The Directors are responsible for
ensuring the Annual Report and the
financial statements are made available
on a website. Financial statements are
published on the Company’s website in
accordance with legislation in the United
Kingdom governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements,
which may vary from legislation in other
jurisdictions. The maintenance and
integrity of the company’s website is
the responsibility of the directors. The
directors’ responsibility also extends to the
ongoing integrity of the financial statements
contained therein.
Directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing
the annual report and the financial
statements in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards and
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to
prepare financial statements for each
financial year. Under that law the directors
are required to prepare the group financial
statements in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards and
have elected to prepare the company
financial statements in accordance with
United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom
Accounting Standards and applicable laws).
Under company law the directors must not
approve the financial statements unless
they are satisfied that they give a true and
fair view of the state of affairs of the group
and company and of the profit or loss for
the group for that period.
In preparing these financial statements, the
directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and
then apply them consistently;
• make judgements and accounting
estimates that are reasonable and
prudent;
• state whether they have been prepared
in accordance with UK adopted
international accounting standards,
subject to any material departures
disclosed and explained in the financial
statements;
• prepare the financial statements on
the going concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the
group and the company will continue in
business;
• prepare a directors’ report, a strategic
report and directors’ remuneration
report which comply with the
requirements of the Companies
Act 2006.
150
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR GOVERNANCE halfords.annualreport2022.com
151
OUR GOVERNANCEi
l
s
a
c
n
a
n
F
r
u
O
i
Contents
163
164
154
162
Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
165
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 166
Note to Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
Company Balance Sheet
Company Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
Accounting Policies
Notes to the Financial Statements
167
168
179
203
204
205
206
Independent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Halfords Group plc
Opinion on the Financial Statements
In our opinion:
•
•
•
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 1 April 2022 and
of the Group’s profit for the 52 weeks then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice; and
•
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Halfords Group Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 52
weeks ended 1 April 2022 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income,
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows, the Notes to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company Balance Sheet, the Company Statement
of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Accounting policies and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant
accounting policies.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and UK
adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent
Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101
Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is
consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.
Independence
Following the conclusion of a formal tender process led by the Group’s Audit Committee, the Board proposed appointment of BDO LLP as
the Company’s auditor for the financial year ended 3 April 2020 and subsequent financial periods. The appointment was approved by the
Company’s shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 31 July 2019.
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including reappointments is three years, covering the years ended 3 April 2020 to 1 April 2022.
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the
Group or the Parent Company.
Conclusions Relating to Going Concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation
of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
• Assessment of assumptions within the projected cash flows: we evaluated the reasonableness of the assumptions and future plans
modelled within the Board approved going concern forecasts, covering the period to 30 June 2023 and including the impact of
strategic initiatives as well as the ongoing and uncertain impact of current macro-economic factors including rising energy prices
and interest rates. This involved evaluation of the budgeted figures compared to FY22, consideration of inflationary uplifts and other
adjustments applied by the Directors to agreed pricing with certain suppliers and external data supporting assumptions.
• Financing: confirmed the Group had financing facilities in place throughout the period of the going concern review as modelled in its
forecasts. We also recomputed the calculations supporting covenant compliance and headroom throughout the going concern period
with reference to the facility agreement.
• Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of sensitivities of the Group’s cash flow forecasts with reference to the financial covenants in place over
the existing financing facilities. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as well as a stress test to
consider the level of future revenue reduction the Group could support. We recomputed the Directors prepared sensitivities applied to
the forecasts and further considered these by applying additional sensitivity testing.
• Post year end trading performance: comparison of the post year end trading results to the forecasts so as to evaluate the accuracy
and achievability of the forecasts prepared.
• Disclosures: evaluation of the adequacy of the disclosures in relation to the risks posed and scenarios the Directors have considered in
reaching their going concern assessment and the accounting framework.
154
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSBased on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add
or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this
report.
Overview
Coverage1
Key audit matters
Materiality
94% (FY21: 93%) of Group profit before tax and non-underlying items
86% (FY21: 91%) of Group revenue
84% (FY21: 94%) of Group total assets
IFRS16 – leases
Project Paris
Acquistion of Axle Group (trading as National Tyre
Services)
Accounting treatment of capitalised software costs
Carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in
subsidiaries
FY21
✓
✓
FY22
✓
✓
✓
During FY21 the Group announced plans to close a number of stores across both the Retail
and Car servicing segments so as to right-size their physical estate ‘Project Paris’
Material impairments and provisions were therefore recorded in relation to redundancies
and costs associated with the store closures which also resulted in property, plant and
equipment, right of use assets and inventory having a reduced recoverable amount. This was
a one off non-recurring event.
IFRS 16 was previously noted as a key audit matter owing to its magnitude and the
management judgement required in the accurate assessment of the balances. However as
this is the third financial year of implementation management now have well established
policies and procedures in place to record and report these balances. Whilst this remains an
audit risk area it is no longer considered a key audit matter.
Group financial statements as a whole
£4m (FY21: £3.4m) 5% of normalised (3 year average) profit before tax and non-underlying
items (FY21: 5% of normalised (3 year average) profit before tax and non-underlying items).
1. These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team.
An Overview of the Scope of our Audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override
of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material
misstatement.
All of the Group’s three significant components (inclusive of Halfords Group Plc) were subjected to full scope audits for Group purposes.
All components are located in the UK and were audited by the Group audit team. The remaining components were assessed as non
significant and subject to specified audit and analytical review procedures by the Group audit team
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we
identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
155
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Halfords Group plc
Key audit matter
Acquistion of Axle Group
Holdings Limited and
subsidiaries
(The accounting policies
and critical judgements
and estimates applied
are disclosed within
the Group’s accounting
policies
The acquisition
balances are
disclosed in Note 10)
On 9 December 2021 the Group
completed the acquisition of 100% of
the share capital of Axle Group Holdings
Limited for cash consideration of £61.5m
(excluding transaction costs).
The accounting for the acquisition
balance sheet at 9 December 2021
and the subsequent Purchase Price
Allocation (“PPA”) assessment, involved
the alignment of material accounting
policies, the fair value of consideration,
identification and valuation of intangible
assets at acquisition date and the
subsequent goodwill. Management
engaged an external expert to undertake
the PPA assessment and assist with
the assessment of corporation tax and
deferred tax balances associated with
the transaction.
This was a material, non routine
transaction for the group, the accounting
considerations and disclosures are
complex and include significant
management estimates and judgements.
We have therefore raised this as a key
audit matter.
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Our audit procedures included:
• Review of the Sale and Purchase Agreement to understand
the structure of the transaction and to confirm the
consideration paid.
• Engaging with our own internal valuation specialists to review
and challenge the PPA, including the identification of amounts
related to customer relationships, and other intangibles.
• Evaluating the capabilities, competence and objectivity of the
external valuation experts engaged by management for the
PPA assessment.
• Evaluating and concluding on the appropriateness of the
external valuation expert’s conclusions by comparing them to
our knowledge of the industry.
• Checking the cashflow forecasts including inputs and
assumptions used to assess the fair value of the intangible
assets acquired by comparing to actual and historical results
and the reasonableness of the underlying information used.
• Assessing the suitability of the valuation methods applied
against industry norms and considering the appropriateness
of the discount rate used to determine the fair values with
reference to relevant supporting information.
• Performing audit procedures, on a sample basis, to confirm
the completeness, accuracy and carrying value of the
amounts included on the acquisition balance sheet.
• Checking the alignment to group accounting policies with
specific reference to IFRS 16 Leases.
• Confirming the acquisition accounting entries in the group
financial statements and the calculation of goodwill against
the requirements of the financial reporting standard.
• Reviewing the corporation and deferred tax entries associated
with the transaction and the recoverability of the deferred tax
asset recognised. The review work was inclusive of input from
our tax specialists.
• Reviewing the adequacy of the disclosure notes in the
financial statements in relation to the acquisition to ensure
it complied with the requirements of IFRS 2 Business
Combinations.
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, the methodology and
assumptions used in the Acquistion of Axle Group Holdings
Limited and subsidiaries are appropriate.
156
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSKey audit matter
Costs capitalised
related to software
development £21.4m
(FY21: £11.8m)
(The accounting policies
and critical judgements
and estimates applied
are disclosed within
the Group’s accounting
policies
The capitalised
balances are
disclosed in Note 11)
Carrying value of the
parent Company’s
investment in subsidiaries
£811.4m (FY21: £803.6m)
(The accounting policy
applied is disclosed
within the parent
Company and the
Group’s accounting
policies
The investment balance
is disclosed in Note 4 to
the Company Financial
statements)
The Group capitalises certain internal
and external costs in respect of the
development of software. In April 2021,
the IFRS Interpretations Committee
(“IFRIC”) published an agenda decision
in relation to configuration and
customisation expenditure relating to
cloud computing arrangements, including
Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”).
Following the interpretation being
published, the Group has now updated
its accounting policy in relation to
IAS38 Intangible Assets, which includes
accounting for such SaaS arrangements.
The risk is that the accounting policy
change is not appropriately applied to
nor appropriately disclosed in relation to
both the current and prior financial
years.
We have therefore raised this as a key
audit matter.
The parent Company’s investment in
subsidiaries represents its investment
in the underlying trading businesses
of the Group. The recoverability of the
investment is dependent on the future
cashflows of these subsidiaries. The
directors have prepared a value-in-use
assessment to support the carrying value
and have determined that there is no
impairment. Due to the materiality of the
investment in the context of the parent
Company financial statements this was
raised as a key audit matter for our
parent Company audit.
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Our procedures included:
• Assessing the accounting clarification of the IFRIC April 2021
agenda decision against the Group’s updated accounting
policy.
• Agreeing a sample of internal and external costs related to
software to supporting documentation and other relevant
project information to understand the nature of the items and
considered this against the accounting standards and related
interpretations.
• Making enquiries with the project owners to corroborate the
nature of the work performed and considered this against the
accounting standards and related interpretations.
• Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s related disclosures
in respect of the change in accounting policy and the
judgements taken by the directors.
Key observations:
We found the accounting treatment of capitalised costs related
to software development including expenditure relating to cloud
computing arrangements to be acceptable.
Our audit procedures included:
• Comparing the carrying value of the investment to the market
capitalisation as at the period end date and post period end.
• Comparing the carrying value of the investment to the net
asset value of the subsidiaries.
• Obtaining the directors assessment of the carrying value
and confirming whether this was in line with the value in use
calculations performed for goodwill impairment testing for the
Retail and Car Servicing CGUs.
• Assessing the forecast models prepared to support the value-
in-use calculation by testing the appropriateness of key inputs
into the calculations.
• Performing sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions and
checking whether the directors had identified reasonably
possible downside scenarios in their sensitivity analysis.
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we found the Company’s
conclusion that there is no impairment of its investment in
subsidiaries to be acceptable.
157
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Halfords Group plc
Our Application of Materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider
materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users
that are taken on the basis of the financial statements.
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level,
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily
be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their
occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as
follows:
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
Materiality
Basis for determining
materiality
Rationale for the
benchmark applied
FY22
£m
4.0
5% of normalised
(3 year average)
profit before tax and
non-underlying items.
We consider profit
before tax and
non-underlying items
to be the most
appropriate benchmark
as it provides a more
stable measure year
on year than group
profit before tax.
FY21
£m
3.4
5% of normalised
(3 year average)
profit before tax and
non-underlying items.
We consider profit
before tax and
non-underlying items
to be the most
appropriate benchmark
as it provides a more
stable measure year
on year than group
profit before tax.
FY22
£m
2.0
Determined with
reference to 50%
of Group materiality.
FY21
£m
1.7
Determined with
reference to 50%
of Group materiality.
Considered appropriate
in the context of both
the Group financial
statements and
Halfords Group Plc
Company balance sheet.
Considered appropriate
in the context of both the
Group financial
statements and
Halfords Group Plc
Company balance sheet.
For FY22 a normalised
(3 year average)
has been taken owing
to the significant impact
of the COVID-19
pandemic on the FY22
and FY21 financial years.
For FY21 a normalised
(3 year average)
has been taken owing
to the significant impact
of the COVID-19
pandemic on the
FY21 financial year.
£2.21m
Performance materiality
Basis for determining
performance materiality
£2.6m
£1.1m
Performance materiality was set at 65% of materiality. In setting the level of performance materiality we
considered a number of factors including the expected total value of known and likely misstatements.
£1.3m
Component Materiality
We set materiality for each significant component of the Group, including the parent company, based on a percentage of between 49%
and 95% (FY21: 50% and 90%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of
that component. Component materiality ranged from £1.95m to £3.8m (FY21: £1.7m to £3.1m). In the audit of each component, we further
applied performance materiality levels of 65% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding
component materiality was appropriately mitigated.
Reporting Threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £80k (FY21:£70k). We also
agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
158
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSOther Information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report
and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance
conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is
a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit.
Going concern and longer-
term viability
• The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of
accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 78; and
• The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment
covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 79.
Other Code provisions
• Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 95;
• Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set
out on page 117;
• The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and
internal control systems set out on page 117; and
• The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 124.
Other Companies Act 2006 Reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the Companies
Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and
Directors’ report
Directors’ remuneration
Matters on which we
are required to report by
exception
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•
•
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal
requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or
the Directors’ report.
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our
audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited
are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
159
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSIndependent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of Halfords Group plc
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but
to do so.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Extent to Which the Audit was Capable of Detecting Irregularities, Including Fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group, its components and the industry in which it
operates, and considered the risk of acts by the Group which were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. These
included but were not limited to compliance with Companies Act 2006, the Financial Conduct Authority regulations, including the UK
Listing Rules, the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code, IFRSs, UK GAAP for the parent company, and tax legislation covering
corporation tax, employee taxes, VAT and duty.
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, we considered the following:
•
•
the nature of the industry, control environment and business performance including the design of the group’s remuneration policies,
key drivers for Directors’ remuneration and performance targets;
the results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and the Audit Committee about their own identification of the risk of
irregularities;
• any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures; and
•
the matters discussed among the audit engagement team regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and
any potential indicator of fraud. We also discussed the potential for non-compliance with laws and regulations.
We focused on laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements. We also considered the
susceptibility of the Group and Parent company financial statements to misstatement as a result of fraud, and believed that the areas in
which fraud might occur were related to revenue recognition and management override of controls.
Our tests included, but were not limited to:
•
identifying and testing journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics of audit interest, year end consolidation
journals, journals processed by users with privileged IT access rights and those relating to revenue;
•
journal entries posted to revenue, those with unusual account combinations and journals posted by unexpected users;
• enquiries with management, the Audit Committee and enquiries of internal legal counsel to identify any known or suspected non-
compliance or fraud;
•
review of minutes of Board meetings throughout the year to identify any non-compliance with laws and regulations, and fraud, not
already disclosed by management;
•
review of tax compliance and involvement of our tax specialists in the audit;
• challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates and judgements, including
impairment testing, the measurement of provisions, revenue recognition for a new revenue stream, capitalisation policies for intangible
software assets and going concern, and
•
the procedures in the key audit matters section above in relation to the acquisition in the year.
160
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSWe communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members, who were all
deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities, to remain alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and
regulations throughout the audit.
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk of
not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit
procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in
the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our Report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report,
or for the opinions we have formed.
Diane Campbell (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP
Statutory Auditor
London
16 June 2022
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).
161
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSConsolidated Income Statement
52 weeks to 1 April 2022
52 weeks to 2 April 2021
Before
Non-
underlying
Items
£m
1,369.6
(647.9)
721.7
(620.6)
101.1
(11.3)
(11.3)
89.8
(17.2)
Non-
underlying
items
(Note 5)
£m
–
–
–
6.8
6.8
–
–
6.8
(1.7)
Before
Non-
underlying
Items
£m
1,292.3
(636.0)
656.3
(541.8)
114.5
(15.0)
(15.0)
99.5
(17.4)
Non-
underlying
items
(Note 5)
£m
–
–
–
(35.0)
(35.0)
–
–
(35.0)
6.1
Total
£m
1,369.6
(647.9)
721.7
(613.8)
107.9
(11.3)
(11.3)
96.6
(18.9)
Total
£m
1,292.3
(636.0)
656.3
(576.8)
79.5
(15.0)
(15.0)
64.5
(11.3)
72.6
5.1
77.7
82.1
(28.9)
53.2
35.5p
34.0p
37.9p
36.4p
41.7p
40.7p
27.1p
26.4p
Notes
1
2
3
6
7
9
9
For the period
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Results from operating activities
Finance costs
Net finance expense
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the financial period
attributable to equity shareholders
Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted
All results relate to continuing operations of the Group.
The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
162
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value changes in the period
Income tax on other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of income tax
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity shareholders
Notes
7
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
77.7
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
53.2
6.5
(1.3)
5.2
82.9
(9.6)
1.6
(8.0)
45.2
All items within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are classified as items that are or may be recycled to the Income
Statement.
The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
163
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALS
Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax asset
Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables*
Assets held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables*
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Total current liabilities
Net current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Investment in own shares
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.
Notes
11
12
14
22
21
15
16
13
22
17
18
18
22
19
20
18
18
22
19
21
20
23
23
23
23
1 April
2022
£m
442.4
101.7
350.2
–
14.7
909.0
222.1
92.6
–
4.2
3.9
46.3
369.1
1,278.1
(0.2)
(74.5)
(0.5)
(299.6)
(4.0)
(20.5)
(399.3)
(30.2)
–
(316.5)
–
(4.9)
–
(6.4)
(327.8)
(727.1)
551.0
2.2
212.4
(11.6)
2.0
346.0
551.0
2 April
2021
Restated*
£m
398.3
81.3
282.8
0.1
12.3
774.8
143.9
74.1
6.0
0.5
3.1
67.2
294.8
1,069.6
(0.2)
(63.4)
(5.9)
(258.2)
–
(24.5)
(352.2)
(57.4)
–
(280.9)
(0.4)
(3.3)
–
(15.0)
(299.6)
(651.8)
417.8
2.0
151.0
(10.0)
(1.8)
276.6
417.8
The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
The financial statements on pages 162 to 202 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:
Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer
Company Number: 04457314
164
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Changes
in Shareholders’ Equity
Attributable to the equity holders of the Company
Share
capital
£m
2.0
Share
premium
account
£m
151.0
Investment
in own
shares
£m
(10.0)
Other reserves
Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
0.3
Hedging
reserve
£m
4.6
Note
Retained
earnings
£m
217.9
Total
equity
£m
365.8
Closing balance at 3 April 2020
Total comprehensive income
for the period
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value changes in the period
Income tax on other comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive income for
the period net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the
period
Other
Hedging gains and losses and costs
of hedging transferred to the cost of
inventory
Transactions with owners
Share-based payment transactions
Income tax on share-based payment
transactions
Total transactions with owners
Closing balance at 2 April 2021
Total comprehensive income for the
period
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Cash flow hedges:
Fair value changes in the period
Income tax on other comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive income for
the period net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the
period
Hedging gains and losses and costs
of hedging transferred to the cost of
inventory
Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares*
Acquisition of Treasury shares
Share options exercised*
Share-based payment transactions
Income tax on share-based payment
transactions
Dividends to equity holders
Total transactions with owners
Balance at 1 April 2022
* Amounts shown are net of share issue costs.
24
23
23
24
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
53.2
53.2
(9.6)
1.6
(8.0)
(8.0)
–
–
–
–
53.2
(1.3)
1.3
–
–
6.4
(9.6)
1.6
(8.0)
45.2
(1.3)
1.3
6.4
0.4
6.8
417.8
–
–
2.0
–
–
151.0
–
–
(10.0)
–
–
0.3
–
–
(2.1)
0.4
6.8
276.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.2
–
–
–
–
–
0.2
2.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
61.4
–
–
–
–
–
61.4
212.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(3.0)
1.4
–
–
–
(1.6)
(11.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.3
–
77.7
77.7
6.4
(1.3)
5.1
–
–
–
6.4
(1.3)
5.1
5.1
77.7
82.8
(1.3)
–
(1.3)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1.7
–
–
–
7.8
0.4
(16.5)
(8.3)
346.0
61.6
(3.0)
1.4
7.8
0.4
(16.5)
51.7
551.0
The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
165
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit after tax for the period, before non-underlying items
Non-underlying items
Profit after tax for the period
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
(Reversal)/Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
Net finance costs
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and intangibles
Gain on sale and leaseback of assets held for sale
Gain on disposal of leases
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
Exchange movement
Income tax expense
(Increase)/Decrease in inventories
(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables*
(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables*
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Income tax paid
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital (Net of transaction costs)
Repurchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from share options exercised
Finance costs paid
Repayment of borrowings
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Payment of capital element of leases
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities
Net decrease in cash and bank overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.
The notes on pages 168 to 202 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
Notes
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Restated*
£m
72.6
5.1
77.7
20.6
(0.3)
69.9
15.8
11.3
1.8
(0.4)
(6.6)
7.8
0.9
18.9
(66.7)
1.3
(4.6)
(14.7)
(12.2)
120.5
(58.5)
7.5
(22.0)
(25.3)
(98.3)
61.6
(3.0)
1.4
(1.6)
–
(9.0)
(76.0)
(16.5)
(43.1)
(20.9)
67.0
46.1
82.1
(28.9)
53.2
21.0
2.8
81.8
12.9
15.0
1.7
–
–
6.4
2.1
11.3
35.0
(22.4)
36.4
25.7
(10.8)
272.1
(11.5)
–
(11.8)
(15.7)
(39.0)
–
–
–
(5.5)
(180.0)
(10.0)
(85.9)
–
(281.4)
(48.3)
115.3
67.0
12
12
14
11
6
3
13
7
10
8
17
166
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSNote to Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows
I. Analysis of movements in the Group’s net debt in the period
Cash and cash equivalents at bank and in hand
Debt due after one year
Total net debt excluding lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities
Total net debt
Cash and cash equivalents at bank and in hand
Debt due after one year
Total net debt excluding lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Total lease liabilities
Total net debt
At 2 April
2021
£m
67.0
–
67.0
(63.4)
(280.9)
(344.3)
(277.3)
At 3 April
2020
£m
115.3
(179.1)
(63.8)
(83.2)
(332.8)
(416.0)
(479.8)
Cash flow
£m
(20.9)
–
(20.9)
85.0
–
85.0
64.1
Cash flow
£m
(48.3)
180.0
131.7
95.9
–
95.9
227.6
Other non-
cash changes
£m
–
–
–
(96.1)
(35.6)
(131.7)
(131.7)
Other non-
cash changes
£m
–
(0.9)
(0.9)
(76.1)
51.9
(24.2)
(25.1)
At 1 April
2022
£m
46.1
–
46.1
(74.5)
(316.5)
(391.0)
(344.9)
At 2 April
2021
£m
67.0
–
67.0
(63.4)
(280.9)
(344.3)
(277.3)
Non-cash changes include additions of new leases from acquisitions, modifications to leases, foreign exchange movements, and changes
in classifications between amounts due within and after one year.
Cash and cash equivalents at the period end consist of £46.1m (2021: £67.2m) of liquid assets and £0.2m (2021: £0.2m) of bank
overdrafts.
£4.5m (1 April: £6.4m) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit trust in relation to
the share scheme for employees (£3.5m) and in relation to the ‘Here to Help’ fund (£1.0m). Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not
available to circulate within the Group on demand.
167
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
General Information
Halfords Group plc is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for
the period ended 1 April 2022 comprise the Company and its subsidiary undertakings.
Statement of Compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with UK adopted international financial reporting standards.
Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Halfords Group plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together the “Group”) are prepared on a
going concern basis for the reasons set out below, and under the historical cost convention, except where adopted IFRSs require an
alternative treatment. The principal variations relate to financial instruments (IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”), acquisition of business
combinations (IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”), share-based payments (IFRS 2 “Share-based payment”) and leases (IFRS 16 “Leases”).
The financial statements are presented in millions of UK pounds, rounded to the nearest £0.1m.
The accounts of the Group are prepared for the period up to the Friday closest to 31 March each year. Consequently, the financial
statements for the current period cover the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, whilst the comparative period covered the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021.
Going Concern
In determining the appropriate basis of preparation of the financial statements for the year ended 1 April 2022, the Directors are required to
consider whether the Group and Company can continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Directors have assessed
going concern over the 12-month period to 30 June 2023. The Board has concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the Going Concern basis,
having undertaken a rigorous assessment of financial forecasts, which included consideration of the effects of the Ukrainian war, and with
specific consideration to the trading position of the Group. In regards to the Ukraine war there has been limited effect on the Group as it has
no direct connections with either Russia or Ukraine. The financial forecasts have been stress tested and management believe the level at
which sales would need to drop to trigger any concern with cash flow or banking covenants is unlikely to happen.
The Group has a revolving credit facility of £180.0m at the date of approval of these financial statements, expiring on 4 December 2024.
The Group has no other debt or facilities. Significant headroom exists on both financial covenants contained within the banking agreement.
The Group’s financial covenants are calculated on a pre-IFRS 16 basis.
Covenant
Interest payable to EBITDAR>1.5
Net Borrowings to EBITDA<3.0
FY22
2.7
(0.3)
FY21
2.5
(0.4)
The Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as
they fall due; retain sufficient available cash and not breach any covenants under any drawn facilities over the remaining term of the current
facilities. They do not consider there to be a material uncertainty around the Group’s or the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Basis of Consolidation
Subsidiary Undertakings
A subsidiary investment is an entity controlled by Halfords. Control is achieved when Halfords is exposed, or has rights to, variable
returns from its involvement with the investee and can affect those returns through its power, directly or indirectly, over the investee.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred, in which case an
appropriate adjustment would be made.
The financial statements of all subsidiary undertakings are prepared to the same reporting date as the Company. All subsidiary
undertakings have been consolidated. Subsidiary undertakings acquired during the year are consolidated from the date of acquisition.
The subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 1 April 2022 are detailed in Note 4 to the Company Balance Sheet on page 207.
Business Combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of
the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets acquired, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in
exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred as non-
underlying items.
The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3
“Business combinations” are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.
Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business
combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after
reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of these elements exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is
recognised immediately in the Income Statement.
168
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSRevenue Recognition
The Group recognises revenue when it has satisfied its performance obligations to external customers and the customer has obtained
control of the goods or services being transferred.
The revenue recognised is measured at the transaction price received and is recognised net of value added tax, discounts, and
commission charged and received from third parties for providing credit to customers.
The Group operations comprise the retailing of automotive, leisure and cycling products and car servicing and repair operations. The table
below summarises the revenue recognition policies for different categories of products and services offered by the Group.
For most revenue streams, there is a low level of judgement applied in determining the transaction price or the timing of transfer of control.
Products and services
Automotive, leisure and cycling
products, car servicing and
repair operations
Nature, timing and satisfaction of performance obligations and significant payment terms
The majority (both value and volume) of the Group’s sales are for standalone products and services
made direct to customers at standard prices, either in-store or online. In these cases, all performance
obligations are satisfied, and revenue recognised, when the product or service is transferred to the
customer. The majority of the time the customer pays in full at the same point in time.
Service and repair plans
Product warranties
Software-as-a-Service ("SaaS)
In the case of Cycle to Work, a letter of collection (“LOC”) is issued when payment is received but
the balance will be held on the Balance Sheet until the product or service has been transferred to the
customer, at which point revenue is recognised. Breakages are recognised for unredeemed vouchers
based on historic redemption rates. An LOC can also be redeemed by customers through a network
of independent bike dealers, who invoice the Group for the value of the LOC, at which point the
revenue is recognised.
The Group offers various service and repair plans to customers. The Group recognises revenue
on these on a straight-line basis over the period of the plan. The performance obligation of the
Group, being the level of service and repair offered with the plan, will be the period of the plan and,
therefore, revenue should be recognised over this period. The product is paid for on commencement
of the plan, and is held within accruals and deferred income.
Certain products, principally motoring and cycling, have a warranty period attached, which is built into
the price of the product rather than being sold separately as an incremental purchase. The warranty
element has been identified as a separate performance obligation to the sale of the product, and,
given it is not sold separately, a transaction price has been allocated for the warranty element based
on the expected cost approach. This element of revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over
the period of the plan. The performance obligation of the Group, being the rectification of faults on
products sold, will be the period over which the customer can exercise their rights under the warranty
and, therefore, revenue should be recognised over this period. The full price of the product is paid for on
commencement of the warranty, and deferred income is held within trade and other payables.
The Group operates a Software-as-a-Service business, which provides customers access to a
bespoke version of our mobile scheduling and operations software. This is currently operating within
North America. The model employed consists of an up front development fee, with on-going license
fees depending on usage of the software by the customer, with minimum license fee levels agreed
over the term of the contract. The upfront development services cannot be unbundled from the
ongoing hosting and service obligations under the contract and therefore the upfront development
fee and minimum license fee payable is recognised evenly over the life of the contract, with any
license fees receivable above the minimum level recognised in the period to which they relate.
Returns
A provision for estimated returns is made based on the value of goods sold during the year, which are expected to be returned and
refunded after the year end based on past experience.
The sales value of the expected returns is recognised within provisions, with the cost value of goods expected to be returned recognised
as a current asset within inventories.
Gift Cards
Deferred income in relation to gift card redemptions is estimated based on historic redemption rates.
Supplier Income
As is common in the retail industry, the Group receives income from their suppliers based on specific agreements in place. These enable
the Group to share the costs and benefits of promotional activity and volume growth and are explained below. The supplier income
received is recognised as a deduction from cost of sales based on the entitlement that has been earned up to the balance sheet date for
each relevant supplier agreement. The Group receives other contributions that do not meet the definition of supplier income, including, but
not limited to, marketing, advertising and promotion contributions that are offset against the costs included in administrative expenses to
which they relate.
169
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
The supplier income arrangements are often not co-terminus with the Group’s financial period end. Such income is only recognised when
there is reasonable certainty that the conditions for recognition have been met by the Group and the income can be reliably measured
based on the terms of the contract. The Group is sometimes required to estimate the amounts due from suppliers at year end. However,
as most of the supplier income is confirmed before the year end, the level of estimation and judgement required is limited.
Supplier income is recognised on an accrual basis, based on the entitlement that has been earned up to the balance sheet date for each
relevant supplier contract. The accrued supplier income is included within trade and other receivables.
Supplier income comprises:
• Rebates – typically these are based on the volume of purchases of goods for resale. These are earned based on purchase triggers over
set periods of time. In some cases, rebates will also be received to support promotional pricing.
• Fixed contributions – typically these will be for cost price discounts or for favourable positioning of products in store.
Supplier income recognised is recorded against cost of sales and inventory, which is adjusted to reflect the lower purchase cost for the
goods on which the income has been earned. Depending on the agreement with the supplier, supplier income is either received in cash
from the supplier or netted off payments made to suppliers.
Finance Income
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested. Income is recognised, as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective
interest rate method.
Non-underlying Items
Non-underlying items are those items that are unusual because of their size, nature (one-off, non-trading costs) or incidence, or relate to
significant strategic projects. The Group’s management considers that these items should be separately identified within their relevant
Income Statement category to enable a full understanding of the Group’s results.
Earnings Per Share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit
or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the
period, adjusted for own shares held. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for own shares held, for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary
shares, which comprise share options granted to employees.
Foreign Currency Translation
Functional and Presentation Currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Group’s presentation currency, and are rounded to the
nearest hundred thousand. Items included in the financial statements of the Group’s entities are measured in pounds sterling, which is the
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency).
Transactions and Balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. At each balance sheet date,
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date.
Translation differences on monetary items are taken to the Income Statement with the exception of differences on transactions that are
subject to effective cash flow hedges, which are recognised in other comprehensive income.
Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated at the exchange rate
at the date that the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognised in profit or loss, except
for differences arising on qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognised in other comprehensive income.
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated to sterling at the exchange rate at the reporting date. The income and
expenses of foreign operations are translated to sterling at an average exchange rate. Foreign currency differences are recognised in other
comprehensive income and a separate component of equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in equity is
transferred to profit or loss.
Employee Benefits
i) Pensions
The Halfords Pension Plan is a contract-based plan, where each member has their own individual pension policy, which they monitor
independently. The Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The costs of
contributions to the scheme are charged to the Income Statement in the period that they arise.
170
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSii) Share-based Payment Transactions
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share-based compensation plans.
The fair value of the employee services received under such schemes is recognised as an expense in the Income Statement. Fair values
are determined by use of an appropriate pricing model and incorporate an assessment of relevant market performance conditions.
The amount to be expensed over the vesting period is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and
non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the
number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.
At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of share incentives that are expected to vest. The impact of the
revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
Taxation
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent
that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively
enacted, at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
The tax base of an asset is the amount that will be deductible for tax purposes against any taxable economic benefits that will flow to an
entity when it recovers the carrying amount of the asset. If those economic benefits will not be taxable, the tax base of the asset is equal to
its carrying amount.
The tax base of a liability is its carrying amount, less any amount that will be deductible for tax purposes in respect of that liability in future
periods. In the case of revenue that is received in advance, the tax base of the resulting liability is its carrying amount, less any amount of
the revenue that will not be taxable in future periods.
Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, if the deferred taxation arises from initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither
accounting nor taxable profit or loss, it is not accounted for. Deferred taxation is calculated using rates that are expected to apply when the
related deferred asset is realised, or the deferred taxation liability is settled.
Deferred taxation assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
Under IFRIC23, the Group holds no provisions against uncertain tax positions.
Dividends
Final dividends are recognised in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by shareholders.
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the period they are paid.
Intangible Assets
i) Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is subsequently measured at
cost less any accumulated impairment losses. An impairment charge is recognised in profit or loss for any amount by which the carrying
value of goodwill exceeds its recoverable amount.
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the
synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.
For acquisitions prior to 3 April 2010, costs directly attributable to business combinations formed part of the consideration payable when
calculating goodwill. Adjustments to contingent consideration, and, therefore, the consideration payable and goodwill, are made at each
reporting date until the consideration is finally determined.
Acquisitions after this date fall under the provisions of ‘Revised IFRS 3 Business Combinations (2008)’. For these acquisitions, transaction
costs, other than share and debt issue costs, will be expensed as incurred and subsequent adjustments to the fair value of contingent
consideration payable will be recognised in profit or loss.
ii) Computer Software
Costs that are directly associated with identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group, and that will generate economic
benefits beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. These intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation
and impairment losses. Software is amortised over three to five years, depending on the estimated useful economic life.
171
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
Where the Group controls software relating to Software as a Service (“SaaS”) arrangements, configuration and customisation costs are
capitalised as part of bringing the identified intangible asset into use. Where the Group does not have control of the costs are expensed
over the SaaS contract term if the related configuration and customisation costs are not distinct from access to the software. In all other
circumstances, configuration and customisation costs are recognised as an expense as incurred except in the limited instances where
these costs result in a separately identifiable intangible asset. Under the new IFRIC guidance given in the current year for the recognition
of SAAS arrangements, where software is deemed to fall under the IAS 38 definition of a SAAS arrangement, the costs will be expensed to
the profit or loss account.
iii) Acquired Intangible Assets
Intangible assets that are acquired as a result of a business combination are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, provided they
are identifiable and capable of reliable measurement.
Amortisation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill,
from the date that they are available for use, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic
benefits embodied in the asset. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:
• Brand names and trademarks –10 years;
• Supplier relationships – 5 to 15 years;
• Customer relationships – 5 to 15 years; and
• Favourable leases – over the term of the lease.
Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted if appropriate.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is held at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided to write off the cost, less residual value, on a straight-line basis over their useful
economic lives as follows:
• Freehold properties are depreciated over 50 years;
• Leasehold premises with lease terms of 50 years or less are depreciated over the remaining period of the lease;
• Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the period of the lease to a maximum of 25 years;
• Motor vehicles are depreciated over 3 years;
• Fixtures, fittings and equipment are depreciated over 4 to 10 years according to the estimated life of the asset;
• Computer equipment is depreciated over 3 years; and
• Land is not depreciated.
Depreciation is expensed to the Income Statement within operating expenses.
Residual values, remaining useful economic lives and depreciation periods and methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.
Impairment of Assets
Tangible and intangible assets that are subject to amortisation and depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to
sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately
identifiable cash inflows (cash-generating units). Property, plant and equipment relating to Retail stores or for Car Servicing garages are
grouped on an individual store or garage basis.
Assets held for sale
Non-current assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, are classified as held for sale if it is highly probable that they
will be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use. Such assets, or disposal groups, are generally measured at
the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill,
and then to the remaining assets and liabilities on a pro rata basis, except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial assets or
deferred tax assets, which continue to be measured in accordance with the Group’s other accounting policies. Impairment losses on initial
classification as held for sale or held for distribution and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.
Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated.
Leases
The Group initially applied IFRS 16 at 30 March 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, comparative
information is not restated and the cumulative effect of applying IFRS 16 is recognised in retained earnings at the date of initial application.
172
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSAs lessee
The Group leases various offices, warehouses, retail stores, car servicing garages, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts are typically
made for fixed periods between 3 months and 25 years but may have break clauses or extension options.
Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and
non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Group is a lessee, it has
elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.
At the commencement date of property leases, the Group determines the lease term to be the full term of the lease, assuming that any
option to break or extend the lease is unlikely to be exercised. Leases are regularly reviewed on an individual basis and will be revalued if
it becomes likely that a break clause or option to extend the lease is exercised.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of
the following lease payments:
•
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
• variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
• amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;
•
the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and
• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease
payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case
for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar
terms, security and conditions.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:
• where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in
financing conditions since third-party financing was received;
• uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group; and
• makes adjustments specific to the lease, for example location or type of property.
The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in
the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is
reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset. Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance
cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability
for each period.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
•
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
• any initial direct costs; and
•
restoration costs.
For leases acquired as part of a business combination, the lease liability is measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments.
The right-of-use asset is measured at the same amount as the lease liability adjusted to reflect favourable or unfavourable terms of the
lease when compared to market terms.
Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding
and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease
or over the remaining economic life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term.
When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease (because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee extension or
termination option being exercised), it adjusts the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to make over the revised
term, which are discounted at the same discount rate that applied on lease commencement. The carrying value of lease liabilities is
similarly revised when the variable element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index is revised. In both cases, an equivalent
adjustment is made to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over the remaining
(revised) lease term. If the carrying value of the right-of-use asset is adjusted to zero, any further reduction is recognised in profit or loss.
The right-of-use assets are considered for impairment at each reporting date, see Note 14.
173
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of the modification:
•
•
•
If the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets being leased for an amount commensurate with the standalone price for
the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the above policy.
In all other cases where the renegotiated increases the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or one or
more additional assets being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the modification date, with
the right-of-use asset being adjusted by the same amount.
If the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-of-use asset
are reduced by the same proportion to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference recognised in profit or loss.
The lease liability is then further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the amount of the renegotiated payments over the
renegotiated term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable on the modification date. The right-of-use asset
is adjusted by the same amount.
Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets (<£5,000) are recognised on a
straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets
comprise warehousing, IT and telephone equipment.
As lessor
Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset are classified as
operating leases. Rental income arising is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease terms and is included in revenue in the
statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added
to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent rents are
recognised as revenue in the period in which they are earned.
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is
classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted average cost
principle and includes purchase costs, adjusted for rebates, cash flow hedges, and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing
location.
Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated
reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by
discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the
risks specific to the liability. When material the unwinding of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.
Details of the provisions recognised, and the estimates and judgements, can be seen in Note 20.
Where the Group expects a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset when the reimbursement is
certain.
A wear and tear provision is recognised when there is future obligation relating to the maintenance of leasehold properties. The provision is
based on management’s best estimate of the obligation, which forms part of the Group’s unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under
the lease contracts. Key uncertainties are the estimates of amounts due.
Provisions for employer and product liability claims are recognised when an incident occurs or when a claim made against the Group is
received that could lead to there being an outflow of benefits from the Group. The provision is based on management’s best estimate of
the settlement assisted by an external third party. The main uncertainty is the likelihood of success of the claimant and hence the pay-out,
however, a provision is only recognised where there is considered to be reasonable grounds for the claim.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits
with original maturities of less than 90 days, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. In the consolidated statement of
cash flows, net cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and cash equivalents, as defined above, net of bank overdrafts. Cash in transit is
recognised within Other receivables.
Financial Instruments
i) Recognition and Initial Measurement
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognised
when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
On initial recognition, a financial asset is measured at: amortised cost; Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”) – equity
instrument; or Fair Value through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”). A financial liability is measured at either amortised costs or FVTPL.
174
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSii) Classification and Subsequent Measurement
Financial assets
Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing
financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following the change
in the business model.
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:
•
•
It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal
amount outstanding.
On initial recognition of an equity instrument that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in
the investment’s fair value in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”). This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.
All financial assets not measured at amortised cost or FVOCI, as described above, are measured at FVTPL. This includes all derivative
financial assets (Note 22). On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the
requirements to be measured at amortised cost or at FVOCI as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting
mismatch that would otherwise arise.
Financial assets: Business model assessment
The Group assesses the objective of the business model in which financial assets are held at a Cash-Generating Unit (“CGU”) level
because this best reflects the way the business is managed and information is provided to management. The information considered
includes:
• The stated policies and objectives for the business unit and the operation of those policies in practice. This includes whether
management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate portfolio, matching the
duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realising cash flows through the
sale of the assets;
• How the performance of the business unit is evaluated and reported to the Group’s management;
• The risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business unit) and how those
risks are managed; and
• The frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future
sales activity.
Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured at FVTPL.
Financial assets: Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest
For the purposes of this assessment, “principal” is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition. “Interest” is defined
as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular
period and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as profit margin.
In assessing whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Group considers the contractual terms of
the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of
contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition. In making this assessment, the Group considers:
• Contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows;
• Terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable rate features;
• Prepayment and extension features; and
• Terms that limit the Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g. non-recourse features).
Financial assets: measurement and gains and losses
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at amortised cost
Equity investments at FVOCI
These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including
any interest or dividend income, are recognised in profit and loss. However, see Note
22 for derivatives designated as hedging instruments.
These assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest
method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign
exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or
loss on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss.
These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognised as
income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of
the cost of investment. Other net gains and losses are recognised in OCI and never
reclassified to profit or loss.
175
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
Financial liabilities: Classification, subsequent measurement and gains and losses
Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost or FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as FVTPL if it is classified as held
for trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and
net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognised in profit and loss. All other financial liabilities are recognised initially at
their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
iii) Derecognition
Financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the
rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial
asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does
not retain control of the financial asset.
Financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The Group also
derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which
case a new liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value.
On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any
non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognised in profit or loss.
iv) Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net position presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when,
the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realise the
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
v) Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates relating to the purchase
of overseas sourced products. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Group uses the
derivatives to hedge highly probable forecast transactions and, therefore, the instruments are largely designated as cash flow hedges.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value.
At inception of designated hedging relationships, the Group documents the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the
hedge. The Group also documents the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, including whether the
changes in the cash flows of the hedged item and hedging instrument are expected to offset each other.
The effective element of any gain or loss from remeasuring the derivative instrument is recognised in OCI and accumulated in the hedging
reserve. Any element of the remeasurement of the derivative instrument that does not meet the criteria for an effective hedge is recognised
immediately in the Group Income Statement within cost of sales.
When the hedged forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial item, such as inventory, the amount
accumulated in the hedging reserve is included directly in the initial cost of the non-financial item when it is recognised.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain
or loss existing in other comprehensive income at that time remains in other comprehensive income and is recognised when the forecast
transaction is ultimately recognised in the Income Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative
gain or loss that was reported in other comprehensive income is recognised immediately in profit or loss.
The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more
than 12 months or, as a current asset or liability, if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.
vi) Impairment
The Group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (“ECLs”) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. These are
always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual
period over which the Group is exposed to credit risk. There is limited exposure to ECLs due to the business model.
When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECL,
the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both
qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and
forward-looking information.
The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due. The Group
considers a financial asset to be in default when the financial asset is more than 90 days past due.
Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.
176
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSThe gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of
recovery. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the debtor does not have the assets or sources of income that could
generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be
subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.
Estimates and Judgements
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that
affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the
results of which form the basis of making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from
other sources. Actual results may differ from the estimates.
Estimates
The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are detailed below:
Impairment of Assets within Retail and Car Servicing
Goodwill and other assets are subject to impairment reviews based on whether current or future events and circumstances suggest that
their recoverable value may be less than their carrying value. Recoverable amount is based on a calculation of expected future cash flows,
which includes management assumptions and estimates of future performance. Details of the assumptions used in the impairment review
of goodwill and other assets are explained in Note 11.
The carrying amount of these assets and liabilities can be seen in the notes to the financial statements on pages 187 to 188. Sensitivity
analysis on the key assumption in the value-in-use calculations has been undertaken on the two Group cash-generating units (Retail and
Car Servicing) independently of one another, which found that there is a more than adequate amount of headroom before an impairment
could be triggered. For further information see Note 11.
Judgements
The key judgements that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are detailed below:
Allowances Against the Carrying Value of Inventories
The Group reviews the market value of and demand for its inventories on a periodic basis to ensure that recorded inventory is stated at
the lower of cost and net realisable value. In assessing the ultimate realisation of inventories, the Group is required to make estimates
regarding future demand and to compare these with the current or committed inventory levels. Assumptions have been made relating to
the timing and success of product ranges, which would impact estimated demand and selling prices.
A sensitivity analysis has been carried out on the carrying value of inventory. This showed a 10% change in provisions applied to clearance
stock would impact the net realisable value of inventories by £0.2m. A 10% change in the current selling price of products would impact
the net realisable value of inventories by £0.2m.
Acquisition of National
On acquisition of National, the Group have used judgement in assessing the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as a business
combination. The Group have also used judgement in assessing the value of intangibles held within the opening balance sheet.
On assessment, the below categories of intangible asset were identified:
• Customer relationships with the B2B customers in contract with the business; and
• The value of the brands acquired.
On application of IFRS 16 Leases, a number of leases which were favourable to market rates were identified, which created a right of use
asset value in excess of the right of use liability.
An exercise was also completed to assess the value and useful lives of property, plant and equipment, with a fair value adjustment applied
as a result of this exercise.
An adjustment to the deferred tax asset was made related to the total value of the intangible assets, favourable leases and fixed asset
valuation changes.
In assessing the forecasted future cash flows, synergies which were expected to impact the acquired business have been included, where
other market participants would also be in the position to benefit from these synergies. This forecast, when compared with the purchase
consideration, generated a discount rate which was in turn used to value the intangible assets recognised.
Lease Terms and Incremental Borrowing Rate
Under IFRS 16, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its
obligation to make lease payments. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, adjusted to take into account the risk associated with the length of the lease, which ranges between 1
and 25 years, and the location of the lease. The Group has, therefore, made a judgement to determine the incremental borrowing rate used. The
weighted average incremental borrowing rate in FY22 was 2.34%. Halfords review the incremental borrowing rate against the property yields to
ensure the rates move appropriately against the weighted average reference rate for UK properties and concluded the rates appear reasonable.
177
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
In determining lease terms, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension
option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if
the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).
For leases of warehouses, retail stores, autocentres and equipment, the following factors are normally the most relevant:
• Review of profitability of each store and garage;
•
•
If there are significant penalties to terminate (or not extend), the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend (or not terminate); and
If any leasehold improvements are expected to have a significant remaining value, the Group is typically reasonably certain to extend
(or not terminate).
Otherwise, the Group considers other factors including historical lease durations and the costs and business disruption required to replace
the leased asset. Most extension options in vehicle leases have not been included in the lease liability, because the Group could replace
the assets without significant cost or business disruption.
Capitalisation of internal costs
Where a project is deemed to meet the requirements of IAS 38, the Group capitalises material internal costs using a blended rate on the
basis of time recorded against projects. This is calculated using actual salaries of relevant colleagues during the current year.
Adoption of New and Revised Standards
The following standards and interpretations are applicable to the Group and were adopted in the current period as they were mandatory for
the year ended 1 April 2022 but either had no material impact on the result or net assets of the Group or were not applicable.
• Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37);
• Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16);
• Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 41); and
• References to Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3).
The Group has also considered the two final agenda decisions of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) relating to cloud computing
arrangements in March 2019 and April 2021, which have not had a material impact on the result or net assets of the Group. See
accounting policy for further details.
New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted
There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the IASB that are effective
in future accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early. The most significant of these are as follows, which are all
effective for the period beginning 2 April 2022:
• Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2);
• Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and
• Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).
In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1, which clarify the criteria used to determine whether liabilities are classified as
current or non-current. These amendments clarify that current or non-current classification is based on whether an entity has a right at the
end of the reporting period to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. The amendments also clarify
that “settlement” includes the transfer of cash, goods, services, or equity instruments unless the obligation to transfer equity instruments
arises from a conversion feature classified as an equity instrument separately from the liability component of a compound financial
instrument. The amendments were originally effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. However, in May
2020, the effective date was deferred to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023.
In response to feedback and enquiries from stakeholders, in December 2020, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) issued a Tentative
Agenda Decision, analysing the applicability of the amendments to three scenarios. However, given the comments received and concerns raised
on some aspects of the amendments, in April 2021, IFRIC decided not to finalise the agenda decision and referred the matter to the IASB. In
its June 2021 meeting, the IASB tentatively decided to amend the requirements of IAS 1 with respect to the classification of liabilities subject to
conditions and disclosure of information about such conditions and to defer the effective date of the 2020 amendment by at least one year.
The Group is currently assessing the impact of these new accounting standards and amendments. The Group will assess the impact of
the final amendments to IAS 1 on classification of its liabilities once those are issued by the IASB. The Group does not believe that the
amendments to IAS 1, in their present form, will have a significant impact on the classification of its liabilities.
178
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
1. Operating Segments
The Group has two reportable segments, Retail and Car Servicing, which are the Group’s strategic business units. Car Servicing became a
reporting segment of the Group as a result of the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres on 17 February 2010. The strategic business units
offer different products and services, and are managed separately because they require different operational, technological and marketing
strategies.
The operations of the Retail reporting segment comprise the retailing of automotive, leisure and cycling products through retail stores. The
operations of the Car Servicing reporting segment comprise car servicing and repairs performed from garages and vans to both retail and
commercial customers, as well as the Group’s Software as a Service business.
The Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Executive Directors. Internal management reports for each of the segments are reviewed by
the Executive Directors on a monthly basis. Key measures used to evaluate performance are Revenue and Operating Profit. Management
believe that these measures are the most relevant in evaluating the performance of the segment and for making resource allocation
decisions.
The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments. Performance is measured based on segment
operating profit, as included in the management reports that are reviewed by the Executive Directors. These internal reports are prepared
in accordance with IFRS accounting policies, with IFRS 16 accounting entries applied at a Group level.
All material operations of the reportable segments are carried out in the UK and Ireland, and all material non-current assets are located
in the UK and Ireland. The Group’s revenue is driven by the consolidation of individual small value transactions and as a result, Group
revenue is not reliant on a major customer or Group of customers. All revenue is from external customers.
Income Statement
Revenue
Segment operating profit before non-underlying items
Non-underlying items
Segment operating profit
Unallocated expenses1
Operating profit
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Revenue
Income Statement
Revenue
Segment operating profit before non-underlying items
Non-underlying items
Segment operating profit
Unallocated expenses1
Operating profit
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Revenue
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
Total
£m
1,369.6
104.2
6.8
111.0
(3.1)
107.9
(11.3)
96.6
(18.9)
77.7
1,288.1
81.5
1,369.6
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Total
£m
1,292.3
116.8
(35.0)
81.8
(2.3)
79.5
(15.0)
64.5
(11.3)
53.2
1,210.4
81.9
1,292.3
Retail
£m
1,001.6
89.8
8.9
98.7
Car Servicing
£m
368.0
14.4
(2.1)
12.3
948.9
52.7
1,001.6
339.2
28.8
368.0
Retail
£m
1,039.8
103.7
(31.7)
72.0
Car Servicing
£m
252.5
13.1
(3.3)
9.8
983.9
55.9
1,039.8
226.5
26.0
252.5
1. Unallocated expenses have been disclosed to reflect the format of the internal management reports reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision maker and
include an amortisation charge of £3.1m in respect of assets acquired through business combinations (2021: £2.3m).
179
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
1. Operating Segments continued
Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and impairment expense
Amortisation of right-of-use asset
Amortisation expense
Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and impairment expense
Impairment of right-of-use asset
Amortisation of right-of-use asset
Amortisation expense
Retail
£m
31.1
13.1
54.1
14.2
Car
Servicing
£m
18.1
7.2
15.8
1.6
Retail
£m
23.3
19.1
11.6
58.2
9.6
Car Servicing
£m
22.0
4.7
0.6
11.4
1.2
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
Total
£m
49.2
20.3
69.9
15.8
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Total
£m
45.3
23.8
12.2
69.6
10.8
There have been no significant transactions between segments in the 52 weeks ended 1 April 2022 (2021: £nil).
2. Operating Expenses
For the period
Selling and distribution costs
Selling and distribution costs
Administrative income/expenses, before non-underlying items
Non-underlying administrative income/expenses
Administrative income/expenses
Operating expenses
3. Operating Profit
For the period
Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following expenses/(incomes) as
categorised by nature:
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term lease of low-value assets
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Rentals receivable under operating leases
Landlord surrender premiums
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and intangibles
Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
Impairment of:
– owned property, plant and equipment
– right-of-use assets
Trade receivables impairment
Staff costs (see Note 4)
Cost of inventories consumed in cost of sales
180
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
472.6
472.6
148.0
(6.8)
141.2
613.8
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
422.9
422.9
118.9
35.0
153.9
576.8
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
1.6
8.8
(2.6)
(0.8)
1.8
15.8
69.9
20.6
(0.3)
–
0.1
319.5
655.0
0.7
5.6
(2.7)
0.1
1.7
12.9
69.6
21.0
2.8
12.2
0.1
299.6
629.1
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS3. Operating Profit continued
The total fees payable by the Group to BDO LLP and their associates during the period was £0.9m (2021: £0.6m), in respect of the services
detailed below:
For the period
Fees payable to for the audit of the Company’s accounts
Fees payable to BDO LLP and their associates for other services:
The audit of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings, pursuant to legislation
Audit-related assurance services
Other
4. Staff Costs
For the period
The aggregated remuneration of all employees including Directors comprised:
Wages and salaries
Redundancies included in non-underlying items
Social security costs
Equity settled share-based payment transactions (Note 24)
Contributions to defined contribution plans (Note 26)
Staff costs recognised within Intangible asset additions in the period totalled £6.6m (2021: £3.6m).
Average number of persons employed by the Group, including Directors, during the period:
Stores/Garages/Vans
Central warehousing
Support Centre
Key Management Compensation
For the period
Salaries and short-term benefits
Compensation for loss of office
Social security costs
Pensions
Share-based payment charge
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£’000
55
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£’000
43
849
115
–
1,019
447
78
11
579
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
288.2
0.3
23.1
7.8
6.7
326.1
262.3
5.9
19.2
6.4
5.8
299.6
Number
Number
9,959
633
920
11,512
9,635
642
1,009
11,286
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
6.6
–
0.9
0.3
3.8
11.6
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
6.4
0.3
0.6
0.3
3.5
11.1
Key management compensation includes the emoluments of the Board of Directors and the emoluments of the Halfords Limited and
Halfords Autocentres management boards.
Full details of Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149, which form part
of these financial statements.
181
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
5. Non-underlying Items
For the period
Non-underlying operating expenses:
Organisational restructure costs (a)
Acquisition and investment-related fee (b)
Provision for expected settlement of an ongoing legal case (c)
Closure costs (d)
Impairment of right-of-use asset (e)
Replacement of warehouse management system (f)
Non-underlying items before tax
Tax on non-underlying items
Non-underlying items after tax
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
0.3
2.8
(2.2)
(8.5)
–
0.8
(6.8)
1.7
(5.1)
5.9
0.6
2.9
26.0
(0.4)
–
35.0
(6.1)
28.9
a.
In the current and prior period, a strategic redesign of the in-store operating model was undertaken to better meet our customers’
expectations and deliver a consistent shopping experience across our estate. Redundancy costs of £0.3m (2021: £5.9m) were incurred
during the transition to the new operating model.
b.
In the current and prior periods, costs were incurred in relation to the investments in National Tyres, Iverson, havebike and Universal.
− In FY22, £2.5m relating to professional fees in respect of the acquisition of National Tyres;
− £0.2m related to the acquisition of trade and assets of both Iverson and havebike;
− £0.1m (2021: £0.6m) related to the acquisition of Universal.
c. During the prior period, a provision of £2.9m was held in the accounts in relation to the HMRC audit relating to the national minimum
wage. This was management’s best estimate based on information available at the time. During the current period, this has been fully
settled and paid, which has led to a release of the provision of £2.2m.
d. During FY20 and FY21 the group completed a strategic review of the profitability of the physical estate and subsequently closed a
number of stores and garages. Assets were impaired and costs associated with the ongoing onerous commitments under the lease
agreements and other costs associated with the property exits were provided for accordingly. In the current period £8.5m (costs of
£26m during FY21) of provisions and lease liabilities have been released as the group continues to negotiate lease disposals and
review provisions held in place. At the year end property provisions carried forward included an amount of £10.2m in relation to these
store and garage closures. These will continue to unwind as property exits are negotiated with landlords or tenants, and could result in
further amounts being released to the income statement due to the significant estimation uncertainty over the timing of exits and the
final negotiated settlements.
e.
In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group had revised future cash flow projections for stores and garages in FY20, which led to the
recognition of an impairment in relation to garages where the current and anticipated future performance did not support the carrying
value of the right-of-use asset and associated tangible assets. During the prior year, £0.4m of this impairment was reversed as the
stores and garages had returned to a profitable position.
f. An additional balance of £0.8m was incurred during the current period as a result of the replacement of the Warehouse Management
System. Under the new IFRIC guidance in regards to IAS 38 this can not be capitalised and therefore, owing to the nature of this cost
(non-trading cost), this is disclosed as a non-underlying expense.
6. Finance Costs
Recognised in profit or loss for the period
Finance costs:
Bank borrowings
Amortisation of issue costs on loans
Commitment and guarantee fees
Other interest payable
Interest payable on lease liabilities
Finance costs
182
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
(0.1)
(0.7)
(1.5)
–
(9.0)
(11.3)
(2.5)
(1.1)
(1.1)
(0.3)
(10.0)
(15.0)
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS7. Taxation
Amounts recognised through Income Statement
For the period
Current taxation
UK corporation tax charge for the period
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Effect of changes in tax rates
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Total tax charge for the period
Amounts recognised through Other Comprehensive Income
For the period
Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Total tax charge to OCI for the period
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
15.9
(0.4)
15.5
3.4
(1.7)
1.7
3.4
18.9
16.9
(1.0)
15.9
(4.7)
–
0.1
(4.6)
11.3
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
1.2
0.1
1.3
(1.6)
–
(1.6)
Amounts recognised directly in Equity
A credit of £0.4m (2021:£0.4m credit) has been recognised directly in Equity in relation to the origination and reversal of temporary
differences on share based payment transactions.
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tax charge is reconciled with the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows:
For the period
Profit before tax
UK corporation tax at standard rate of 19% (2021: 19%)
Factors affecting the charge for the period:
Depreciation on expenditure not eligible for tax relief
Impact of super deduction capital allowances uplift
Employee share options
Other disallowable expenses
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Impact of overseas tax rates
Impact of change in tax rate on deferred tax balance
Total tax charge for the period
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
96.6
18.4
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
64.5
12.3
0.3
(1.3)
1.5
0.8
1.3
(0.3)
(1.8)
18.9
0.9
–
(1.3)
0.6
(0.9)
(0.3)
–
11.3
An increase to the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023 was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. This will increase the
Company’s future current tax charge accordingly. The closing deferred tax asset at 1 April 2022 has been calculated at the rates expected
to apply when the temporary differences unwind.
The effective tax rate of 19.5% (2021: 17.5%) is higher than the UK corporation tax rate principally due to increased disallowable
expenditure this year (in part relating to the share issue and National acquisition) and adjustments in respect of prior periods.
The tax charge for the period was £18.9m (2021: £11.3m), including a £1.7m charge (2021: £6.1m credit) in respect of tax on non-recurring items.
The Group engages openly and pro-actively with tax authorities both in the UK and internationally, where it trades and sources products,
and is considered low risk by HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”).The Company is fully committed to complying with all of its tax
payment and reporting obligations.
183
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
7. Taxation continued
In this period, the Group’s contribution to the UK Exchequer from both taxes paid and collected exceeded £232m (2021: £170m) with
the main taxes including corporation tax £12.2m (2021: £10.8m), net VAT £116.9m (2021: £97.4m), employment taxes of £69.5m (2021:
£61.2m) and business rates £25.3m (2021: £0.9m).
At 1 April 2022, the Group has unused tax losses of £62.6m (2021: £nil) and fixed asset temporary differences of £21.9m (2021: £nil)
available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £28.9m (2021: £nil) of the losses and
£21.9m of the fixed asset temporary difference where management considers it probable there will be future taxable profits available
for offset. The net impact of this recognition is a deferred tax asset of £6.9m in relation to losses and £5.5m in relation to fixed asset
temporary differences.
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining £33.7m (2021: £nil) relating to tax losses as it is not considered
probable that there will be future taxable profits available for offset. The net impact of this balance is an unrecognised deferred tax asset
of £8.4m. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely.
8. Dividends
For the period
Equity – ordinary shares
Final for the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021 – paid 5.0p per share (53 weeks to 3 April 2020: nil)
Interim for the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022 – paid 3.0p per share (52 weeks to 2 April 2021: nil)
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
9.9
6.6
16.5
–
–
–
In addition, the Directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial period ended 1 April 2022 of 6.0p per share (2021:
5.0p per share), which will absorb an estimated £13m (2021: £9.9m) of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 16 September 2022 to
shareholders who are on the register of members.
9. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue during the period. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by an Employee Benefit Trust
(see Note 22) and has been adjusted for the issue/purchase of shares during the period.
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive
potential ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market
price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022.
The Group has also chosen to present an alternative earnings per share measure, with profit adjusted for non-underlying items because it
better reflects the Group’s underlying performance.
For the period
Weighted average number of shares in issue
Less: shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust (weighted average)
Weighted average number of shares for calculating basic earnings per share
Weighted average number of dilutive shares
Total number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share
For the period
Basic earnings attributable to equity shareholders
Non-underlying items (see Note 5):
Operating income/expenses
Tax on non-underlying items
Underlying earnings before non-underlying items
184
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
Number of
shares
m
205.7
(1.0)
204.7
9.0
213.7
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
£m
77.7
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
Number of
shares
m
199.1
(2.0)
197.1
4.9
202.0
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
£m
53.2
(6.8)
1.7
72.6
35.0
(6.1)
82.1
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS
9. Earnings Per Share continued
For the period
Basic earnings per ordinary share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying items
Diluted earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying items
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
37.9p
36.4p
35.5p
34.0p
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
27.1p
26.4p
41.7p
40.7p
10. Acquisition of Subsidiaries
a) National
On 9 December 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Axle Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiary companies
(see page 207) for a cash consideration of £61.5m (excluding transaction costs). The acquired businesses comprise over 200 garages and
a fleet of vans, which provide support for retail and B2B customers, with centres across Great Britain and the Isle of Man.
The principal reason for the acquisition was to build on the already successful Halfords Autocentres and Halfords Mobile Expert
businesses and expand the availability for customers across the whole of Britain, as well as acquiring a tyre wholesale business to better
manage our tyre supply chain.
Details of the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, purchase consideration and goodwill are as follows (fair value is used
apart from leases, contingent liabilities and income taxes).
Book value
£m
Fair value
adjustment
£m
IFRS 16
adjustment
£m
Final fair
value
£m
The Axle Group net assets at the acquisition date
Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Right-of-use asset
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Lease liability
Other taxation and social security
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax asset/ (liability)
Total
Goodwill
Goodwill was recognised as a result of the acquisition as follows:
Total consideration (£58.5m net of cash acquired £3.0m)
Less fair value of identifiable (assets)/liabilities
Goodwill
Intangible assets:
Customer relationships
Brand names
Total
–
11.9
–
15.1
20.5
3.0
(38.5)
–
(5.3)
–
(2.1)
10.6
15.2
7.0
3.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1.7)
8.7
–
–
82.0
–
–
–
–
(73.2)
–
–
–
(2.2)
6.6
7.0
15.3
82.0
15.1
20.5
3.0
(38.5)
(73.2)
(5.3)
–
(2.1)
6.7
30.5
£m
61.5
(30.5)
31.0
6.2
0.8
7.0
None of the goodwill acquired is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill constitutes the value of locational
benefits giving Halfords the ability to expand growth across the UK for both retail and B2B customers, as well as the acquisition of a tyre
wholesale business, which will allow to us better manage supply chains.
The Axle Group businesses contributed £55.6m of revenue and broke even on a profit before tax basis for the period between the date of
acquisition and the balance sheet date.
If the acquisition of the Axle Group business had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenues for the period would
have been £127.3m higher and Group profit before tax for the period would have been £0.4m higher (before amortisation of intangible
assets arising on consolidation).
185
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
10. Acquisition of Subsidiaries continued
Acquisition costs of £2.5m arose as a result of the transaction. These have been recognised as part of non-underlying costs in the
Consolidated Income Statement (see Note 5).
b) Iverson – acquisition of trade and assets
On 1 December 2021, the Group acquired the trade and assets of Iverson Tyres Limited for an immaterial amount. The acquisition secured
four garages within a strategically important location around the M25 and M4 corridor, increasing the availability of the Group's garage
services in a popular area for fleet businesses. Goodwill of £0.6m arose on acquisition.
c) Havebike – acquisition of trade and assets
On 15 March 2022, the Group acquired the trade and assets of HaveBike Limited for an immaterial amount. The acquisition secured the
outright ownership of mobile cycling services software for Halfords Mobile Expert and acts as a significant enabler in the Group’s plans to
grow that business within cycling, on top of the mobile motoring services business already in place. No goodwill arose on acquisition.
11. Intangible Assets
Cost
At 3 April 2020
Additions
Additions from acquisition of subsidiaries
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Additions
Additions from acquisition of subsidiaries
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Amortisation and impairment
At 3 April 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Net book value at 1 April 2022
Net book value at 2 April 2021
Brand
names and
trademarks
£m
Customer
relationships
£m
Supplier
relationships
£m
Computer
software
£m
Goodwill
£m
10.5
–
1.0
–
11.5
–
0.8
–
12.3
4.3
0.8
–
5.1
0.8
–
5.9
6.4
6.4
16.9
–
–
–
16.9
–
6.2
–
23.1
12.0
0.7
–
12.7
0.9
–
13.6
9.5
4.2
7.8
–
1.6
–
9.4
–
–
–
9.4
1.9
0.5
–
2.4
0.7
–
3.1
6.3
7.0
78.0
11.8
–
(2.1)
87.7
21.4
–
(0.8)
108.3
49.9
10.9
(1.1)
59.7
13.4
(0.7)
72.4
35.9
28.0
372.3
–
2.1
–
374.4
0.6
31.0
–
406.0
21.7
–
–
21.7
–
–
21.7
384.3
352.7
Total
£m
485.5
11.8
4.7
(2.1)
499.9
22.0
38.0
(0.8)
559.1
89.8
12.9
(1.1)
101.6
15.8
(0.7)
116.7
442.4
398.3
No intangible assets are held as security for external borrowings.
Goodwill is allocated to two groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), being Retail and Car Servicing as follows:
1) Retail
Goodwill of £253.1m arose on the acquisition of Halfords Holdings Limited by the Company on 31 August 2002 and is allocated to the
Retail segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of sites within the UK, which management monitors on an overall basis as a group of
cash-generating units being Retail.
Goodwill of £10.7m arose on the acquisition of Boardman Bikes Limited and Boardman International Limited on 4 June 2014, which form
part of the Retail offering.
Goodwill of £9.5m arose on the acquisition of Tredz Limited and Wheelies Direct Limited on 23 May 2016 and is allocated to the Retail
segment. The goodwill relates to the two entities, which management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Retail CGU.
2) Car Servicing
During the current year, goodwill of £31.0m arose on the acquisition of National, and goodwill of £0.6m arose on the acquisition of
Iverson Tyres Limited and is allocated to the Car Servicing segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages across the UK, which
management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.
Goodwill of £69.7m arose on the acquisition of Nationwide Autocentres on 17 February 2010 and is allocated to the Car Servicing
segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of centres within the UK, which management monitors on an overall basis as a part of the
Car Servicing CGU.
186
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS11. Intangible Assets continued
Goodwill of £6.9m arose on the acquisition of McConechy’s Tyre Service Limited on 5 November 2019 and £0.7m on the acquisition of the
trade and assets of Victor Holdings Limited (“Tyres on the Drive”) on 14 October 2019. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages within
Scotland, and a fleet of mobile vans across the UK which management monitors on an overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.
Goodwill of £2.1m arose on the acquisition of The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited and was allocated to the Car Servicing
segment. The goodwill relates to a portfolio of garages and fleet vans within the south of England, which management monitors on an
overall basis as part of the Car Servicing CGU.
The Group is required to test, on an annual basis, whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount of goodwill is
determined based on “value-in-use” calculations for each of the two groups of cash-generating units, being Retail and Car Servicing. This
is the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, which is not higher than the
Group’s operating segments as reported in Note 1.
This requires estimation of the present value of future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing operation of the CGU. Cash flow
projections are based on financial business plans approved by management covering a five-year period, which are reviewed by the Board.
Plans are based on both past performance and expectations for future market development, linked to the strategy of the Group as set out
in the Strategic Report section in these financial statements.
These estimates require assumptions over future sales performance; future costs; and long-term growth rates, as well as the application
of an appropriate discount rate. Management have used the five-year projections approved by the Board for the basis of the impairment
reviews. This was based on small like for like growth within retail and car servicing, including the impact of acquisitions made in the current
period. Cash outflows required to replace leased assets which are essential to the ongoing operation of the CGU were also considered and
the estimates informed by the Group’s recent lease negotiations. Management has considered other reasonably possible changes in key
assumptions that would cause the carrying amounts of goodwill to exceed the value in use for each asset.
The growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the plan period, as set out in the table below, do not exceed long-term industry
averages and reflect the revenue growth and ongoing efficiency initiatives, and the relative maturity of the two CGUs. The growth rates for
both the retail and car servicing CGUs have been reviewed and updated as required to reflect the current strategy.
The discount rate is a pre-tax rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
cash-generating units. The pre-tax discount rates used to calculate value in use are derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average
cost of capital, incorporating the impact of IFRS 16, and adjusted for the specific risks relating to each cash-generating unit. The discount
rates used are shown below:
Discount rate1
Growth rate2
1. Pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections
2. Growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the five-year budget period
Retail
Car Servicing
2022
10.1%
1.0%
2021
9.9%
1.0%
2022
10.1%
1.0%
2021
9.9%
1.0%
Sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations has been undertaken. This found that there is a more than
adequate amount of headroom before an impairment would be triggered. In the table below we have summarised reasonably possible
changes in key assumptions for Retail and Car Servicing, including those relating to future sales performance and future costs. Modelling
included looking at the effect of a 1% decrease in terminal growth rate and a 1% increase in weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”),
as well as the combined impact of a 0.5% reduction in terminal growth rate and a 0.5% increase in WACC. These showed adequate
headroom and due to the maturity of the business it is not deemed reasonable that these would move further. Further stress testing also
took place which showed EBIT, and thus sales, would need to move by a significant percentage before an impairment would be triggered
(see below). Management did not believe this percentage movement was likely.
Results of this sensitivity analysis are shown below:
Original headroom
Headroom using a discount rate increased by 1%
Headroom using a 1% reduction in terminal growth rate
Headroom using a combined -0.5% terminal growth rate and +0.5% discount rate
Retail
2022
£m
135.4
51.6
16.7
36.1
Car Servicing
2022
£m
151.7
97.0
88.2
93.3
187
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
11. Intangible Assets continued
Further modelling was also undertaken to review the point at which headroom would be reduced to £nil. For the carrying amount and
recoverable amount to be equal within Retail cash-generating unit, EBIT would need to decrease by 18%, post-tax discount rate would
need to increase by 1.8% and long-term growth rate would need to decrease by 1.2%. For the carrying amount and recoverable amount to
be equal within Car Servicing cash-generating unit, EBIT would need to decrease by 30%, post-tax discount rate would need to increase
by 3.7% and long-term growth rate would need to decrease by 3.0% (each sensitivity applied individually).
Based on the analysis summarised above, the Directors were satisfied that reasonably possible changes in key assumptions would not
lead to an impairment and therefore, the Directors have concluded that the recoverable value of the Group’s CGUs exceeded their carrying
amount.
12. Property, Plant and Equipment
Cost
At 3 April 2020
Additions
Additions from acquisitions
Transfer to assets held for sale
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Additions
Additions from acquisitions
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Depreciation
At 3 April 2020
Depreciation for the period
Impairment charge
Disposals
At 2 April 2021
Depreciation for the period
Impairment reversal
Disposals
At 1 April 2022
Net book value at 1 April 2022
Net book value at 2 April 2021
No fixed assets are held as security for external borrowings.
13. Assets Held For Sale
Freehold land and buildings
Total
Fixtures,
fittings
and
equipment
£m
Land and
buildings
£m
69.6
3.2
6.7
(6.0)
(0.9)
72.6
5.8
5.8
(0.5)
83.7
47.8
4.2
0.4
(0.6)
51.8
4.0
–
–
55.8
27.9
20.8
255.3
17.7
1.1
–
(2.5)
271.6
21.4
9.5
(3.8)
298.7
194.0
16.8
2.4
(2.1)
211.1
16.6
(0.3)
(2.5)
224.9
73.8
60.5
1 April
2022
£m
–
–
Total
£m
324.9
20.9
7.8
(6.0)
(3.4)
344.2
27.2
15.3
(4.3)
382.4
241.8
21.0
2.8
(2.7)
262.9
20.6
(0.3)
(2.5)
280.7
101.7
81.3
2 April
2021
£m
6.0
6.0
Freehold land and buildings are stated at their carrying value. Assets held for sale in the prior period related to seven buildings acquired
as part of the acquisition of The Universal Tyre Services (Deptford) Limited. Of the properties classified as held for sale, all were sold and
leased back by the Group in the current period on lease terms of 15 years with a 10 year break for total consideration of £7.5m.
188
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS14. Leases
All leases where the Group is a lessee are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:
• Leases of low value assets; and
• Leases with a term of 12 months or less.
i) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Right-of-Use Assets
At 3 April 2020
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to right-of-use assets
Amortisation charge for the year
Effect of modification of lease
Derecognition of right-of-use assets
Impairment
At 2 April 2021
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to right-of-use assets
Amortisation charge for the year
Effect of modification of lease
Derecognition of right-of-use assets
Impairment
At 1 April 2022
Land and
buildings
£m
344.0
2.7
12.5
(66.1)
5.8
(6.8)
(12.2)
279.9
82.0
44.6
(66.4)
6.8
(1.3)
–
345.6
Equipment
£m
5.9
–
0.6
(3.5)
–
(0.1)
–
2.9
–
5.0
(3.5)
0.4
(0.2)
–
4.6
Total
£m
349.9
2.7
13.1
(69.6)
5.8
(6.9)
(12.2)
282.8
82.0
49.6
(69.9)
7.2
(1.5)
–
350.2
The impairment charge for the prior period of £12.2m relates to the impairment of right-of-use assets in relation to a strategic project to
close low-returning stores where a lease obligation still exists.
Lease Liabilities
At 3 April 2020
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to lease liabilities
Interest expense
Effect of modification to lease
Lease payments
Disposals to Lease Liabilities
Foreign exchange movements
At 2 April 2021
Additions on acquisition of subsidiary
Additions to lease liabilities
Interest expense
Effect of modification to lease
Lease payments
Disposals to Lease Liabilities
Foreign exchange movements
At 1 April 2022
Carrying value of lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Land and
buildings
£m
409.8
2.7
12.6
9.8
5.9
(92.7)
(6.8)
(0.7)
340.6
73.2
44.6
8.8
6.8
(81.7)
(7.0)
(0.2)
385.1
Equipment
£m
6.2
–
0.5
0.2
–
(3.2)
–
–
3.7
–
4.9
0.2
0.4
(3.3)
–
–
5.9
1 April
2022
£m
74.5
316.5
Total
£m
416.0
2.7
13.1
10.0
5.9
(95.9)
(6.8)
(0.7)
344.3
73.2
49.5
9.0
7.2
(85.0)
(7.0)
(0.2)
391.0
2 April
2021
£m
63.4
280.9
189
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
14. Leases continued
Lease liabilities
Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows
Less than one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
Between five and six years
Between six and seven years
Between seven and eight years
Between eight and nine years
Between nine and ten years
After ten years
Total contractual cash flows
ii) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Income Statement
52 weeks ended 1 April 2022
Amortisation charge on right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of
low-value assets
52 weeks ended 2 April 2021
Amortisation charge on right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of
low-value assets
iii) Amounts recognised in Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
The total cash outflow for leases in the period ended 1 April 2022 was £85.0m (2021: £95.9m).
15. Inventories
Finished goods for resale
1 April
2022
£m
81.2
80.5
72.7
59.4
39.0
26.9
18.7
12.7
10.7
8.2
9.0
419.0
Land and
buildings
£m
Equipment
£m
66.4
8.8
6.8
–
66.1
9.8
5.6
–
3.5
0.2
–
1.6
3.5
0.2
–
0.7
2 April
2021
£m
71.2
68.8
64.4
55.1
43.2
28.4
19.3
12.1
5.3
3.5
3.5
374.8
Total
£m
69.9
9.0
6.8
1.6
69.6
10.0
5.6
0.7
2022
£m
222.1
2021
£m
143.9
Finished goods inventories include £17.2m (2021: £14.9m) of provisions to carry inventories at fair value less costs to sell where such value
is lower than cost. During the period, £1.4m of inventory provisions were released (2021: £1.8m).
During the period, £7.5m was recognised as an expense in respect of the write down of inventories (2021: £3.0m) to net realisable value.
No inventories are held as security for external borrowings.
Goods bought for resale recognised as a cost of sale amounted to £655.0m (2021: £629.1m).
Inventories at 1 April 2022 include a right to recover returned goods amounting to £2.0m (2021: £2.1m). These are measured by reference
to the former carrying amount of the sold inventories.
190
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS16. Trade and Other Receivables
Falling due within one year:
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables
Trade receivables-net
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income*
* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.
2022
£m
35.4
(0.8)
34.6
32.9
25.1
92.6
2021
Restated*
£m
30.2
(0.7)
29.5
27.9
16.7
74.1
Information about the Group’s exposure to credit and market risks and impairment losses for trade and other receivables is included in
Note 22.
Trade and other receivables at 1 April 2022 includes £31.3m (2021: £17.0m) (amended from the £7.5m reported in the FY21 annual report)
relating to supplier income.
Other receivables at 1 April 2022 includes £1.5m (2021:£1.6m) relating to unamortised issue costs on the Group’s borrowing facilities .
17. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand
2022
£m
46.3
2021
£m
67.2
The Group’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of
certain other Group companies. £4.5m (2021: £6.4m) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents included in the balance sheet and the cash
flow statement and is held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit trust, in relation to the share scheme for employees (£3.5m) and
‘Here to Help’ fund (£1.0m). Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not available to circulate within the Group on demand.
18. Borrowings
Current
Unsecured bank overdraft
Lease liabilities
Non-current
Unsecured bank loan and other borrowings
Lease liabilities
2022
£m
0.2
74.5
74.7
–
316.5
316.5
2021
£m
0.2
63.4
63.6
–
280.9
280.9
The Group’s borrowing facility is a three-year £160m revolving credit facility, which began on 4 December 2020, with two options to extend
by a further year. During the current period, the facility was extended with the expiry date now 4 December 2024. The facility carries an
interest rate of SONIA plus a margin, which is variable based on the gearing measures as set out in the facility covenant certificate and which
is currently 200 basis points. Both utilisation and non-utilisation fees are also applicable, being charged when utilisation rises above a set
percentage, with non-utilisation based on a set percentage of the applicable margin. These charges are based on market rates as are the
commitment fees. The Group’s financial covenants are calculated on a pre-IFRS 16 basis.
Significant headroom exists on both financial covenants contained within the banking arrangement
Interest payable to EBITDAR >1.5
Net borrowings to EBITDA <3.0
2022
2.7
(0.3)
2021
2.5
(0.4)
191
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
18. Borrowings continued
The Group had the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at each balance sheet date in respect of which all conditions
precedent had been met:
Expiring within one year
Expiring between one and two years
Expiring between two and five years
2022
£m
20.0
–
160.0
180.0
2021
£m
20.0
–
160.0
180.0
The overdraft facility expiring within one year is an annual facility subject to review at various dates during the period. The facility of
£160.0m (2021: £160.0m) relates to the Group’s revolving credit facility. All these facilities incurred commitment fees at market rates.
19. Trade and Other Payables
Current liabilities
Trade payables
Other taxation and social security payable
Other payables
Accruals and other deferred income*
Non-current liabilities
Accruals and other deferred income
* Please refer to Note 30 for further detail.
2022
£m
177.6
33.3
21.3
67.4
299.6
2021
Restated*
£m
131.7
34.5
21.6
70.4
258.2
4.9
3.3
Trade and other payables at 1 April 2022 includes £7.2m (2021: £7.9m) of deferred income in relation to product warranties and service
and repair plans, of which £3.6m (2021: £4.6m) is in current liabilities and £3.6m (2021: £3.3m) is in non-current liabilities.
In the current period Trade payables have increased due to the acquisition of the National (Note 10).
20. Provisions
At 2 April 2021
Additions from acquisitions
Charged during the period
Utilised during the period
Released during the period
At 1 April 2022
Analysed as:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Property
related
£m
27.1
2.1
1.0
(5.1)
(4.6)
20.5
Other
trading
£m
9.0
–
0.7
(2.2)
(1.1)
6.4
Non-
trading
£m
3.4
–
–
(1.0)
(2.4)
–
15.1
5.4
5.4
1.0
–
–
Total
£m
39.5
2.1
1.7
(3.5)
(12.9)
26.9
20.5
6.4
Property-related provisions consist of costs of associated wear and tear incurred on leasehold properties, other ongoing onerous
commitments associated with property leases (excluding rent), and costs related to the exit of closed stores. The property-related
provisions will be utilised over the average remaining lease term of 3.1 years.
Other trading provisions comprise a sales returns provision and an employer/product liability provision (of which £1m is expected to be
realised in >12 months).
Non-trading provisions comprised an amount payable to HMRC in relation to the national minimum wage investigation, this has been fully
settled in the current period, which has led to a release of £2.4m.
192
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS21. Deferred Tax
The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and movements thereon in the current and prior
reporting periods.
At 3 April 2020
Credit to the Income Statement
Credit to Other Comprehensive Income
Acquisition of subsidiary
Credit to Equity
At 2 April 2021
Credit/(charge) to the Income Statement
Charge to Other Comprehensive Income
Acquisition of subsidiary
Credit to Equity
At 1 April 2022
Property
related items
£m
11.4
–
–
(0.2)
–
11.2
(3.6)
–
1.8
–
9.4
Short-term
temporary
differences
£m
(0.6)
0.7
1.6
–
–
1.7
0.5
(1.3)
(0.4)
–
0.5
Share-based
payments
£m
0.2
2.6
–
–
0.4
3.2
0.5
–
–
0.4
4.1
Intangible
assets
£m
(3.7)
0.4
–
(0.5)
–
(3.8)
(0.8)
–
(1.6)
–
(6.2)
Tax Losses
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6.9
–
6.9
Total
£m
7.3
3.7
1.6
(0.7)
0.4
12.3
(3.4)
(1.3)
6.7
0.4
14.7
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so and when the deferred income
taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset amounts are as follows:
1 April
2022
£m
26.8
(12.1)
14.7
2 April
2021
£m
16.1
(3.8)
12.3
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures
a. Treasury Policy
The Group’s treasury department’s main responsibilities are to:
• Ensure adequate funding and liquidity for the Group;
• Manage the interest risk of the Group’s debt;
•
Invest surplus cash;
• Manage the clearing bank operations of the Group, and
• Manage the foreign exchange risk on its non-sterling cash flows.
Treasury activities are delegated by the Board to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”). The CFO controls policy and performance through the
line management structure to the Group Treasurer and by reference to the Treasury Committee. The Treasury Committee meets regularly to
monitor the performance of the Treasury function.
Policies for managing financial risks are governed by Board-approved policies and procedures, which are reviewed on an annual basis.
The Group’s debt management policy is to provide an appropriate level of funding to finance the Business Plan over the medium term at
a competitive cost and ensure flexibility to meet the changing needs of the Group. Details of the Group’s current borrowing facilities are
contained in Note 18.
193
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
b. Accounting Classifications and Fair Value
1 April 2022
Financial assets measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
Financial liabilities not measured at fair
value
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables2
Carrying amount
Fair value
– hedging
instruments
£m
Mandatorily
at FVTPL –
others
£m
FVOCI
– equity
instruments
£m
Amortised
cost
£m
Other
financial
liabilities
£m
Total
carrying
amount
£m
Notes
4.2
4.2
–
–
–
(0.5)
(0.5)
–
–
–
–
16
17
18
14
19
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
67.5
46.3
113.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
(391.0)
(242.7)
(633.9)
4.2
4.2
67.5
46.3
113.8
(0.5)
(0.5)
(0.2)
(391.0)
(242.7)
(633.9)
1. Prepayments and accrued income of £25.1m are not included as a financial asset
2. Other taxation and social security payables of £33.3m, deferred income and of £7.2m and other payables of £21.3m are not included as a financial liability
2 April 2021
Financial assets measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables1
Cash and cash equivalents
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables2, 3
Carrying amount
Fair value
– hedging
instruments
£m
Mandatorily
at FVTPL –
others
£m
FVOCI
– equity
instruments
£m
Amortised
cost
£m
Note
Other
financial
liabilities
Restated3
£m
Total
carrying
amount
£m
0.6
0.6
–
–
–
(6.3)
(6.3)
–
–
–
–
16
17
18
18
19
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
57.4
67.2
124.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
(344.3)
(197.5)
(542.0)
0.6
0.6
57.4
67.2
124.6
(6.3)
(6.3)
(0.2)
(344.3)
(197.5)
(542.0)
1. Prepayments and accrued income of £16.7m are not included as a financial asset
2. Other taxation and social security payables of £34.5m, deferred income of £7.9m and other payables of £21.6m are not included as a financial liability
3. Refer to Note 30 for further details.
194
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The fair values of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:
Trade receivables, trade payables and lease
obligations, short-term deposits and borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Forward currency contracts
The fair value approximates to the carrying amount predominantly because of the
short maturity of these instruments.
The fair value of bank loans and other loans approximates to the carrying value
reported in the Balance Sheet as the majority are floating rate where payments
are reset to market rates at intervals of less than one year.
The fair value is determined using the mark to market rates at the reporting date
and the outright contract rate.
Fair Value Hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:
• Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
• Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
• Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
All financial instruments carried at fair value have been measured by a Level 2 valuation method.
c. Financial Risk Management
The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:
• Credit risk;
• Liquidity risk; and
• Market risk.
i) Risk management framework
The Company’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management
framework. The Board of Directors are responsible for establishing the Group’s risk management policies.
The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits
and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are regularly reviewed to reflect changes
in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to
maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
The Group Audit Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management framework in relation to
the risks faced by the Group. The Group Audit Committee is assisted in its oversight role by the internal audit. Internal audit undertakes
both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit Committee.
ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual
obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting
date was £118.0m (2021: £125.2m).
Impairment losses on financial assets recognised in profit or loss were as follows:
£m
Impairment loss on trade and other receivables
52 weeks to
1 April
2022
0.1
0.1
52 weeks to
2 April
2021
0.1
0.1
Trade receivables
The Group does not have any individually significant customers and so no significant concentration of credit risk.
The majority of the Group’s sales are paid in cash at point of sale, which further limits the Group’s exposure. The Group’s exposure to
credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Board of Directors has established a credit policy
under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment terms and conditions
are offered. The Group limits its exposure to credit risk from trade receivables by establishing a maximum payment period of one month for
customers. The majority of trade receivables are based in the United Kingdom.
195
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The Group has taken into account the historic credit losses incurred on trade receivables and adjusted it for forward-looking estimates.
The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was £0.1m.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Group held cash and cash equivalents of £46.3m at 1 April 2022 (2021: £67.2m). The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank
and financial institution counterparties, which are designated “A-” by Standard & Poor and Fitch and A2 or better by Moody’s. The Group
does not consider there to be any impairment loss in respect of these balances (2021: £nil).
Derivatives
The derivatives are entered into with bank and financial institutions counterparties, which are designated at least BBB by Standard & Poor
and Fitch and Baa3 by Moody’s.
iii) Market risk
The Group’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest, currency and commodity risk. These are discussed further below.
Commodity risk is due to the Group’s products being manufactured from metals and other raw materials, subject to price fluctuation.
The Group mitigates this risk through negotiating fixed purchase costs or maintaining flexibility over the specification of finished products
produced by its supply chain to meet fluctuations.
Foreign currency risk
The Group has a significant transaction exposure with increasing direct-sourced purchases from its suppliers in the Far East and Europe,
with most of the trade being in US dollars (“USD”). The Group’s policy is to manage the foreign exchange transaction exposures of the
business to ensure the actual costs do not exceed the budget costs by more than 10% (excluding increases in the base cost of the
product).
The Group does not hedge either economic exposure or the translation exposure arising from the profits, assets and liabilities of
non-sterling businesses whilst they remain immaterial.
The Group determines the existence of an economic relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item based on the currency,
amount and timing of their respective cash flows. The Group assesses whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is
expected to be, and has been, effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedging item using the hypothetical derivative method.
In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:
• The effect of the counterparty and Group’s own credit risk on the fair value of the forward exchange contracts, which is not reflected in
the change in the fair value of the hedged cash flows attributable to the change in exchange rates; and
• Changes in the timing of the hedged item.
During the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, the foreign exchange management policy was to hedge via forward contract purchase between 75%
and 100% of the material foreign exchange transaction exposures on a rolling 18-month basis. Hedging is performed through the use of
foreign currency bank accounts and forward foreign exchange contracts.
At 1 April 2022, the Group held the following instruments to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency:
Forward exchange contracts
Net exposure (in £m)
Average GBP:USD forward contract rate
1–6
months
76.8
1.3578
At 2 April 2021, the Group held the following instruments to hedge exposures to changes in foreign currency:
Forward exchange contracts
Net exposure (in £m)
Average GBP:USD forward contract rate
1–6
months
101.6
1.3336
Maturity
6–12
months
31.4
1.3423
Maturity
6–12
months
55.7
1.3622
More than
one year
4.5
1.3389
More than
one year
26.3
1.3677
196
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
The amounts at the reporting date relating to items designated as hedged items were as follows:
Forward currency risk
At 1 April 2022
Inventory purchases
At 2 April 2021
Inventory purchases
Balances remaining in the
cash flow hedge reserve
from hedging relationships
for which hedge accounting
is no longer applied
£m
Cash flow hedge reserve
£m
2.2
3.1
–
–
The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date is as
follows:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
1 April 2022
USD
£m
1.1
(24.3)
(23.2)
Other
£m
5.2
(0.7)
4.5
2 April 2021
USD
£m
–
(35.1)
(35.1)
Other
£m
14.1
(1.6)
12.5
The table below shows the Group’s sensitivity to foreign exchange rates on its US dollar financial instruments, the major currency in which
the Group’s derivatives are denominated.
10% appreciation of the US dollar
10% depreciation of the US dollar
2022
Increase/
(decrease) in
equity
£m
12.9
(10.6)
2021
Increase/
(decrease) in
equity
£m
22.0
(18.0)
A strengthening/weakening of Sterling, as indicated, against the USD at 2 April 2022 would have (decreased)/ increased equity and profit
or loss by the amounts shown above. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considered to be
reasonably possible at the end of the reporting period.”&” The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain
constant.
The movements in equity relate to the fair value movements on the Group’s forward contracts that are used to hedge future stock
purchases.
Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy aims to manage the interest cost of the Group within the constraints of the Business Plan and its financial covenants.
The Group’s borrowings are currently subject to floating interest rates and the Group will continue to monitor movements in the swap
market.
If interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank borrowings, which attract interest at floating rates)
were to change by + or – 1% the impact on the results in the Income Statement and equity would be a decrease/increase of £nil
(2021: £0.8m).
Interest rate movements on deposits, lease liabilities, trade payables, trade receivables, and other financial instruments do not present a
material exposure to the Group’s statement of financial position.
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
The Group manages capital by operating within a debt ratio, which is calculated as the ratio of net debt to underlying EBITDA. The Group
was in a net cash position as at 1 April 2022 (2021: net cash).
197
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
22. Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures continued
Pension liability risk
The Group has no association with any defined-benefit pension scheme and, therefore, carries no deferred, current or future liabilities in
respect of such a scheme. The Group operates a number of Group Personal Pension Plans for colleagues.
Liquidity risk
The Group ensures that it has sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is
sufficient cash or working capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Group for the current Business Plan. The minimum liquidity
level is currently set at £30m, such that under the Treasury Policy the maximum drawings would be £150m of the £180m available facility,
to include the Overdraft Facility of £20m.
The process to manage the risk is to ensure there are contracts in place for key suppliers, detailing the payment terms, and for providers
of debt, the Group ensured that such counterparties used for credit transactions held at least an investment grade credit rating at the time
of the refinancing (December 2020). The Group may, subject to Board approval in any and every such incidence, allow a counterparty to
have a credit rating of less than investment grade at the time of signing the facilities on the basis that the counterparty only has a junior
role in the debt syndicate and has zero ancillary business until if/when its credit rating is designated A-. At the year end, the banks within
the banking group maintained a credit rating of BBB- or above, in line with Treasury policy. The counterparty credit risk is reviewed by the
Chief Financial Officer regularly as part of the Treasury Committee process. In addition, the Head of Treasury reviews credit exposure on a
daily basis.
The risk is measured through review of forecast liquidity each month by the Head of Treasury to determine whether there are sufficient
credit facilities to meet forecast requirements, and through monitoring covenants on a regular basis to ensure there are no significant
breaches, which would lead to an “Event of Default”. Calculations are submitted biannually to the Group banking agent. There have been
no breaches of covenants during the reported periods.
The contractual maturities of leases liabilities are disclosed in Note 14. All trade and other payables are due within one year.
The following table provides an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows for the Group’s forward currency contracts. Cash flows
receivable in foreign currencies are translated using spot rates as at 1 April 2022 (Prior year: 2 April 2021).
Due less than one year
Due between one and two years
Contractual cash flows
Fair value of derivatives
2022
2021
Receivables
£m
130.6
12.2
142.8
4.2
Payables
£m
13.0
3.8
16.8
(0.5)
Receivables
£m
33.3
7.2
40.5
0.6
Payables
£m
(151.7)
(18.8)
(170.5)
(6.3)
It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.
23. Capital and Reserves
Ordinary shares of 1p each:
Allotted, called up and fully paid
2022
Number of
shares
218,928,736
2021
Number of
shares
199,116,632
2022
£’000
2,189
2021
£’000
1,991
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at
meetings of the Company. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.
The parent company issued 19,812,104 new ordinary shares with a par value of 1p per share on 2 December 2021.
Proceeds from the share issue recognised within Share Premium totalled £61.4m (2021: £nil), net of transaction costs of £1.8m (2021: £nil).
Total Share Premium at 1 April 2022 was £212.4m (2021: £151.0m).
In total the Company received proceeds of £1.4m (2021: £nil) from the exercise of share options. During the year, the Company purchased
£3.0m (2021: £nil) of its own shares through the employee benefit trust.
Investment in Own Shares
At 1 April 2022, the Company held in Trust 1,460,702 (2021: 1,637,101) of its own shares with a nominal value of £14,607 (2021: £16,371).
The Trust has waived any entitlement to the receipt of dividends in respect of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares. The market
value of these shares at 1 April 2022 was £3.8m (2021: £6.1m). In the current period, 1,036,147 (2021: nil) were repurchased and
transferred into the Trust, with 1,208,087 (2021: nil) reissued on exercise of share options.
198
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS23. Capital and Reserves continued
Other Reserves
Capital Redemption Reserve
The capital redemption reserve has arisen following the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the amount by which
the distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Hedging Reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related
to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.
24. Share-based Payments
The Group has six share award plans, all of which are equity-settled schemes. The Group Income Statement charge recognised in respect
of share-based payments for the current period is £7.8m (2021: £6.4m).
1. Halfords Company Share Option Scheme (“CSOS”)
The CSOS was introduced in June 2004 and the Company has made annual grants up to and including 2016. Options were granted with a
fixed exercise price equal to the market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. The contractual life of an option is ten years.
Options granted before August 2013 became exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the achievement of a
three-year performance condition. For grants up to 150% of basic salary the options can only be exercised if the increase in earnings
per share (“EPS”) over the period is not less than the increase in the Retail Price Index (“RPI”) plus 3.5% per year. In the case of grants in
excess of 150% of basic salary, the excess can only be exercised in full if the increase is not less than RPI plus 10% per year. Exercise of
an option is subject to continued employment.
Changes to the performance criteria of the CSOS scheme in relation to the awards granted from August 2013 onwards were made by
the Remuneration Committee. These changes were made in order to create better alignment with Group’s three-year strategic priorities
following the Moving Up A Gear programme. The awards are dependent on EBITDA performance and are only exercisable if EBITDA
growth exceeds a compound annual growth rate of 2.5% over the three-year performance period, or a total growth rate of 8.4%. Exercise
of an option is subject to continued employment.
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of a peer group of companies since the IPO in June 2004. The expected life is the
average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK Government bonds.
Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing models. No performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations.
2. Management Share Plan (“MSP”)
The CSOS has been replaced by the MSP. Nil cost options have been granted which can be exercised on or after the third anniversary of
the date on which they are granted. The option cannot be exercised later than ten years from the date on which it was granted. Exercise of
an option is subject to continued employment.
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of a peer group of companies. The expected life is the average expected period to
exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK Government bonds.
Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models. No performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations.
3. Halfords Sharesave Scheme (“SAYE”)
The SAYE is open to all employees with eligible employment service. Options may be exercised under the scheme if the option holder
completes their saving contract for a period of three years and then not more than six months thereafter. Special provisions allow early
exercise in the case of death, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement or because the company or business which employs the option
holder is transferred out of the Group, or in the event of a change in control, reconstruction or winding up of the Company.
Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models.
4. Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The introduction of a PSP was approved at the Annual General Meeting in August 2005 awarding the Executive Directors and certain
senior management conditional rights to receive shares. Annual schemes have been approved for each year from 2005.
For 2009 awards onwards, the Committee has recommended the reinvestment of dividends earned on award shares, such shares
to invest in proportion to the vesting of the original award shares. The shares awarded under the PSP in 2018, 2019 and 2020 earned
a final dividend of 5p per share and were reinvested at a cost of £3.11 per share. Shares awarded in 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 earned
an interim dividend of 3p per share and were reinvested at a cost of £3.44 per share.
For schemes prior to 2018, the PSP performance criteria was weighted 25% towards Group revenue growth targets and 75% towards
Group EPS growth targets. For the 2018 and 2019 schemes the PSP performance criteria is weighted 50% towards Group EPS growth,
25% towards Group revenue growth and 25% towards Group Free Cash Flow.
199
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
24. Share based payments continued
The 2020 PSP scheme performance criteria is weighted 20% towards Group EPS growth, 30% towards Group Free Cash Flow, 10%
towards Group service-related sales and 40% towards total shareholder return. The awards will be underpinned by the Remuneration
Committee determining whether, in its opinion, the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied is a genuine reflection
of the Company’s underlying financial performance and has generated value for Company’s shareholders over the performance period,
and by a net debt to EBITDA ratio no greater than 1.5 throughout the three-year performance period. The 2021 PSP scheme performance
criteria was weighted 50% towards Group EPS growth, 20% towards Group services-related sales and 30% towards total shareholder
return.
For other senior participants, conditions are based on the performance of the individual business units. The awards are weighted 37.5%
towards Group EPS growth targets, 12.5% weighted towards Group revenue growth targets and 50% weighted toward EBIT of the
individual business unit.
Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models. For the 2020 and 2021 scheme options relating to the total
shareholder return tranche were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model.
5. Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)
Under the Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”) a portion of the executive’s annual bonus is deferred as shares for three years.
6. Restricted Share Plan – Senior Management Plan (“RSP–SMP”)
Two RSP–SMP awards were granted to senior management excluding the CEO and CFO. They were granted to participants on
13 September 2017 and had two different performance period end dates: 29 March 2019 and 3 April 2020.
Nil cost options were granted, which were exerciseable and exercised on the first anniversary and second anniversary of the grant date for
the 2018 and 2020 schemes respectively. Exercise of an option is subject to performance conditions in relation to Group PBT and continued
employment.
Options were valued using the Black–Scholes option-pricing models.
The following tables reconcile the number of share options outstanding and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP) for all share
award plans.
For the period ended
1 April 2022
Outstanding at start of year
Granted
Shares representing
dividends reinvested
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Exercise price range (£)
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)
For the period ended
2 April 2021
Outstanding at start of year
Granted
Shares representing
dividends reinvested
Forfeited
Exercised
Lapsed
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Exercise price range (£)
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)
CSOS
MSP
SAYE
PSP
RSP–SMP
Number
(‘000)
690
–
WAEP
(£)
3.71
–
Number
(‘000)
1,677
596
WAEP
(£)
1.95
2.92
Number
(‘000)
7,247
630
WAEP
(£)
1.45
1.79
Number
(‘000)
5,248
1,644
WAEP
(£)
–
–
Number
(‘000)
–
–
WAEP
(£)
–
–
–
–
(156)
(152)
382
–
–
–
–
3.71
3.71
3.71
–
3.71
–
–
(227)
(299)
1,747
–
–
–
–
2.66
1.96
2.28
–
–
–
–
1.51
(288)
2.10
(320)
1.50
(790)
1.44
6,479
–
–
– 1.77–2.78
112
(193)
(505)
–
6,306
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1.3
–
8.3
–
1.8
–
8.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CSOS
MSP
SAYE
PSP
RSP–SMP
Number
(‘000)
728
WAEP
(£)
3.71
Number
(‘000)
1,398
567
WAEP
(£)
1.94
2.25
Number
(‘000)
2,958
6,378
WAEP
(£)
2.00
1.55
Number
(‘000)
4,237
1,879
WAEP
(£)
–
–
Number
(‘000)
57
WAEP
(£)
–
(38)
690
–
3.71
3.71
3.07–5.43
2.3
(149)
(139)
1,677
–
2.78
2.25
1.95
–
8.5
(96)
(51)
(1,942)
7,247
–
1.63
2.48
1.89
1.45
(806)
(62)
5,248
–
1.77–2.78
–
–
–
–
–
–
(57)
–
–
2.6
1.8
–
–
–
200
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS24. Share based payments continued
The following table gives the assumptions applied to the options granted in the respective periods shown:
Grant date
Share price at grant date (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected volatility
Option life (years)
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield
Probability of forfeiture
Weighted average fair value of options
granted
52 weeks to 1 April 2022
MSP
2.92
–
61.84%
10
2.75
–
–
33%
SAYE
2.99
2.99
61.19%
3
3
0.20%
–
44%
PSP
2.92
–
65.12%
3
3
–
–
–
52 weeks to 2 April 2021
MSP
2.43
–
59.14%
10
3.0
–
2.63%
33%
SAYE
1.55
1.07
53.02%
3
3.5
–
3.99%
38%
PSP
2.43
–
64.22%
3
2.47
–
0%
21%
2.92
1.79
1.72
2.25
0.60
2.43
As the MSP, PSP and RSP–SMP awards have a nil exercise price the risk free rate of return does not have any effect on the estimated fair
value and therefore is excluded from the above table.
25. Commitments
Capital expenditure: Contracted but not provided
2022
£m
0.5
2021
£m
0.2
26. Pensions
Employees are offered membership of the Halfords Pension, which is a contract-based plan, where each member has their own individual
pension policy, which they monitor independently. The costs of contributions to the scheme are charged to the Income Statement in the
period that they arise. The contributions to the scheme for the period amounted to £6.7m (2021: £5.8m).
In accordance with government initiatives, Halfords operates an automatic enrolment process with regards to its pension arrangements.
Employees who are aged between 22 and state pension age, earn more than £10,000 a year, and work in the UK, are automatically
enrolled into the Group pension arrangement. Employees retain the right to withdraw from this pension arrangement, however, election of
this choice must be made.
27. Contingent Liabilities
The Group’s banking arrangements include the facility for the bank to provide a number of guarantees in respect of liabilities owed by the
Group during the course of its trading. In the event of any amount being immediately payable under the guarantee, the bank has the right
to recover the sum, in full, from the Group. The total amount of guarantees in place at 1 April 2022 amounted to £1.5m (2021: £1.5m).
The Group’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of
other Group companies.
201
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
28. Related Party Transactions
The Group’s ultimate parent company is Halfords Group plc. A listing of all related undertakings is shown within the financial statements of
the Company on pages 203 to 209.
Transactions with Key Management Personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the Halfords Limited and Halfords
Autocentres management boards. The details of the remuneration, long-term incentive plans, shareholdings and share option entitlements
of individual Directors of Halfords Group plc are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149. Key management
compensation is disclosed in Note 4.
Directors of the Company control 0.27% of the ordinary shares of the Company.
29. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Group has no off Balance Sheet arrangements to disclose as required by S410A of the Companies Act 2006.
30. Prior Period Adjustment
During the preparation of the financial statements, a mapping error was identified relating to the reduction in the Cycle to Work contract
liability in respect of expected breakage. This reduction in the liability had in previous years been mapped to Prepayments and Accrued
Income in the financial statements rather than being mapped to the Cycle to Work liability in Accruals and Deferred Income.
£12.0m was incorrectly included in Prepayments and Accrued Income as at the prior period end of 2 April 2021. The error at the period
end of 3 April 2020 is £8.2m.
To correct for this error, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Trade and other receivables at 2 April 2021 have been reduced
by £12.0m with a corresponding adjustment to Trade and other payables. Within net cash from operating activities in the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows, Increase in trade and other receivables has increased by £3.8m with a corresponding adjustment to Increase in
trade and other payables.
In correcting this error, there is no impact on the Consolidated Income Statement or Net Assets.
31. Post Balance Sheet Events
Post the balance sheet year end Halfords Group have acquired APT Tyre Distributors Limited on 6 April 2022 this was not a material
transaction.
202
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSCompany Balance Sheet
Fixed assets
Investments
Current assets
Debtors falling due within one year
Cash and cash equivalents
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Investment in own shares
Capital redemption reserve
Profit and loss account
Total shareholders’ funds
Notes
4
5
6
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
1 April
2022
£m
2 April
2021
£m
811.4
803.6
68.5
3.6
72.1
(354.9)
(282.8)
–
528.6
2.2
212.4
(11.6)
0.3
325.3
528.6
2.1
5.1
7.2
(606.7)
(599.5)
–
204.1
2.0
151.0
(10.0)
0.3
60.8
204.1
The notes on pages 205 to 209 are an integral part of the Company’s financial statements.
The Company has elected to prepare its financial statements under FRS 101 and the accounting policies are outlined on page 205.
The Company made a profit before dividends paid for the period of £273.2m (52-week period to 2 April 2021: £0.6m). The profit for the
period reflected the receipt of a dividend on the liquidation of Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited.
The financial statements on pages 203 to 209 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 June 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:
Loraine Woodhouse
Chief Financial Officer
Company number: 04457314
203
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSCompany Statement of Changes in
Shareholders’ Equity
At 3 April 2020
Profit for the period
Share options exercised
Share based payments
Dividends paid
At 2 April 2021
Profit for the period
Issue of new shares (net of share issue costs)
Acquisition of Treasury Shares
Share options exercised
Share based payments
Dividends paid
At 1 April 2022
Share Capital
£m
2.0
–
–
–
–
2.0
–
0.2
–
–
–
–
2.2
Share
Premium
£m
151.0
–
–
–
–
151.0
–
61.4
–
–
–
–
212.4
Investment
in own
shares
£m
(10.0)
–
–
–
–
(10.0)
–
–
(3.0)
1.4
–
–
(11.6)
Capital
redemption
£m
0.3
–
–
–
–
0.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.3
Retained
Earnings
£m
53.8
0.6
–
6.4
–
60.8
273.2
–
–
–
7.8
(16.5)
325.3
Total
£m
197.1
0.6
–
6.4
–
204.1
273.2
61.6
(3.0)
1.4
7.8
(16.5)
528.6
204
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALSAccounting Policies
Accounting Convention
The accounts of the Company are prepared for the period up to the Friday closest to 31 March each year. Consequently, the financial
statements for the current period cover the 52 weeks to 1 April 2022, whilst the comparative period covered the 52 weeks to 2 April 2021.
The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention, except where Financial Reporting Standards requires an alternative
treatment in accordance with applicable UK accounting standards and specifically in accordance with the accounting policies set out
below. The principal variation to the historical cost convention relates to share-based payments.
Basis of Preparation
The Company financial statements of Halfords Group plc are prepared on a going concern basis for the reasons set out in the Directors’
Report on page 78, and under the historical cost convention.
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100). The Company financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and has ceased to apply all UK Accounting
Standards issued prior to FRS 100. Therefore, the recognition and measurement requirements of the UK adopted international financial
reporting standards have been applied, with amendments where necessary in order to comply with Companies Act 2006.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to
share-based payments, financial instruments, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party transactions. Where
required, equivalent disclosures are given in the Group financial statements.
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no profit or loss account is presented for this Company. Additionally, no cash
flow statement is presented as permitted by FRS 101.8 (h). The profit for the year is disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements.
Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBTs”) are consolidated on the basis that the parent has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are
included on the Company Balance Sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity.
Share-based Payments
The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans that are awarded to employees of the Company’s
subsidiary undertakings.
In accordance with FRS 101 “Group and treasury share transactions”, the fair value of the employee services received under such
schemes is recognised as an expense in the subsidiary undertaking’s financial statements, which benefit from the employee services.
The Company has recognised the fair value of the share-based payments as an increase to equity with a corresponding adjustment to
investments.
Fair values are determined using appropriate option pricing models. The total fair value recognised is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for
which the related service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense
is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.
At each balance sheet date, the Company revises its estimates of the number of share incentives that are expected to vest. The impact of
the revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised as an adjustment to equity, with a corresponding adjustment to investments, over
the remaining vesting period.
Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at the original cost of the investments. Provision is made against cost where, in the
opinion of the Directors, the value of the investments has been impaired.
Dividends
Final dividends are recognised in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by shareholders.
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the period they are paid.
205
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
1. Profit and Loss Account
The Company made a profit before dividends paid for the 52 week period to 1 April 2022 of £273.2m (52 week period to 2 April 2021:
£0.6m profit). The profit for the period reflected the receipt of a dividend on the liquidation of Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited of £273.0m.
The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and not presented a profit
and loss account for the Company alone.
2. Fees Payable to the Auditors
Fees payable by the Group to BDO LLP and their associates during the current and prior period are detailed in Note 3 to the Group
financial statements.
3. Staff Costs
The Company has no employees other than the Directors. Full details of the Directors remuneration and interests, including those details
required by Schedule 5, are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 149, which forms part of the audited information.
4. Investments
Shares in Group undertaking
Cost
As at 2 April 2021
Additions – share-based payments
At 1 April 2022
£m
803.6
7.8
811.4
The investments represent shares in the following subsidiary undertaking as at 1 April 2022 and the fair value of share-based
compensation plans that are awarded to employees of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings.
Management have conducted an impairment review which has been undertaken on the Group’s Retail and Car servicing cash-generating
units of which the Company’s investment form part. The results of this review are disclosed in note 11, including a sensitivity analysis.
In this review, the combined value in use as at 1 April 2022 exceeds the investments held in subsidiary undertakings of £811.4m (FY21:
£803.6m), and therefore management have concluded that under IAS36, no impairment has been identified with regard to the Company’s
investments in subsidiaries.
Halfords Group Holdings Limited
Incorporated
in
Great Britain1
Ordinary
shares
percentage
owned %
Principal activities
100 Intermediate holding company
1. Registered in England and Wales. Registered office: Icknield St Dr, Washford Ln, Redditch B98 0DE
In the opinion of the Directors, the recoverable amount of the investments in the subsidiary undertaking is not less than the amount
shown above.
206
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS4. Investments continued
The related undertakings of the Company at 1 April 2022 are as follows:
Principal activity
Intermediate holding company
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Retailing of auto parts, accessories, cycles and cycle accessories
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Car servicing
In Liquidation
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Car servicing
In Liquidation
In Liquidation
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Intermediate holding company
Retailing of cycles and cycle accessories
Dormant
Non-trading
Non-trading
Dormant
Dormant
Car servicing
Dormant
Dormant
Software as a Service Provider
% Ownership
of ordinary
equity shares
Subsidiary undertaking
Subsidiaries registered in England & Wales, with a registered address of: Icknield Street Drive, Redditch, Worcestershire B98 0DE
100
Halfords Group Holdings Limited
100
Halfords Holdings (2006) Limited*
100
Halfords Holdings Limited
100
Halfords Finance Limited*
100
Halfords Limited*
100
Halfords Payment Services Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Holdings Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Funding Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Acquisitions Limited*
100
NW Autocentres Limited*
100
Halfords Autocentres Developments Limited*
100
Stop N’ Steer Limited*
100
Halfords Vehicle Management Limited*
100
The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited*
100
G W Autoserve (Ipswich) Limited*
100
G W Commercial Tyres Limited*
100
Boardman Bikes Limited*
100
Boardman International Limited*
100
Cycle Republic Limited*
100
Performance Cycling Holdings Limited*
100
Performance Cycling Limited*
100
Wheelies Direct Limited*
100
Tredz Limited*
100
Giant (Wales) Limited*
100
National Tyre and Autofit Limited*
100
Tyre and Autofit Limited*
100
National Tyre Service Limited*
100
The Marsham Tyre Company Limited*
100
W. Briggs & Co Limited*
Halfords Software Services Division Limited*
100
Subsidiaries registered in Scotland, with a registered address of: The Ca’D’Oro, 45 Gordon Street, Glasgow, Scotland, G1 3PE
McConechy's Tyres Services Holdings Limited*
McConechy's Tyres Services Limited*
Strathclyde Tyre Services Limited*
Axle Group Holdings Limited*
Axle Group Limited*
Viking International Limited*
Step Grades Motor Accessories Limited*
Birkenshaw Tyre Company Limited*
Constant Price Monitor Limited*
Birkenshaw Distributors Limited*
Acorn (Paisley) Limited*
Subsidiary registered in the Republic of Ireland, with a registered address of: c/o DWF Dublin, Unit 2, The Park, Dublin D18 KP73
Halfords (Ireland) Limited*
Subsidiary registered in Delaware USA, with a registered address of: c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive,
Wilmington, DE 19808
Halfords Software Services Division LLC*
Other equity investment, registered in Northern Ireland, with a registered address of: 22 Derryall Road, Portadown, Craigavon,
Northern Ireland BT62 1PL
Hamilton Internet Services Limited*
Intermediate holding company
Car servicing
Dormant
Intermediate holding company
Intermediate holding company
Dormant
Car servicing
Dormant
Car servicing
Car servicing
Dormant
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Software as a Service Provider
E-Commerce
Dormant
0.03
100
100
* Shares held indirectly through subsidiary undertakings
The only subsidiaries to trade during the year were Halfords Limited, Halfords Autocentres Limited, Performance Cycling Limited,
McConechy’s Tyre Services Limited, The Universal Tyre Company (Deptford) Limited, National Tyre Service Limited, Stepgrade Motor
Accessories Limited, Halfords Software Services Division Limited, Halfords Software Services Division LLC, Constant Price Monitor
Limited, Birkenshaw Distributors Limited, and ULM Services Limited.
207
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
5. Debtors
Falling due within one year:
Prepayments
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
2022
£m
1.5
67.0
68.5
2021
£m
–
2.1
2.1
Amounts owed by Group undertakings are subject to interest. At 1 April 2022, the amounts bear interest at a rate of 2.48% (2021: 1.31%).
The increase in Amounts owed by Group undertakings in the period relates to a loan of amounts raised through the share issue in the
period (Note 9), to Halfords Autocentres Limited to fund the acquisition of the Axle Group.
6. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Falling due within one year:
Cash at bank and in hand
2022
£m
3.6
3.6
2021
£m
5.1
5.1
£3.5m (2021: £5.1m) of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents included in the Balance Sheet is held by the trustee of the Company’s employee
benefit trust in relation to the share scheme for employees. Therefore, these funds are restricted and are not available to be circulated on demand.
7. Creditors
Falling due within one year:
Bank borrowings (Note 8)
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals and deferred income
Falling due after more than one year:
Bank borrowings (Note 8)
2022
£m
–
354.9
–
354.9
–
–
2021
£m
16.5
589.9
0.3
606.7
–
–
Amounts owed to Group undertakings are repayable on demand and have, therefore, been classified as due within one year, although it is
expected that not all of this amount will be repaid within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
8. Borrowings
Current
Unsecured bank overdraft
Non-current
Expiring between two and five years
2022
£m
–
–
–
2021
£m
16.5
–
16.5
The above borrowings are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £1.5m (2021: £1.6m), which is included within prepayments.
Details of the Company’s borrowing facilities are in Note 18 of the Group’s financial statements.
208
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022OUR FINANCIALS9. Equity Share Capital
Ordinary shares of 1p each:
Allotted, called up and fully paid
2022
Number of
shares
218,928,736
2021
Number of
shares
199,116,632
2022
£000
2,189
2021
£000
1,991
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at
meetings of the Company. All shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.
The Company issued 19,812,104 new ordinary shares with a par value of 1p per share on 2 December 2021.
Proceeds from the share issue recognised within Share Premium totalled £61.4m (2021: £nil), net of transaction costs of £1.8m (2021: £nil).
Total Share Premium at 1 April 2022 was £212.4m (2021: £151.0m).
In total the Company received proceeds of £1.4m (2021: £nil) from the exercise of share options. During the year, the Company purchased
£3.0m (2021: £nil) of its own shares through the employee benefit trust.
Potential Issue of Ordinary Shares
The Company has a number of employee share option schemes. Further information regarding these schemes can be found in Note 24 of
the Group’s financial statements.
Investment in Own Shares
At 1 April 2022, the Company held in Trust 1,460,702 (2021: 1,637,101) of its own shares with a nominal value of £14,607 (2021: £16,371).
The Trust has waived any entitlement to the receipt of dividends in respect of its holding of the Company’s ordinary shares. The market
value of these shares at 1 April 2022 was £3.8m (2021: £6.1m). In the current period 1,036,147 (2021: nil) were repurchased and transferred
into the Trust, with 1,208,087 (2021: nil) reissued on exercise of share options.
10. Share-based Payments
Share-based payments during the period were £7.8m (2021: £6.4m), bringing the balance at 1 April 2022 to £36.5m (2021: £28.5m).
11. Profits Available For Distribution
Distributable reserves in the Company Balance Sheet total £289.0m at 1 April 2022.
12. Reserves
The Company settled dividends of £16.5m (2021: £nil) in the period, as detailed in Note 8 to the Group’s financial statements.
13. Related Party Disclosures
Under FRS 101 “Related party disclosures” the Company is exempt from disclosing related party transactions with entities which it
wholly owns.
14. Contingent Liabilities
The Group’s banking arrangements include the facility for the bank to provide a number of guarantees in respect of liabilities owed by the
Group during the course of its trading. In the event of any amount being immediately payable under the guarantee, the bank has the right
to recover the sum in full from the Group. The total amount of guarantees in place at 1 April 2022 amounted to £1.5m (2021: £1.5m).
The Company’s banking arrangements are subject to a netting facility whereby credit balances may be offset against the indebtedness of
other Group companies.
15. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has no off Balance Sheet arrangements to disclose as required by S410A of the Companies Act 2006.
209
halfords.annualreport2022.comOUR FINANCIALSn
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
n
f
l
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
I
Contents
Five-Year Record
Glossary of Alternative
Performance Measures
Company Information
212
213
214
Five-Year Record
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating profit before non-underlying items
Non-underlying operating expenses
Operating profit
Net finance costs
Underlying Profit Before Tax2
Non-recurring operating expenses
Non-recurring finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Taxation on non-underlying items
Profit attributable to equity shareholders
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share before non-underlying items
Weighted average number of shares
52 weeks
to
30 March
20181
(audited)
£m
1,135.1
(564.9)
570.2
(495.6)
74.6
(4.8)
69.8
(2.7)
71.6
(4.8)
0.3
67.1
(13.2)
0.8
54.7
27.8p
29.6p
197.0m
52 weeks
to
29 March
20191
(audited)
£m
1,138.6
(559.6)
579.0
(516.8)
62.2
(7.8)
54.4
(3.4)
58.8
(7.8)
–
51.0
(10.5)
1.4
41.9
21.2p
24.5p
197.1m
52 weeks
to
27 March
20202
£m
1,142.4
(558.4)
584.0
(513.5)
70.5
(34.2)
36.3
(13.6)
56.9
(34.2)
–
22.7
(6.9)
5.0
20.8
10.6p
25.4p
197.0m
52 weeks
to
2 April
2021
(audited)
£m
1,292.3
(636.0)
656.3
(541.8)
114.5
(35.0)
79.5
(15.0)
99.5
(35.0)
–
64.5
(17.4)
6.1
53.2
27.1p
41.7p
197.1m
52 weeks
to
1 April
2022
(audited)
£m
1,369.6
(647.9)
721.7
(620.6)
101.1
6.8
107.9
(11.3)
89.8
6.8
–
96.6
(17.2)
(1.7)
77.7
37.9p
35.5p
204.7m
1. All FY18 and FY19 financials are stated on a pre-IFRS-16 basis
2. The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises results that are non-comparable to the 52 weeks periods reported in other years. To provide a
more meaningful comparison, the above table includes the unaudited pro forma 52 weeks to 27 March 2020
212
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONGlossary of Alternative
Performance Measures
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have adopted
various Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), previously
termed as ‘Non-GAAP measures’. APMs should be considered in
addition to IFRS measurements, of which some are shown on page
164. The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing
useful information on the underlying performance of the Group,
enhance the comparability of information between reporting
periods, and are used internally by the Directors to measure the
Group’s performance.
The key APMs that the Group focuses on are as follows:
1. Like-for-like (“LFL”) sales represent revenues from stores,
centres and websites that have been trading for at least a year
(but excluding prior year sales of stores and centres closed
during the year) at constant foreign exchange rates.
2. Underlying EBIT is results from operating activities before
non-underlying items. Underlying EBITDA further removes
Depreciation and Amortisation.
3. Underlying Profit Before Tax is Profit before income tax
and non-underlying items as shown in the Group Income
Statement.
4. Underlying Earnings Per Share is Profit after income tax
before non-underlying items as shown in the Group Income
Statement, divided by the number of shares in issue.
5. Net Debt is current and non-current borrowings less cash and
cash equivalents, both in-hand and at bank, as shown in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
Cash & cash equivalents
Borrowings – current
Borrowings – non-current
Net Cash/(Debt)*
FY22
£m
46.3
(74.7)
(316.5)
(344.9)
FY21
£m
67.2
(63.6)
(280.9)
(277.3)
FY20
£m
115.5
(83.4)
(511.9)
(479.8)
* The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises reported
results that are non-comparable to the 52-week period reported in the
current and prior period.
6. Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA ratio is represented by the ratio
of Net Debt to Underlying EBITDA (both of which are defined
above).
7. Adjusted Operating Cash Flow is defined as EBITDA plus
share-based payment transactions and loss on disposal of
property, plant and equipment, less working capital movements
and movement in provisions; as reconciled below.
Underlying EBIT
Depreciation,
amortisation &
impairment
Underlying EBITDA
Non-underlying
operating expenses
EBITDA
Share-based payment
transactions
Loss on disposal
of property, plant &
equipment
Working capital
movements
Provisions movement
and other
Adjusted Operating
Cash Flow*
FY22
£m
101.1
106.0
207.1
6.8
213.9
FY20
(53 weeks)
£m
67.2
FY21
£m
114.5
118.5
233.0
(35.0)
198.0
118.7
185.9
(34.2)
151.7
7.8
6.4
1.0
(5.2)
1.7
2.8
(70.0)
49.0
52.0
(14.7)
25.7
(3.1)
131.8
280.8
204.4
* The statutory 53-week period to 3 April 2020 comprises reported
results that are non-comparable to the 52-week period reported in the
current and prior period.
8. Free Cash Flow is defined as Adjusted Operating Cash Flow
(as defined above) less capital expenditure, net finance
costs, taxation, exchange movements, lease payments, and
arrangement fees on loans; as reconciled below.
Adjusted Operating
Cash Flow
Capital expenditure
Net finance costs
Taxation
Sales and Leaseback
Exchange movement
Lease Payments
Adjusted Operating
Cash Flow*
FY22
£m
FY20
(53 weeks)
£m
FY21
£m
131.8
280.8
193.1
(47.3)
(10.6)
(12.2)
7.5
0.9
(85.0)
(27.5)
(15.5)
(10.8)
–
2.1
(95.9)
(33.6)
(13.2)
(16.3)
–
(2.0)
(87.7)
(14.9)
133.2
40.3
9. Group Services revenue was £531m during the period, the
remainder £838.6m relates to Product only revenue.
213
halfords.annualreport2022.comSHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Company Information
Financial Calendar
Friday 12 August 2022
Final Dividend Record Date
Wednesday 7 September 2022
Annual General Meeting
Wednesday 7 September 2022
20 Week Trading Update
Friday 16 September 2022
Final Dividend Payment Date
Wednesday 16 November 2022
Interim Results
Thursday 12 January 2023
FY22 Q3 Trading Statement
Registered Office
Halfords Group plc
Icknield Street Drive
Redditch
Worcestershire
B98 0DE
Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL
Auditor
BDO LLP
55 Baker Street
London
W1U 7EU
Joint Brokers
Investec plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP
Peel Hunt LLP
100 Liverpool Street
London
EC2M 2AT
Solicitors
Clifford Chance LLP
10 Upper Bank Street
London
E14 5JJ
214
Halfords Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 1 April 2022SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONCBP013018
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon
emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.
Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked in that would otherwise be
released. These protected forests are then able to continue absorbing carbon from the atmosphere,referred
to as REDD (Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation). This is now recognised as one
of the most cost-effective and swiftest ways to arrest the rise in atmospheric CO2 and global warming effects.
Additional to the carbon benefits is the flora and fauna this land preserves, including a number of species
identified at risk of extinction on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.
This document is printed on Revive Silk 100 which is made from
100% FSC® Recycled pulp and post-consumer waste paper. This
reduces waste sent to landfill, greenhouse gas emissions, as well as
the amount of water and energy consumed
H
a
l
f
o
r
d
s
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l
R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
p
e
r
i
o
d
e
n
d
e
d
1
A
p
r
i
l
2
0
2
2
Corporate and IR Website
www.halfordscompany.com
Online Annual Report 2022
halfords.annualreport2022.com
Commercial Website
www.halfords.com